Show options

Luxembourg

News and developments

European Account Preservation Order: A Multi-Jurisdictional Guide with Commentary

Luisa Cassar Pullicino has contributed to the Malta chapter in the publication entitled ‘European Account Preservation Order: A Multi-Jurisdictional Guide with Commentary’. This book provides a comprehensive, cross-jurisdictional analysis of the European Account Preservation Order (EAPO), established to facilitate cross-border debt recovery in the EU in civil and commercial matters by offering an alternative to national provisional and protective measures. The book explores how the EAPO has been implemented in different jurisdictions and how it is applied by courts across the 26 EU Member States (excluding Denmark). Note: The book is available for purchase here. Author: Luisa Cassar Pullicino

Litigation in Malta

Ganado Advocates has contributed the Malta chapter in the 2025 edition of the Chambers Litigation Global Practice Guide. The publication focuses on key aspects of the Maltese legal system, particularly on dispute resolution, court processes, enforcement of judgments, and alternative dispute resolution mechanisms. It provides practical guidance for navigating litigation in Malta, tailored for legal professionals and businesses dealing with complex commercial and civil matters. Access the Malta chapter of this publication here.

Ganado Advocates announces George Bugeja as new Partner

Ganado Advocates is pleased to announce the promotion of George Bugeja to Partner, effective 1st January 2025. Having been with the firm for several years, George has significantly contributed to the growth of the corporate finance team, advising clients on complex corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, restructuring and insolvency, and energy law. He was awarded a Doctor of Philosophy in Law (Ph.D.) from King’s College London in 2018 for his thesis on “The Basel Accords as a Transnational Regulatory Law: A Focus on Regulatory Consistency and Domestic Embeddedness.” George’s appointment reflects his exceptional legal expertise, dedication to client service, and strong leadership within the firm. He has also developed a special focus on energy law, with extensive experience in both regulatory and transactional matters related to conventional and renewable energy projects. In congratulating George on his new position, Andre’ Zerafa, Managing Partner of Ganado Advocates, remarked, “George’s promotion is a true testament to his hard work and commitment to the firm. His deep knowledge and strategic vision have been instrumental in the growth of our corporate finance and energy law practices. We are excited to see him take on this new role and look forward to his continued contributions to the firm’s ongoing success.”

Malta implements revised financial thresholds in public procurement law

Public procurement laws have been amended to increase the financial thresholds applicable to different procurement processes through Legal Notice 360 to Legal Notice 362 of 2024. These amendments primarily ensure that procurement opportunities of a certain monetary value fall under the comprehensive national regime that fully incorporates the directives. Subsidiarily, these amendments also affect when the Department of Contracts (“DOC”) becomes responsible for the publication of a tender process. Generally speaking, unless contracting authorities are listed in a specific schedule which entitles them to administer their own public procurement and save for tender processes with smaller estimated procurement values as explained in this note, contracting authorities must administer their procurement through the Sectoral Procurement Directorate and/or the DOC. By virtue of the new legal notices, contracting authorities may now issue public supply tenders independently without involving the DOC where the estimated procurement value does not exceed €143,000. For public works tenders and concessions, this figure is now €5,538,000 instead of the previously applicable €5,382,000. These amounts are always excluding VAT. These numbers differ for tenders in the water, energy, transport and postal services sectors. For public supply and service contracts, the threshold has been increased to €443,000 from €431,000. For works contracts, the threshold is now €5,538,000. Author: Clement Mifsud-Bonnici, Calvin Calleja, Krista Refalo

Illumina/Grail: The Continued Search for the Panacea to the Killer Acquisition Conundrum

Chris Grech has authored a case note in the European Competition and Regulatory Law Review (CoRe). The publication provides a detailed overview of the Court of Justice of the European Union’s judgement in Illumina/Grail, which dealt with the issue of killer acquisitions and the possible way forward in this regard, as well as the principles of legal certainty and predictability in merger control. The case note can be accessed here. Author: Chris Grech

Ganado Advocates announces promotion of Catherine Formosa to Of Counsel

It is with pleasure that Ganado Advocates announces Catherine Formosa’s promotion to Of Counsel, effective 6th March 2025. Catherine has been a key member of the firm’s banking and payments practice, where her expertise has greatly contributed to the firm’s ability to guide clients through complex legal matters in the regulatory, corporate governance, financing and capital markets spheres. Catherine brings to the role a wealth of experience, having spent over 16 years in the banking sector, including a notable tenure as Group Company Secretary of one of Malta’s significant banks. Her extensive background has allowed her to build a comprehensive understanding of both corporate and retail banking operations, making her an invaluable resource for clients in the financial services landscape. She is also a visiting lecturer and an examiner at the Faculty of Laws, University of Malta. Andre’ Zerafa, Managing Partner of Ganado Advocates, expressed his congratulations, noting, “Catherine’s promotion to Of Counsel is a testament to her exceptional legal acumen and the significant contributions she has made to our banking and payments team over the years. Her deep industry knowledge continues to play a fundamental role in advancing our practice. We look forward to her continued success in this new role.”

Ganado Advocates join SIPAC

We are pleased to announce that we have joined the Sino International Professional Advisory Council (SIPAC) as the exclusive member firm for Malta. SIPAC is a global community of legal and compliance professionals across 40+ jurisdictions. The council aims to provide high-quality professional support for outbound legal and compliance matters for Chinese companies. Annalise Papa, a Partner within our Corporate practice, is representing the firm within this network. We look forward to strengthening our ties with all our fellow SIPAC member firms and to better serve the SINO-business and legal communities with their needs and interests in Malta.

Ganado Advocates announces two partnership promotions

Ganado Advocates is pleased to announce the appointment of Lorraine Poole and Robert Taylor-East as new Partners within the firm’s banking and finance practice and corporate finance and tax practice, respectively. Their individual expertise and professional dedication further strengthen the firm’s commitment to delivering the highest standard of legal services across our key practice areas. Lorraine has extensive experience in complex cross-border transactions and advises on a wide spectrum of syndicated financing arrangements, including acquisition and project finance, in addition to broader transactional work. She is also a key person for prime brokerage, securities lending, repos and derivatives, being responsible for the firm’s industry opinions to organisations such as ISDA, and providing bespoke advice on specialised issues such as close-out netting on insolvency and collateral arrangements. Robert provides tax advisory services across a broad range of sectors and in relation to varied transactions, and is well regarded for his practical, solutions-driven approach in an increasingly complex fiscal landscape. He brings both technical expertise and pragmatism to his new role, supporting individuals and businesses alike. André Zerafa, the firm’s Managing Partner, commended their diligence, commitment, and professionalism in their work and their interactions with colleagues and clients. He emphasised that their achievements exemplify the collective excellence expected from lawyers at the firm, and these appointments will contribute to the success of the firm.

Insider lists

MFSA FINDINGS ON INSIDER LIST COMPLIANCE In a recent Dear CEO Letter (the Letter), the Malta Financial Services Authority (MFSA) provided the market with a summary of its findings from a data-gathering exercise carried out with 28 Maltese issuers in respect of their obligation to keep insider lists (LOI) in terms of article 18 of the EU Market Abuse Regulation (MAR). As a general note, the MFSA noted a positive shift in compliance with the provisions of article 18 MAR however its findings also evidence a clear need for further improvements by issuers. The key findings of the Letter, as well as our own personal observations are set out below. Temporary vs permanent insider lists In terms of MAR, issuers (and any person acting on their behalf or on their account) must draw up temporary LOIs to include all persons who have access to inside information and who are working for them under a contract of employment, or otherwise performing tasks through which they have access to inside information, such as advisers, accountants or credit rating agencies. Temporary LOIs are to be drawn up on a deal-, event- or project- specific basis. To that end, temporary LOIs should be divided into separate sections for each piece of specific inside information. Each section should list all persons having access to the same specific inside information. To avoid multiple entries in respect of the same individuals in different sections of the LOI, it is possible to list these individuals in a separate section of the LOI, referred to as the permanent insiders section (or permanent LOI), which is not related to specific inside information. The permanent insiders section should only include those persons who, due to the nature of their function or position, have access to all inside information within the entity at all times. The MFSA positively noted that the majority of issuers had drawn up both permanent and temporary LOIs however it also reminded the market that the use of permanent LOIs is strongly recommended. Persons to be included in LOIs From its findings, the MFSA noted that persons who may not have necessarily been permanent insiders, such as external auditors, were erroneously included in permanent LOIs. In this respect, issuers should be careful not to overpopulate permanent LOIs. It is the MFSA’s expectation (which we do not necessarily agree with) that individuals who carry out work in relation to Financial Analysis Summaries (FAS) and/or Annual Financial Statements (AFS) should be included in temporary LOIs. In our view, this is somewhat of a sweeping statement, and issuers, especially debt issuers, should first analyse whether their FAS and/or AFS include inside information before including any person who works on these documents in the LOIs. Issuers are reminded that where a service provider included in a temporary LOI is not a natural person (e.g. an audit firm), it shall be sufficient to provide the identity of a contact person (e.g. audit partner) within the service provider in the temporary LOI. The service provider would then be obliged to draw up and keep updated their own LOI containing details of employees who are privy to inside information relating to the issuer. Templates and record keeping obligations Use of the official MFSA permanent LOI and temporary LOI templates is strongly encouraged, and issuers are also urged to include all the information requested in the templates. When drawing up a temporary LOI, issuers are reminded that those persons involved in more than one deal, event or project will need to be included for each deal, event or project in which they are involved. Both temporary or permanent LOIs are to be retained for a period of at least five years from their creation or last update. As a matter of best practice, LOIs should be kept confidential and only disclosed within an issuer on a need-to-know basis. Notification requirements Issuers are required to promptly inform any person placed on an LOI about their inclusion in the list, the legal and regulatory duties entailed and the sanctions applicable to insider dealing and unlawful disclosure of inside information. Insiders should acknowledge receipt of this notification in writing. The MFSA noted that several issuers did not provide it with (i) copies of the insiders’ acknowledgements in writing or (ii) the initial communication sent to insiders. In this respect, the MFSA recommended that communications sent to insiders are made in writing and kept on record. While detailed communications to insiders are commended, the MFSA noted that some issuers had included obligations applicable to insiders in terms of article 18 MAR as well as those applicable to persons discharging managerial responsibilities (PDMRs) in terms of article 19 in their communications to insiders, potentially leading to confusion. The MFSA therefore recommended that issuers maintain two separate communications, one addressed to insiders, and one addressed to PDMRs.  ESMA Consultation Paper On 3 April 2025, the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) published a consultation paper proposing to lighten the data to be included in LOIs. This exercise is being carried out as part of a broader effort to promote EU capital markets, commonly referred to as the ‘Listing Package’. In practice, ESMA is proposing the removal of the following data points from both temporary and permanent LOIs: (a) birth surname, (b) the date of birth, in so far as a national identification number is provided, (c) personal telephone numbers, and (d) personal full home address. ESMA is also proposing the removal of insiders’ company name and address column from temporary LOIs. These are welcome suggestions which should reduce the burden on issuers and other persons required to draw up and maintain LOIs. ESMA is inviting comments on the consultation paper until 3 June 2025. This article is for informational purposes only and does not contain or convey legal advice. The information contained in this article should not be used or relied upon in regard to any particular facts or circumstances without first obtaining specific legal advice.

A constitutional tug of war over Malta’s rent laws

For decades, Malta’s rental laws have been a legal minefield, balancing the rights of landlords against the protection of tenants. However, recent constitutional judgments are shaking up the status quo, with court ruling that aspects of Malta’s rent control framework infringe upon property owners’ fundamental rights. A system under scrutiny A recent judgment delivered by the First Hall of the Civil Court (Constitutional Jurisdiction) on 28th February 2025 adds to the mounting jurisprudence questioning the constitutional legitimacy of Malta’s rent laws. The case, Emanuela Farrugia vs L-Avukat tal-Istat et, revolves around a long-term lease bound by Chapter 69 of the Laws of Malta; a statute that has long been criticised for disproportionately favouring tenants at the expense of landlords. The plaintiff, Emanuela Farrugia, inherited a property that had been rented out under a pre-1995 rental agreement at a rate far below market value. By law, she was restricted from evicting the tenant and even from increasing the rent to a level that reflected the current market rates. Farrugia argued that this legal framework amounted to an unjust expropriation of her property rights without adequate compensation, violating both the Maltese Constitution (the suprema lex) and the European Convention on Human Rights (the ‘ECHR’). The legal conundrum: Tenant protection vs. Property rights Historically, Malta’s rent control laws were implemented as a social safety net to protect tenants from sudden evictions and skyrocketing rent prices. However, many of these laws date back to a time when economic and housing conditions were vastly different. Before amendments introduced in 2009 and 2021, landlords were often left with no real avenue to regain possession of their property. Even after these legislative updates, landlords still face significant hurdles in adjusting rental rates, as increases are capped at 2% per year of the property’s free-market value; a restriction that fails to account for inflation and rising property costs. A constitutional violation? In its ruling, the court found that the legal framework governing such long-term leases placed an excessive burden on landlords. The judgment pointed out that while rent control laws serve a social function, they must also be balanced against the rights of property owners to enjoy their possessions. The court cited Article 37 of the Maltese Constitution, which protects individuals from being deprived of their property without fair compensation. However, it concluded that Article 37 had no legal basis in the case, as Article 47(9) of the Constitution explicitly states that laws enacted before 1962 are not safeguarded by this provision, making Chapter 69 of the Laws of Malta, enacted in 1931, exempt from its protection. Additionally, the court referenced Article 1 of Protocol No. 1 of the ECHR, which guarantees the right to peaceful enjoyment of property. While acknowledging that the amendments introduced by Act XXIV of 2021 provided some relief, it held that these changes were still insufficient. As a result, the court found that the existing rent laws continued to impose a disproportionate burden on landlords, failing to strike a fair balance between the legitimate interests of the tenant and the fundamental rights of the landlord. Precedents and ECHR influence This case is not an isolated one. The European Court of Human Rights (the ‘ECtHR’) has repeatedly ruled against Malta in similar disputes, finding that its rent control regulations imposed excessive and disproportionate burdens on landlords. In cases such as Amato Gauci v. Malta, Bradshaw and Others v. Malta and Cassar v. Malta, the ECtHR determined that Malta’s failure to provide landlords with adequate legal remedies violated their property rights. In the latter case, the ECtHR specifically stated the following: “… the Maltese State failed to strike the requisite fair balance between the general interest of the community and the protection of the applicants’ right of property.” Malta has been compelled to amend its rent laws in response to these judgments, yet many argue that reforms have not gone far enough. It is important to note that while the court has ruled aspects of Malta’s rent laws unconstitutional, this does not mean that the law is automatically repealed or that all future cases will be decided in the same manner. Unlike jurisdictions that adhere to the principle of stare decisis, Malta’s legal system does not consider constitutional judgments to be binding precedents. Each case is assessed independently, meaning that similar claims may still yield different outcomes. However, this is not to say that such rulings lack influence. As Judge Emeritus Giovanni Bonello observes in ‘Misunderstanding the Constitution’, while constitutional judgments exert pressure for legislative reform, they often become “pretty verbiage, devoid of any legal weight.” Nonetheless, the need for legal certainty remains, as the repeated condemnation of Malta’s rent laws creates growing momentum for reform, signalling that change may be inevitable. What’s next for rent laws in Malta? As constitutional rulings continue to challenge Malta’s rent laws, the government will need to navigate a complex legal and social landscape. This judgment marks another significant step towards a more balanced and legally sound rental framework, one that safeguards both tenant security and landlord rights in equal measure. With further constitutional challenges on the horizon, the evolution of Malta’s rent laws is far from over. Whether the government will take a proactive approach or be forced into change by continued court rulings remains to be seen. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 21/05/2025.

Post-termination non-compete clauses in employment contracts

On April 23, the US’ Federal Trade Commission (US FTC) published the final version of a rather controversial new rule, which will introduce a nationwide ban on the use of post-termination non-competition clauses (NCCs) by employers. The final rule will become effective after the lapse of 120 days from its publication in the Federal Register. NCCs are not only prevalent in the US, but are also quite widespread in the EU. Will the EU follow the US lead in proposing some form of EU-wide regulation restricting the use of post-termination NCCs in employment relationships? And if so, should post-termination NCCs in employment contracts be completely banned as proposed by the US FTC, or simply limited to reduce their anti-competitive and restrictive effects? What are non-competition clauses? While there is no single universal definition of the term ‘non-competition clause’, or in short, ‘non-compete clause’, this generally refers to a contractual promise undertaken by an employee, binding himself/herself to refrain from conducting business of a similar nature to that of the employer. NCCs typically impose restrictions on what an employee can do after the employment relationship has been terminated, regardless of whether the employee has resigned from said employment, or whether the employment relationship has been terminated by the employer. These types of NCCs are typically referred to as ‘post-termination’ NCCs. The main function of a NCC in the context of an employment relationship is that of protecting a company’s business interests, by preventing employees from making use of ‘insider’ knowledge and skills which they would have gained through their employment with a particular company to the benefit of an existing competitor, or to start their own business in competition with that of their former employer. The US FTC’s rule banning the use of non-competes The final rule which was published by the US FTC on April 23, in essence, provides that it is an unfair method of competition (and thus in violation of Section 5 of the US Federal Trade Commission Act which deems ‘unfair methods of competition’ to be unlawful) for employers: to enter into or attempt to enter into a post-termination NCC with a worker; to maintain a post-termination NCC with a worker; or to represent to a worker that he/she is subject to a post-termination NCC where the employer has no basis to believe that the worker is subject to an enforceable NCC. Under the final rule, existing NCCs for senior executives can be retained but cannot be enforced by employers, and employers are prohibited from entering into new NCCs with senior executives. The final rule defines senior executives as workers who occupy policymaking roles, and who earn more than $151,164 annually. Additionally, employers will also be obliged to inform workers bound by an existing NCC that the NCC will not be enforced against them in the future. A look at the EU situation In terms of the situation in Europe, in view of the virtually non-existent intervention of the EU in regulating the use of post-termination NCCs in employment contracts, member states have been predominantly left to their own devices and thus, there is quite frankly a ‘hodgepodge’ of widely varying frameworks in place across the different member states. The regulation of post-termination NCCs in employment contracts varies quite significantly across the different member states, both in terms of form and content, with some member states having elaborate and clear statutory provisions regulating the validity of NCCs in employment contracts, and others with a largely uncertain approach on the topic, characterised by ambiguity and in certain cases, conflicting rulings. In contrast with the socio-political context surrounding the US FTC’s proposed rule, it appears that while traces of a similar sentiment can indeed be identified across the EU, the issue does not seem be as critical so far. It is, however, submitted that the rule which has been published by the US FTC may indeed have the effect of encouraging EU researchers in the field to look into this matter further, and in the event that increased EU-based research were to reveal the existence of abusive practices in this field for example, this may lead to a situation where the EU may decide to step in and legislate on the matter. In any case, it is clear that the EU is monitoring the situation quite closely, and in a press conference held in February 2023, European Commissioner for Competition Margrethe Vestager noted that “the US has done quite an impressive work, they have made it a priority to look at labour market issues”, and that “we don’t see that many [in the EU]… if we did, we would definitely look into it”. Concluding remarks In the field of social policy, previous legislative intervention has shown that the EU often steps in as a response to certain trending issues which, in one way or another, have an impact on the world of work. A number of trends, including the ongoing war for talent that most employers are currently facing, the vast labour shortages which are being reported all over the world, and the emergence of numerous new forms of work, will likely all contribute to the increased scrutiny of NCCs within the EU in the years to come. Therefore, while the issue may currently not appear to be as pressing in the EU, if this matter were to continue gaining momentum across the EU, there is indeed a good chance that the EU will decide to step in and regulate this matter. This article is a summarised version of the thesis submitted by Nina Fauser in partial fulfilment of the ‘Labour Law and Employment Relations’ LLM followed at Tilburg University, which was carried out following a scholarship and funding awarded under the Tertiary Education Scholarship Scheme (TESS). Author: Nina Fauser This article was first published in the ‘Times of Malta’ on 04/08/2024.  

Post-termination non-compete clauses in employment contracts

On April 23, the US’ Federal Trade Commission (US FTC) published the final version of a rather controversial new rule, which will introduce a nationwide ban on the use of post-termination non-competition clauses (NCCs) by employers. The final rule will become effective after the lapse of 120 days from its publication in the Federal Register. NCCs are not only prevalent in the US, but are also quite widespread in the EU. Will the EU follow the US lead in proposing some form of EU-wide regulation restricting the use of post-termination NCCs in employment relationships? And if so, should post-termination NCCs in employment contracts be completely banned as proposed by the US FTC, or simply limited to reduce their anti-competitive and restrictive effects? What are non-competition clauses? While there is no single universal definition of the term ‘non-competition clause’, or in short, ‘non-compete clause’, this generally refers to a contractual promise undertaken by an employee, binding himself/herself to refrain from conducting business of a similar nature to that of the employer. NCCs typically impose restrictions on what an employee can do after the employment relationship has been terminated, regardless of whether the employee has resigned from said employment, or whether the employment relationship has been terminated by the employer. These types of NCCs are typically referred to as ‘post-termination’ NCCs. The main function of a NCC in the context of an employment relationship is that of protecting a company’s business interests, by preventing employees from making use of ‘insider’ knowledge and skills which they would have gained through their employment with a particular company to the benefit of an existing competitor, or to start their own business in competition with that of their former employer. The US FTC’s rule banning the use of non-competes The final rule which was published by the US FTC on April 23, in essence, provides that it is an unfair method of competition (and thus in violation of Section 5 of the US Federal Trade Commission Act which deems ‘unfair methods of competition’ to be unlawful) for employers: to enter into or attempt to enter into a post-termination NCC with a worker; to maintain a post-termination NCC with a worker; or to represent to a worker that he/she is subject to a post-termination NCC where the employer has no basis to believe that the worker is subject to an enforceable NCC. Under the final rule, existing NCCs for senior executives can be retained but cannot be enforced by employers, and employers are prohibited from entering into new NCCs with senior executives. The final rule defines senior executives as workers who occupy policymaking roles, and who earn more than $151,164 annually. Additionally, employers will also be obliged to inform workers bound by an existing NCC that the NCC will not be enforced against them in the future. A look at the EU situation In terms of the situation in Europe, in view of the virtually non-existent intervention of the EU in regulating the use of post-termination NCCs in employment contracts, member states have been predominantly left to their own devices and thus, there is quite frankly a ‘hodgepodge’ of widely varying frameworks in place across the different member states. The regulation of post-termination NCCs in employment contracts varies quite significantly across the different member states, both in terms of form and content, with some member states having elaborate and clear statutory provisions regulating the validity of NCCs in employment contracts, and others with a largely uncertain approach on the topic, characterised by ambiguity and in certain cases, conflicting rulings. In contrast with the socio-political context surrounding the US FTC’s proposed rule, it appears that while traces of a similar sentiment can indeed be identified across the EU, the issue does not seem be as critical so far. It is, however, submitted that the rule which has been published by the US FTC may indeed have the effect of encouraging EU researchers in the field to look into this matter further, and in the event that increased EU-based research were to reveal the existence of abusive practices in this field for example, this may lead to a situation where the EU may decide to step in and legislate on the matter. In any case, it is clear that the EU is monitoring the situation quite closely, and in a press conference held in February 2023, European Commissioner for Competition Margrethe Vestager noted that “the US has done quite an impressive work, they have made it a priority to look at labour market issues”, and that “we don’t see that many [in the EU]… if we did, we would definitely look into it”. Concluding remarks In the field of social policy, previous legislative intervention has shown that the EU often steps in as a response to certain trending issues which, in one way or another, have an impact on the world of work. A number of trends, including the ongoing war for talent that most employers are currently facing, the vast labour shortages which are being reported all over the world, and the emergence of numerous new forms of work, will likely all contribute to the increased scrutiny of NCCs within the EU in the years to come. Therefore, while the issue may currently not appear to be as pressing in the EU, if this matter were to continue gaining momentum across the EU, there is indeed a good chance that the EU will decide to step in and regulate this matter. Author: Nina Fauser

MiCA Goes Live: A Milestone for Crypto Regulation

On 30 December 2024, the Markets in Crypto-Assets Regulation (MiCA) came into full force across the EU – ushering in a new chapter for the crypto-asset industry. MiCA reinforces Malta’s appeal within the EU’s rapidly evolving digital economy. Malta’s regulatory landscape has long been shaped by the Virtual Financial Assets Act (VFA Act), which positioned the jurisdiction as a forerunner in crypto regulation. Since its implementation in 2018, the legal certainty afforded by the VFA Act, coupled with the accessibility and expertise of the Malta Financial Services Authority (MFSA), has encouraged various market leaders to choose Malta as the base for their crypto operations. MiCA introduces the first harmonised regime for crypto-assets across EU Member States. It applies to both: (i) issuers of crypto-assets; and (ii) crypto-asset service providers targeting EU clients (CASPs). The Maltese framework required minimal adjustments due to the strong alignment between the VFA Act and MiCA. Local rulebooks were aligned in advance, and the Maltese legislator published a new Markets in Crypto-Assets Act (Chapter 647, Laws of Malta) to complement MiCA and the various Level 2 and Level 3 measures at the EU level. The transitional provisions allow existing VFA service providers in Malta – licensed by the MFSA under the VFA Act prior to 30 December 2024 – to continue providing their services in accordance with the VFA Act: (a) until 1 July 2026, or (b) until they are granted or refused authorisation as a CASP under MiCA. Existing VFA service providers in Malta will benefit from the simplified authorisation procedure afforded by Article 143(6) of MiCA, enabling a seamless transition between the VFA Act and MiCA. New CASPs, not already licensed by the MFSA, will need to follow the full authorisation process under MiCA. As MiCA takes effect, collaboration between competent authorities, industry players, and policymakers will be crucial to Malta’s continued success as a centre for blockchain innovation and distributed ledger technology. New CASPs choosing Malta will benefit from the MFSA’s supervisory experience and commitment to fostering a supportive environment for fintech businesses. Authors: Mark Caruana Scicluna, Kelly Cini  

Mergers and acquisitions: Are we in for a rebound?

The current reawakening of the M&A market follows a slumber experienced over the past few years. The recent announcement of Goldman Sachs’ proposed acquisition of a significant stake in Melita plc marks a pivotal moment for Malta’s corporate landscape. “Having one of the world’s largest financial institutions investing in a Maltese company is already significant for our market and the country’s reputation, however, this deal is also reflective of a broader global trend which is seeing a reawakening of the mergers and acquisitions market,” says Simon Schembri, partner within Ganado Advocates’ corporate team. Dr Schembri explains that the current reawakening of the M&A market is happening after a slumber experienced over the past few years. “Despite the economic uncertainties and the ongoing geo-political turmoil, the M&A landscape has shown remarkable signs of recovery and companies are showing more willingness to consolidate their positions by accessing new markets and enhancing capabilities in response to evolving market demands. “As we approach 2025, the M&A landscape is likely to continue evolving, and a notable revival is expected, especially following the election outcome in the UK earlier this year and more recently, with President Trump’s re-election last month,” adds Dr Schembri. Dr Schembri had predicted this resurgence in the M&A market in an article for The Corporate Times in August 2023. “In 2021 and early 2022 we had seen an exceptional increase in mergers and acquisitions with Maltese interest, with some very significant and interesting transactions in the local corporate market. Subsequently, Malta experienced a decline in M&A activity, driven by high interest rates, a stricter regulatory environment, and heightened foreign direct investment oversight in other jurisdictions, which contributed to a slowdown in the local M&A market. He explains that higher interest rates often deter companies from pursuing acquisitions, as they raise the cost of debt and complicate valuations. “These factors not only slow the pace of deal-making but also increase the costs associated with completing such transactions, leading to fewer attractive opportunities for both buyers and sellers,” Dr Schembri adds. Despite recent challenges and a persistently stringent regulatory environment, international observers anticipate a shift, with expectations of increased activity driven by a potential easing of regulatory restriction. International outlook Some of this year’s headlines have announced interesting mergers including Mars’ acquisition of Kellanova for $36 billion, Capital One bought iconic financial services brand Discover for $35 billion, Conoco Phillips consolidated the energy business by acquiring Marathon Oil for $23 billion and HP acquired Juniper Networks for $14 billion. Amongst leading international CEOs, private-equity players and the investment banking industry, there seems to be consensus about the M&A outlook for 2025: it’s optimistic and looking promising, driven by factors such as a soft economic landing, rate cuts by the Fed, strong corporate balance sheets, and growing private equity (PE) activity. Companies sidelined due to high interest rates in 2023 are now re-entering the market. EY predicts a 20% rise in overall corporate deal volume in 2024, following a 17% drop in 2023, with private equity deals also set to rebound by 16%. Observers comment that the only way to return money to investors is by selling companies. This influx of capital, combined with favourable economic factors like lower interest rates and stable inflation, is expected to drive M&A activity. Technology: A key role Technology is increasingly playing a key role in the M&A landscape, as businesses increasingly turn to inorganic growth to keep up with rapid digital transformation. AI, cloud computing, and cybersecurity are all critical areas where companies are seeking acquisitions to stay competitive. Generative AI, in particular, is expected to revolutionize deal-making, with 64% of global executives citing it as a game-changer for the industry. Challenges remain. Regulatory scrutiny and rising valuations, driven by high premiums for targets, are pushing up expectations, which could slow deal flow. But despite these complications, sectors like life sciences, energy, and infrastructure are expected to see strong M&A activity, while others, such as consumer products and climate tech, may lag. Malta’s growing appeal The Goldman Sachs-Melita transaction underscores Malta’s potential as a hub for significant international deals. This landmark transaction, reflects the increasing sophistication of Malta’s corporate market. Dr Schembri concludes, “This deal showcases Malta’s growing appeal for global investors and highlights the importance of experienced legal and financial advisors in successfully navigating high-stakes transactions.” This article was first published in The Corporate Times on 29/12/2024. Author: Simon Schembri

Non-Profit Companies: A Contradiction or a Practical Tool?

When one thinks of a company, trading activities and profit-making typically come to mind, with dividends eventually distributed to shareholders. The trading “purposes” of a company are in its Memorandum and Articles of Association and while the Companies Act allows companies to be established for any lawful purpose, it is unusual for a company’s purpose to focus solely on the public good rather than the financial benefit of its stakeholders—whether shareholders, employees, creditors, or others. In our legal system, non-profit organisations are traditionally the domain of religious and voluntary organisations, typically structured as foundations or associations. In order to avoid confusion in the perception of supporting members of the public, the Voluntary Organisations Act (VOA) expressly states that “a voluntary organisation may not be established as a limited liability company or any commercial partnership.” However, the concept of a non-profit-making company does exist. This raises questions: Is this designation appropriate? Why are these entities not set up as trusts, associations or foundations – the more typical forms – instead? Voluntary Organisations and Trading Activities Voluntary organisations do not usually engage in trading activities. Their primary focus is on public benefit purposes, even when raising funds through public appeals, fundraising activities, or grants. Engaging in extensive trading activities could detract from achieving the organisation’s public benefit objectives. The VOA allows exceptions where trading is essential to achieve an organisation’s objectives—for example, museums selling entrance tickets or schools charging tuition fees. Additionally, a voluntary organisation is permitted to engage in commercial activities provided the income generated remains minor compared to its overall income from public benefit activities. For significant trading activities unrelated to their public benefit purposes, voluntary organisations are required to set up a limited liability company where the focus is the trading activities intended to generate income and which need to be carried on legally, professionally and in a manner compliant with many laws applicable to traders. This ensures a level playing field by subjecting such activities to the same trading, compliance, health and safety, consumer protection and taxation rules as other commercial enterprises, thereby avoiding discrimination within the commercial sector. The VOA seeks to ensure that proper resources are placed within the trading company to ensure that appropriate resources and focus remain dedicated to the voluntary organisation and its public benefit purposes. Without this division, a real risk would arise that the resources (human and financial) needed for the voluntary organisation would be distracted and upset by the challenges posed to operate a trading operation. Although it is much easier to operate an association or a foundation, as there are far less rules applicable to these forms when compared to a limited liability company, many already find the demands of the VOA to be too cumbersome, just imagine adding to these all the rules applicable to trading companies. So, the law requires a dedicated legal form (a limited liability company), if a voluntary organisation decides to stretch itself into trading activities beyond its own public benefit purposes. In such cases, the flow of funds between the company and the voluntary organisation operates similarly to that between a parent and subsidiary. The dominance of the public benefit purpose in this structure requires, for consistency with the most basic principles of voluntary organisations, that no private interest benefits from the profits generated by the limited liability company. How Does This Work in Practice? When a voluntary organisation establishes a limited liability company, the law mandates that non-profit-making principles must apply to the company to prevent abuse. While the company may generate profit, its purpose must not include the promotion of private interests, such as benefiting its directors, nor can that happen in practice. Profits are to be used solely to advance the objectives of the parent voluntary organisation through direct distributions up to the parent only. The company serves as a vehicle for profit generation to help achieve the voluntary organisation’s goals. Upon liquidation, any capital distribution must go exclusively to the parent voluntary organisation. The directors of the company do not directly fulfill the public benefit purposes of the voluntary organisation. Instead, their role is to generate profits, which are then applied to those purposes. Administrators of the voluntary organisation who also serve as directors of the company are generally prohibited from receiving remuneration, ensuring compliance with restrictions on private benefits. If a remunerated director is engaged to better operate the company, as opposed to relying on volunteers, then strict rules apply to such engagement and such persons’ remuneration, which must reflect market conditions. Practical Considerations While establishing a company allows the voluntary organisation to compete effectively in commercial markets, it also imposes significant administrative burdens. Limited liability companies must appoint auditors, adhere to compliance rules, and observe accounting standards. It is often argued that voluntary organisations face considerable strain from increasing bureaucratic burdens. Adding further obligations to the voluntary organisation’s structure for the sake of potential profit generation may not be justifiable in real terms. Each case must therefore be assessed on its own merits, considering factors such as costs, resources, compliance obligations, and feasibility. While establishing a company is legally possible and can provide valuable tools for achieving public benefit goals, it may not always be the best solution for every voluntary organisation. Conclusion When a voluntary organisation makes the choice to set up a limited liability company for trading purposes, and thus complies with the VOA to ensure that none of its generated profits go to any private interest, we have a special case not addressed in the Companies Act. This is an atypical company but one which is clearly regulated in the VOA through a superstructure of additional rules to those in the Companies Act. These rules are not contradictory, and one set merely modifies the other to consistently achieve the public benefit purposes of the former. It is not uncommon for this type of company to be referred to as a “non-profit making company” although the term is not technically used or defined in the VOA. It is, however, in practical terms, an appropriate term to use for this special type of company as it can only make profit for one purpose – that of passing all of it onto the parent voluntary organisation. If this does not happen in such a company, then there would be a serious breach of the VOA, undermining the credibility and good reputation of the voluntary and non-profit sector. So, we all need to be vigilant to ensure that this does not happen. That is what a non-profit making company is under Maltese Law. The authors would like to thank Max Ganado for his contribution to this article. If you have any questions, please contact Christine Borg or Rebecca Micallef at Ganado Advocates. This article was first published in The Times of Malta on 29/12/2024. Authors: Christine Borg, Rebecca Micallef

Launch of Consultation Period on a new draft Rulebook for Trustees and Other Fiduciaries

On 5th December 2024, the MFSA launched a consultation period on a proposed new Rulebook for Trustees and other Fiduciaries (the “New Draft Rulebook”), ending on the 31st January 2025. Whilst the New Draft Rulebook builds on the current Code of Conduct (published on February 9th 2005) and also builds further on a previous draft Rulebook that had been issued for consultation on the 30th December 2016 (including by taking into account feedback received following the consultation period back then), it also contains a number of changes, both in style and of substance. Seeing that both the Code of Conduct and the first draft Rulebook have long been published, it is not a surprise that the rules have been updated to take into account various regulatory developments that have taken place since then, including amendments to the Trusts and Trustees Act in 2017 mainly those to allow authorised trustees to act as company services providers, as well as the clarification that it is the place of operation of a person (whether legal or natural) that is the relevant connecting factor for regulatory purposes and not residence, amendments to the Civil Code (Second Schedule) in 2018 and 2020, the introduction of the MFSA’s Corporate Governance Code in 2022, the MFSA’s Authorisation Process – Service Charter issued in 2021 and updated in 2024, and the more recent Rulebook for Trustees of Family Trusts published on the 27th November 2024. The rules have now been formulated into a rulebook style, following the model adopted for other Authorised Persons such as the Rulebook for CSPs, besides the most recent Rulebook for Trustees of Family Trusts. Indeed, whilst certain principles such as those on Competent and Effective Management, Adequate Personnel, Staff Knowledge, Competence and Continuous Professional Education, Adequate Systems and Controls (which had already been included in the first draft Rulebook) have been reproduced from the Code of Conduct, they are now placed within a dedicated chapter on ongoing obligations for Trustees and other fiduciaries together with other more recent regulatory obligations. The Rulebook is therefore quite far-reaching and the topics are presented in a well-structured, more streamlined manner. The New Draft Rulebook is in fact split into five chapters specifically dedicated to: Chapter 1 – General Scope and High Level Principles; Chapter 2 – Authorisation; Chapter 3 – Ongoing Obligations; Chapter 4 – Supplementary Rules; Chapter 5 – Enforcement Sanctions The most prominent proposed changes introduced by the New Draft Rulebook include; the extended scope and applicability of the Rulebook so that unlike the current Code of Conduct, which was limited in scope and applicability to trustees whether authorised or not required to be authorised, mandataries, and administrators, the New Draft Rulebook also applies to individuals acting as company services providers who have notified the Malta Financial Services Authority (MFSA) under the Company Service Providers (Exemption) Regulations and authorised persons providing services as Qualified Persons. The New Draft Rulebook does not apply to trustees registered in terms of Art43B of the Trusts and Trustees Act seeing that the Rulebook for Trustees of Family Trusts has now been published; further guidance on the application process with the MFSA, over and above that provided in the first Draft Rulebook, by providing added insight into the MFSA’s expectations and time frames with reference to the MFSA’s Authorisation Process – Service Charter. The New Draft Rulebook now adds that that the MFSA also considers the reputation and suitability of the applicant and all other parties connected with the applicant and the adequacy of the applicant’s resources including human, financial and systems in place when considering an application for authorisation. It is worth noting that the New Draft Rulebook clarifies that the burden of proving fitness and properness now lies with the applicant; - a new clarification that persons having an establishment in Malta providing trustee service to persons outside Malta shall be subject to authorisation as they will be providing services from Malta; - a new derogation from the requirement of having an independent Compliance Officer where the applicant/authorised person is a natural person providing the service of administrator of private interest foundations or the service of mandatary only; - the introduction of an obligation to obtain a number of CPE hours on an annual basis following approval of authorisation; - a new dedicated chapter to ongoing obligations which largely reproduces the provisions of the Code of Conduct (for matters such as Competent and Effective management, Adequate Personnel, Staff Knowledge Competence and Continuous Professional Development, Adequate Systems and Controls) which were already included in the first draft Rulebook with certain additions such as the requirement of having in place a personal transaction policy as well as certain additions to the notifications and approvals required to be made to the MFSA. The Chapter related to ongoing obligations now also refers to provisions found in the Corporate Governance Code; - new reference to a retention period (for documents) of 5 years for inspection by the MFSA (without prejudice to any other retention period in terms of applicable law), introducing different cut off dates depending on the type of document (distinguishing between accounts, outsourcing arrangements, training records, legal advice etc); - added matters to be covered by PII as well as added circumstances relating to PII cover which must be notified to the MFSA; - a new dedicated title to CSPS under the Chapter of Supplementary Rules which now also deals with the requirement of notification to the MFSA and the financial resources requirement, besides also setting out procedures for customer due diligence for the various services provided; - a new dedicated title to authorised persons acting as Qualified Persons under the Chapter of Supplementary Rules – on this point whilst the New Draft Rulebook states that for the purposes of ensuring compliance with fiscal, prevention of money laundering and other legal obligations in connection with the relevant property the trustee shall take into consideration ‘any applicable requirements’ to the relevant property (both prior to an on an ongoing basis) – on this point it must be said that it is not entirely clear which applicable requirements are referred to particularly in the context of ‘other legal obligations’. The rules also set out requirements on the considerations to be made prior to accepting to act as qualified person besides setting out guidance on the required notifications to be made; - a new dedicated title to Private Trustees under the Chapter of Supplementary Rules which includes guidance on the details and information to be kept including that the trustee has a clear understanding of the purpose of the trust, the right of the MFSA to request information and documentation as well as guidance on the information and documentation required to be kept. The Rulebook also make the following rules (within the Rulebook itself) applicable to Private Trustees – high level principles, the requirement relating to retention of documents, rules relating to investments and rules on delegation. Once issued the New Draft Rulebook will replace the Code of Conduct. The consultation period is open until the 31st January 2025 and interested parties are encouraged to send in their feedback. Author: Abigail Galea

Is a handshake equivalent to a final agreement?

Introduction In the case Beer House Ltd (the “Claimant”) vs The General Soft Drinks Company Ltd (C3774) (the “Defendant”) & GSD Marketing Limited (called in as a joinder by means of a decree on the 4 January 2022) ( “GSDM”), the Hon. Madame Justice Audrey Demicoli delved into and examined the commercial relationship between the Claimant, the foreign company Swinkels Family Brewers (“SFB”), Defendant company and/or GSDM. Briefly, the Claimant has, since the year 2000, imported the brand of beer “Bavaria” which it eventually started selling to the Defendant and/or GSDM for it to then be distributed locally. This case was decided by the First Hall Civil Court (the “FHCC”) on the 29 November 2024. The Claimant requested the FHCC (i) to declare the Defendant responsible for all damages suffered by the Claimant which included both actual losses and loss of profit; (ii) to declare that the Defendant acted in breach of its fiduciary duties; (iii) to liquidate all damages suffered by the Claimant including any compensation which may be owed due to a breach of fiduciary duties including use of confidential information of the Claimant and/or unjust enrichment, and if necessary, with the help of legal experts and (iv) to condemn the Defendant to pay the Claimant those amounts as liquidated above. Relevant Facts of the Case The Claimant was involved in the importation of beer and was the exclusive distributor of the beer Bavaria, and this in terms of an agreement dated 10 July 2013. For a number of years, the Claimant used to sell directly to the Defendant who would then distribute the product locally. The parties then entered into talks for the Claimant to transfer its business to the Defendant who would begin importing Bavaria and would continue distributing it locally at a fair price. On the 10 October 2018, through various correspondence, the parties had agreed on all aspects of their business and that the Defendant was to acquire the business of the Claimant as of 1 January 2019, given that a due diligence had to be carried out by the Defendant. Then, between November and December of 2018 the Claimant passed on all confidential information in relation to the business, including prices and profit margins, however, the Claimant alleged that the Defendant used this information for its own benefit and for it to be in a position to sell at an advantageous price. Once the transfer of business took place, the Claimant claimed that the Defendant failed to recognise that an agreement was in place between the parties and that it never paid the Claimant the amounts due. The Claimant stated that this was a clear example of bad faith on the part of the Defendant including also a clear example of breach of fiduciary duties on the part of the Defendant, under Article 1124E[1] of the Civil Code. The Defendant, in its Sworn Reply, rebutted the claim on the basis that: Firstly, the Claimant must identify under which provision of the law it is basing its case on; Without prejudice to the first defence, it is not the proper defendant to answer to the claims of the claimant in these proceedings given that it had no relationship or agreement or business with the Claimant and if at all, it was GSDM who had a distribution contract with the Claimant; The claims are unfounded both in fact and in law given that between the parties there existed no agreement; Without prejudice to the other pleas, the Claimant must prove what is the confidential information that it allegedly passed on as well as how and why such information is confidential; Also, without prejudice to the other please, the Defendant caused no damage to the Claimant. In any case, and without prejudice, the Claimant must prove the causal link between the acts of the Defendant and the alleged damages suffered, including also as it tried to minimise the damages. GSDM, in its sworn reply held that: The claims, particularly those in relation to the payment for damages for actual losses and loss of profit are unfounded in fact and in law given that between the parties there existed no agreement; Without prejudice to the first defence, the Claimant must prove what is the information that it allegedly passed on, how and why it is confidential and what it gained from such information; Also, without prejudice to the other pleas, GSDM caused no damage to the Claimant. In any case, and without prejudice, the Claimant must prove both the causal link between the acts of GSDM as well as the alleged damages suffered including also as it tried to minimise the damages. Courts Considerations The FHCC first went into two preliminary points, (1) the action under which the Claimant brought this case and (2) the preliminary plea raised by the Defendant that it is not the proper defendant in these proceedings. As to (1) above, the Claimant in its sworn application provided that it is basing its case on Article 1124E of the Civil Code while also mentioning, in its third claim, the element of unjust enrichment as provided for in Article 1124A (5)[2] of the Civil Code. During the proceedings the Claimant presented a note making reference to Article 1028A of the Civil Code, i.e. an action referred to as actio de in rem verso.[3] However, time and time again, the Claimant made it clear that any reference to unjust enrichment refers to the fiduciary action under Article 1124E and not Article 1028A. In view of this, the FHCC decided to tackle the case as one brought due to a breach of fiduciary obligations in terms of Article 1124E. As to (2) above, the Defendant claimed that it was not the proper defendant that ought to have been sued given that any agreement made, if at all, was made between GSDM and the Claimant. In fact, the Claimant agreed with this given that the two companies advertised themselves as being sister companies, even having the same shareholders. The FHCC referred to caselaw providing that he who states that he is not the proper defendant must prove that he was in no way involved. By applying this principle, the FHCC concluded that the agreement for the distribution of Bavaria was made between Beer House Limited and GSDM since there existed no agreement between Beer House Limited and the Defendant. In fact, that all correspondence was signed off with GSDM’s logo. The FHCC upheld the Defendants’ second preliminary plea that it was not considered to be correctly sued. The FHCC then went into the merits of the case: Payment of damage representing actual losses and loss of profit: The FHCC stated that while the Claimant did make a claim for damages, it did not however state why such damages are due. The Court examined various exchanges between the parties and that none of it constituted an agreement. In fact, up until November 2018, not only was GSDM still awaiting additional documentation as part of its due diligence, but the contract was yet to be drafted. The FHCC noted that what the Claimant was relying on was in no way a formal contract but rather a formal agreement between the parties’ representatives. This was evident from an email where the following was stated “Beer House formally transferred operations to your company to you personally […] sealed by the common understanding of the agreement reached and handshakes on the day of the transfer.” This further confirmed the courts understanding that the Claimant based its case not on a formal agreement but rather a handshake deal which was yet to be formulated into an agreement. The FHCC agreed with GSDM in that since there was no written agreement, it could not be presumed that there was one in place between the parties. In view of this, the court rejected the Claimant’s first claim. Fiduciary Obligations: In its sworn application the Claimant claimed that GSDM used confidential information to acquire its business and this in breach of fiduciary obligations. The FHCC held that it could in no way agree with the Claimant and this for the following reasons: Firstly, the documents passed on were price lists, copies of invoices and financial statements, all of which could in no way be considered as confidential. Secondly, Article 1124A (5) provides that a person subject to a fiduciary obligation who acts in breach of such obligation shall be bound to return any property together with all other benefits derived by him, whether directly or indirectly, to the person to whom the duty is owed. In this case, it was not proven that GSDM acquired some sort of benefit due to a breach of fiduciary obligations further proving that GSDM did not acquire the business due to a benefit but rather due to mistakes and shortcomings on the part of the Claimant which in turn resulted in SFB wanting to terminate the commercial relationship it had in place. Effectively, it was always SFB’s intention to terminate the relationship it had with the Claimant as evidenced by a Termination Confirmation. In view of this the FHCC held that it was not adequately proven that there was breach of fiduciary obligations on the part of GSDM and therefore rejected the Claimant’s claims in their entirety. Decision In conclusion and for the above-mentioned reasons, the FHCC declared that there was in fact no contractual relationship between the parties and for this reason went on to accede to the Defendant’s second preliminary plea that it was not the proper defendant that ought to have been sued in the proceedings and that accordingly, The General Soft Drinks Company Ltd was not considered to be correctly sued while on the other hand rejecting all of the Claimant’s claims in their entirety. __________ [1] It shall be competent to any beneficiary, in order to enforce fiduciary obligations owed to him, to exercise a right of action on the basis of the provisions of this Title. [2] In addition to any other remedy available under law, a person subject to a fiduciary obligation who acts in breach of such obligation shall be bound to return any property together with all other benefits derived by him, whether directly or indirectly, to the person to whom the duty is owed. [3] Whosoever, without a just cause, enriches himself to the detriment of others shall, to the limits of such enrichment, reimburse and compensate any patrimonial loss which such other person may have suffered. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in The Malta Independent on 08/01/2025. Author: Krista Refalo

2024 Amendments to the Trusts and Trustees Act (Fees) Regulations

The Trusts and Trustees Act (Fees) (Amendment) Regulations 2024 (the “Regulations”), published on 24th December 2024 through Legal Notice 372 of 2024, have substituted the previous regulations last amended in 2015. They will be Subsidiary Legislation 331.01 under the Trusts and Trustees Act (Chapter 331 of The Laws of Malta) (the “Act”). These new Regulations introduce two schedules that outline updated fees applicable for the years 2025 to 2029 and thereafter. The changes highlight an increase to the application fees applicable to: • persons applying to be authorised as trustees in terms of article 43(3) of the Act; • persons using the ‘fast-track’ procedure under article 43(8) of the Act; • persons intending to act as mandatories under article 43(13) of the Act; • persons intending to act as trustees, administrators, directors or similar functionary exercising control over the assets of private foundations in terms of article 43(15) of the Act; • family trusts registered under article 43B of the Act; and lastly • notaries applying to be registered under regulation 3(2) of the Trusts and Trustees Act (Registration of Notaries to act as Qualified Persons) Regulations (S.L. 331.05). Application Fees In terms of application fees, individuals applying under articles 43(3), 43(8), or 43(15) of the Act will now be required to pay €2,000 in 2025. This fee will increase to €2,500 in 2026 and €3,000 from 2027 onwards. For applications under article 43(13) of the Act, the fee has been set at €1,000 for 2025, increasing to €1,500 in 2026 and €2,000 from 2027 onwards. Additionally, applications under article 43B of the Act will incur a fee of €1,500 in 2025, rising to €2,000 in 2026 and €2,500 in 2027 and thereafter. Notaries registering under regulation 3(2) of the Trusts and Trustees Act (Registration of Notaries to act as Qualified Persons) Regulations will pay a fee of €600 in 2025, increasing to €720 in 2026 and €860 from 2027 onwards. Notably, when an individual applies under multiple provisions, only the highest applicable fee will be charged. Fees in Relation to the Modification of an Authorisation These new Regulations introduce a framework for fees related to the modification of an authorisation already granted. Under this new provision, individuals applying for additional authorisation will be eligible for a 25% reduction in the applicable fee. Additionally, those seeking to partially cease providing any of the services originally authorised to provide, are required to pay a modification fee of €1,000 upon submitting their request to the MFSA. Annual Supervisory Fees Annual supervisory fees (now clearly classified into two different categories) have also been revised, which must be paid on the date an authorisation is first granted and annually thereafter on the same (anniversary) date. Individuals authorised under articles 43(3), 43(8), 43(13), and 43(15) of the Act must pay an annual supervisory fixed fee of €5,000 annually starting in 2025, with an increase of €500 each year until 2029. With respect to annual supervisory service fees, persons authorised under articles 43(3) and 43(8) of the Act will pay €2,500 annually, those under article 43(13) of the Act will pay €1,500, and those under article 43(15) of the Act will pay €2,000, from 2025 up to 2029 inclusive. Registrations under article 43B of the Act require an annual supervisory fee of €2,000 in 2025, which will increase by €500 each year until 2029. Notaries registered to act a qualified persons under the Trusts and Trustees Act (Registration of Notaries to act as Qualified Persons) Regulations will pay €1,000 in 2025, €1,500 in 2026, and €2,000 from 2027 onwards. Fees not refundable or prorated Finally, the new Regulations emphasise that all fees are non-refundable and will no longer be prorated. This clarification expands upon the previous regulation, which only stated that fees were non-refundable. The revised fees shall apply to fees falling due on 1st January 2025 and shall therefore not affect the liability in respect of any fees due under the previous regulations prior to the coming into force of these new Regulations. Author: Author: Stephanie J. Coppini

Publication of the Insurance Recovery and Resolution Directive and Amendments to the Solvency II Directive

On the 8th January 2025, the directive establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, better known as the Insurance Recovery and Resolution Directive or IRRD, and the amendments to the Solvency II Directive were officially adopted and published as law in the Official Journal of the European Union. Both directives, being the first two directives of 2025, are expected to have an effect on the European insurance market as a whole and will enter into force on the twentieth day following the date of their publication, therefore on the 28th January 2025. The IRRD is designed to create a framework for a pre-emptive recovery planning and resolution regime to ensure that insurers and relevant authorities in the European Union are better prepared for situations of significant financial distress and to facilitate early and quick intervention of the authorities, even across borders. It establishes harmonised recovery and resolution tools and procedures, with enhanced cross-border cooperation between national authorities with the intention of creating an anticipatory approach to protect insurance policyholders, minimise the impact on the economy and the financial system and avoid recourse to taxpayers’ money. The European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority has been entrusted with drafting various guidelines and technical standards to facilitate the harmonisation of the IRRD across the European Union. The Solvency II Directive which entered into force in January 2016, is the prudential regime for insurance and reinsurance undertakings in the European Union aimed at making the insurance market more stable while protecting policyholders and beneficiaries. It is built on a three-pillar structure intended to form a coherent approach across the sector covering various aspects ranging from quantitative requirements relating to capital, qualitative requirements including governance and risk management, to supervision of the insurance and reinsurance undertakings. The amendments published through the new directive in early 2025 is projected to supplement and improve certain aspects including proportionality, quality of supervision, reporting, long-term guarantee measures, macro-prudential tools, sustainability risks and group and cross-border supervision. Member States are required to transpose the IRRD and the amendments to the Solvency II Directive into national law by the 29th January 2027 and such measures shall apply from the 30th January 2027. Author: Emma Cassar Torregiani

Guidelines on ESG risk management emphasize integration of ESG risks across the 3 lines of defence

On 9 January 2025, the European Banking Authority (the “EBA”) published its final report setting out the Guidelines on the management of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) risks (the “Guidelines”)[1]. The Guidelines outline how credit institutions should identify, measure, manage, and monitor ESG risks as part of their broader risk management framework. These Guidelines link to the obligation contained in Article 74 of CRD[2] as amended by CRDVI[3] requiring processes to identify, manage, monitor and report the risks that credit institutions are or might be exposed to, including ESG risks. This obligation is expanded upon in the new Article 87a introduced by CRDVI which obliges institutions to establish strategies, policies, processes and systems for the identification, measurement, management and monitoring of ESG risks. These strategies, policies, processes and systems are to consider the short and medium term, and a long-term time horizon of at least 10 years. Against this background, the Guidelines prescribe, amongst others: The minimum standards and reference methodologies for the identification, measurement, management, and monitoring of ESG risks. The Guidelines delve into the detail of the standards and methodologies addressing, amongst others, the expectation that institutions perform institution-specific materiality assessments of ESG risks regularly as well as whenever there are material changes to the business environment. It is pertinent to note that the scope of the materiality assessment should reflect the nature, complexity and size of the institutions’ activities, portfolio services and products, and the impact of ESG risks should be considered on all traditional financial risk categories to which they are exposed; Qualitative and quantitative criteria for the assessment of the impact of ESG risks on the risk profile and solvency of institutions in the short, medium, and long term; The content of plans to be prepared by the Board of Directors in accordance with Article 76(2) as amended by CRDVI. Plans are to include specific timelines and intermediate quantifiable targets to monitor and address the financial risks stemming from ESG factors, including those arising from the process of adjustment and transition trends towards the relevant Member States and EU regulatory objectives in relation to ESG factors. Notable amongst these objectives, achieving climate neutrality by 2050. The documented plans need to specify the scope of risks captured by each part of the plan (for instance, whether the plan applies to environmental, social or governance risks) and should ensure that all aspects of the plan address at least environmental risks. The Guidelines also complement and further specify other guidelines, such as for instance in relation to the EBA Guidelines on Internal Governance[4]. The latter are now deemed to include an obligation of clear communication on the part of the Board (‘tone from the top’) and appropriate measures to promote both knowledge of ESG factors and ESG risks across the institution, as well as awareness of the institution’s ESG strategic objectives and commitments. The internal control framework as prescribed by the EBA Guidelines of Internal Governance is to be redefined to incorporate ESG risks, including by a clear definition and assignment of ESG risk responsibilities and reporting lines as well as incorporation in ICAAP and ILAAP. The role of each line of defence in the area of ESG risks is further illustrated in the Guidelines. The Guidelines will apply from 11 January 2026 except for small and non-complex institutions for which the Guidelines will apply at the latest from 11 January 2027. [1] EBA/GL/2025/01 [2] Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC [3] Directive 2024/1619 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 amending Directive 2013/36/EU as regards supervisory powers, sanctions, third-country branches, and environmental, social and governance risks [4] EBA/GL/2021/05 Author: Catherine Formosa

‘Buy Now, Pay Later’ Schemes Examined by the CJEU under the Consumer Credit Directive

On 17 October 2024, the Court of Justice of the European Union (the “CJEU”) delivered a ruling in the case of Riverty GmbH (legal successor of Arvato Finance BV) v MI (Case C-409/23), on the qualification of the so-called ‘buy-now-pay-later’ (“BNPL”) schemes, where consumers purchase goods or services and are able to postpone payment, in the context of consumer credit rules applicable at European Union level by way of Directive 2008/48/EC Of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2008 on credit agreements for consumers (the “Consumer Credit Directive” or the ”Directive”). This ruling provides an analysis of what type of interest and what costs are to be considered when determining whether a credit agreement falls within scope of the Directive when it comes to BNPL schemes. Facts of the Case The dispute in these proceedings concerned a provider (Arvato Finance BV, operating under the name ‘AfterPay’, who was legally succeeded by Riverty GmbH) of a deferred payment service as a BNPL scheme in the Netherlands. The scheme allowed customers to defer payments for online purchases without paying interest or incurring significant upfront fees, in return for a payment fee of EUR 1. The provider’s general payment terms presupposed that, after acceptance of the request to use that service, the merchant selling the goods or services assigns to AfterPay the fees relating to the amount for which the customer was liable in respect of the order placed online. The customer would therefore pay AfterPay upon receipt of an invoice therefrom and payment was to be made within fourteen days from receipt of the invoice. Any failure on the part of the customer to forward the amount due to AfterPay within the stipulated period would allow AfterPay to charge administrative fees, monthly statutory interest on the amount due and all reasonable costs incurred for collection of the amount, which costs were at a minimum of EUR 40. MI, being the customer in this case, had failed to pay the amount due to AfterPay within the fourteen-day period and thereafter, triggering the imposition of administrative fees and an additional amount of EUR 40 in respect of costs incurred by AfterPay for the collection. The failure by MI to pay the amounts persisted and led to the initiation of action before the District Court of Arnhem in the Netherlands to enforce the payment obligation plus statutory interest. The District Court referred several questions to the Dutch Supreme Court (Hoge Raad der Nederlanden) (the “Referring Court”) in view of Article 2(2)(f) of the Directive, which excludes from within its scope credit agreements which are free of interest and without any other charges and credit agreements under the terms of which only insignificant charges are payable. In this respect, the Referring Court was faced with the question as to whether interest charged other than that relating to fees for making the credit available, and collection costs in the event of non-payment of a credit agreement must be considered as part of the “total cost of the credit to the customer” in terms of Article 3(g) of the Directive, and whether they must be taken into account in the determination as to whether the agreement in question falls within scope of the Consumer Credit Directive. The Findings of the CJEU Given that the credit agreement in question was of a total amount of less than EUR 200, and that the Consumer Credit Directive allows Member States to extend the applicability of the Directive to credit agreements involving a total amount of credit of less than such amount, the CJEU firstly noted that this extension was taken up under the Netherlands national law. The credit agreement was therefore not excluded from the scope of the Directive’s provisions on this basis. In referring to an assessment of the part of Article 2(2)(f) of the Consumer Credit Directive which excludes agreements granted free of interest and without any other charges from the scope of the Directive, the CJEU noted that the interest charged to the defendant for defaulting on the payment obligations and the costs for the collection of the amounts due constitute interest and default charges. The CJEU noted that the Directive does not define ‘interest’ and ‘other charges’, and referred to different language versions of this provision of the Directive in providing an interpretation of such terms. The CJEU underscored that the primary goal of the Consumer Credit Directive is to ensure a high level of consumer protection in credit agreements and so, exemptions under Article 2(2)(f) must be narrowly interpreted to preserve the Directive’s protective framework. In applying such rationale, the CJEU noted that the interest and charges to be considered for the purpose of Article 2(2)(f) must be those provided for at the time of conclusion of the credit agreement and other charges do not form part of the ‘interest’ and ‘other charges’ referred to in such provision. A customer’s failure to pay and the duration of such failure are essentially unforeseeable at the time of conclusion of the credit agreement and are therefore not to be included. Reference was also made to the Directive’s provisions on the calculation of the annual percentage rate of charge, in which the default charges are excluded. The CJEU here noted that such a calculation is based on the assumption that the credit agreement will remain valid for the agreed period and that the creditor and the consumer will adhere to the obligations under the agreement within the time limits stipulated therein. Another point raised by the Referring Court was related to the circumstances at the time of the conclusion of the agreement provide grounds to assume that the liability for charges imposed upon default in payment forms part of the creditor’s business model, and that this should be taken into account when examining the scope of the Directive. The CJEU, however, concluded that it is for the Referring Court to determine whether a creditor is seeking to circumvent its obligations under the Directive by anticipating the non-payment by the consumer from the time of the conclusion of the credit agreement. Conclusion reached by the CJEU The CJEU ruled that the Consumer Credit Directive must be interpreted as meaning that, other than where the creditor anticipates the consumer’s default in payment from the time the credit agreement is concluded, the non-performance by the consumer of the credit agreement in order to seek a financial advantage, the interest payable by the consumer for non-payment and the collection costs imposed do not fall within scope of the concepts of ‘interest’ and ‘other charges’ within the meaning of Article 2(2)(f) of the Directive. This stands irrespectively of whether such interest and other charges are statutory or contractual in their nature. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in The Malta Independent on 25/12/2024. Author: Roberta Carabott

CJEU Clarifies Scope of “Amount Due” under Late Payments Directive

On 12 December 2024, the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) delivered an important ruling in Case C‑725/23 in the name of M. sp. z o.o. I. S.K.A. v. R.W. The case arose from a request for a preliminary ruling by the District Court in Katowice-East, Katowice in Poland. The ruling concerns the interpretation of the term ‘amount due’ under Article 2(8) of Directive 2011/7/EU (the “Late Payments Directive” or the “Directive”), which is aimed at combating late payment in commercial transactions. This Late Payments Directive plays a crucial role in protecting the financial health of businesses by discouraging late payments and fostering fair commercial practices. In delivering this preliminary ruling, the CJEU provides much-needed clarity on whether reimbursable costs, such as utilities or property-related expenses, are included within the scope of the ‘amount due’ in the context of commercial agreements. The Late Payments Directive: Purpose and Scope The Late Payments Directive was adopted to address systemic late payment issues in the European Union, which undermine the liquidity and financial stability of businesses, particularly small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). Late payments not only complicate financial management but also harm competitiveness and profitability, often forcing creditors to seek external financing during cash flow shortfalls. The Directive applies broadly to “all payments made as remuneration for commercial transactions”, with ‘commercial transactions’ being defined as “transactions between undertakings or between undertakings and public authorities which lead to the delivery of goods or provision of services for remuneration.” The Directive’s key provisions include: • ensuring interest for late payments is due without requiring reminders where the creditor has fulfilled its contractual and legal obligations and has not received the ‘amount due’ on time, unless the debtor is not responsible for the delay; • introducing a fixed sum (at least EUR 40) as a minimum amount of compensation for recovery costs; and • mandating that payment terms are adhered to unless otherwise explicitly agreed upon and not grossly unfair to the creditor. A central concept in this Directive is the ‘amount due’, defined in Article 2(8) as “the principal sum which should have been paid within the contractual or statutory period of payment, including the applicable taxes, duties, levies, or charges specified in the invoice or equivalent request for payment.” However, the Directive does not define “remuneration” for commercial transactions, leaving room for interpretative disputes, as demonstrated by this case. Factual Background of the Case The dispute arose from a lease agreement between M. sp. z o.o. I. S.K.A (“M.”) and R.W., two Polish undertakings. Under the lease agreement, R.W. occupied commercial premises and was required to pay: • rent plus value-added tax (VAT); • utility charges, including heating, gas, and electricity; and • a flat-rate monthly contribution covering property-related costs, such as building common charges and municipal taxes. Following R.W.’s failure to pay 26 invoices, including those for rent, utilities, and flat-rate contributions, M. sought payment and invoked its right to compensation for late payment under Directive 2011/7/EU. This included the EUR 40 fixed sum for each overdue invoice. The Polish referring court questioned whether Article 2(8) is to be interpreted as including within its scope, in addition to the principal sum for the performance characteristic of the contractual relationship in question leading to the supply of goods or the provision of a service, also the reimbursement of costs incurred in connection with the performance of the contract, which the debtor has contractually agreed to pay. Key Legal Issues and Question Referred The central issue before the CJEU was whether the term ‘amount due’ in Article 2(8) of the Directive includes not only the principal payment for the main service (in this case, the lease) but also sums reimbursed by the debtor for costs incurred by the creditor in performing the contract (such as utilities or property-related charges). The Polish referring court raised concerns about a narrow interpretation that might exclude such reimbursable costs. It argued that this would be inconsistent with the Directive’s objective to combat late payments and prevent financial burdens from shifting unfairly to creditors. Such an exclusion could also undermine creditors’ ability to recover full compensation for financial harm caused by late payments. The CJEU’s Analysis and Findings The CJEU emphasised that the wording of Article 2(8) supports a broad interpretation of ‘amount due.’ The use of the term ‘including’ in the definition indicates that the list of items covered—such as taxes, duties, and charges—is non-exhaustive. This suggests that additional amounts linked to the main contractual obligation may also be encompassed. Furthermore, the inclusion of charges distinct from the principal sum, such as taxes and levies, reflects the EU legislature’s intent to address all amounts contractually due between parties, provided they are connected to the performance of the contract. The CJEU highlighted that the Directive applies to all payments made as remuneration for commercial transactions. Importantly, Article 1(2) of the Directive does not differentiate between payments intended to remunerate the main contractual obligation (e.g., rent) and those reimbursing ancillary costs (e.g., utilities). This lack of distinction reinforces the Directive’s broad scope in addressing all payment obligations arising from a commercial transaction. Taking an objective-oriented interpretation, the CJEU explained that the Directive aims to protect creditors from the adverse effects of late payments, including liquidity challenges and financial instability. These effects are not limited to unpaid principal amounts but extend to any contractually agreed costs that the creditor must temporarily bear due to the debtor’s non-payment. Recital 19 of the Directive underscores the need for fair compensation, including recovery of administrative and internal costs incurred due to late payment. The CJEU reasoned that excluding reimbursable costs from the ‘amount due’ would expose creditors to the very risks the Directive seeks to mitigate, thereby defeating its purpose. The Court’s Conclusion The CJEU concluded that the term ‘amount due’ under Article 2(8) of Directive 2011/7/EU encompasses both the principal sum payable for the main contractual service or obligation and any additional costs or charges that the debtor has contractually agreed to reimburse, provided they are linked to the creditor’s performance of the contract. This interpretation ensures that creditors are fully compensated for all overdue payments, reinforcing the Directive’s deterrent effect against late payment practices. This ruling provides clarity for businesses across the EU by confirming that reimbursable costs – such as utilities or property-related charges – are protected under the Directive confirming the comprehensive scope of the Directive. Creditors can confidently claim interest and fixed compensation on all amounts due under a contract, not just principal sums. By affirming this broad interpretation of ‘amount due’, the CJEU strengthened protections for creditors. This is particularly beneficial for SMEs, which are more vulnerable to cash flow disruptions caused by late payments. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgment being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 15/01/2025. Author: Ria Micallef

Electronic Service of Judicial Documents: A Game Changer in Reshaping Legal Processes

One of the key pillars of any democratic society is that all persons have access to the justice system. However, one of the most often overlooked yet critical cogs in the judicial process is service i.e. being able to properly notify the respondent of the commencement of judicial proceedings. Effective service seeks to ensure that judicial documents are brought to the attention of the party being served through adequate and practical modes of service that guarantee reasonable assurances that the correct parties are notified, thus preserving the integrity of the judicial process. However, it is often the case that the judicial process is grounded before it can even take off due to the inability to serve the respondent with notice of judicial proceedings. There is therefore a pressing need to ensure that service can be effected properly and without delays The current state of play Under Maltese law, service in Malta is effected either by registered court mail or by the court bailiffs. These modes of service function to a certain extent, however, unfortunately, the system is also fraught with delays that are inevitable due to the reliance on multiple organisational factors, especially when recipients are difficult to locate or notify. Currently, where service could not be completed via either of the traditional modes, the Court may, upon a request filed by the party seeking to serve the document, direct service of the judicial act through affixation and publication in the Government Gazette as well as in local newspapers which results in further delays. This creates a butterfly effect, often leaving proceedings at a standstill for several months until the notification stage is completed. Possible alternative? These delays render the judicial process extremely cumbersome on one level and also make access to effective judicial remedies difficult. Additionally, given the global digital shift, there is an increasing need to modernise the Court system; to adapt and implement more efficient e-communication and notification procedures to expedite the service process. One such way could be by using email to notify parties of judicial acts given that this is both cost and time-effective. The advantages are multifaceted given that the means of service would enhance transparency while at the same time allowing court officials to focus on other important tasks. Practitioners are all too familiar with court officials having to expend significant amounts of time processing physical documents for postal service and waiting weeks for the return of a ‘pink-card’ or postal slip. This problem is exacerbated where addresses indicated by parties in court papers and at the MBR are not genuine bona fide functioning offices. Service by email has the further advantage of providing a quick and clear confirmation of service/ non-service through a delivery/ read receipt. The presumption which applies to the traditional modes of service[1] is that the recipient would have seen the documents once a confirmation of delivery or certificate of service is issued by the Court. Invariably, the presumption typically applied to service under the existing rules is easily applicable to e-modes of service. Assuming electronic service is taken up, some practicalities need to be considered e.g. whether the parties simply send judicial documents directly to a party via email. When would electronic service be considered valid and when is it not permitted? In proposing such a solution, it is also important to ensure that the system retains integrity. Thus, before implementing e-service, there would need to be a comprehensive review of current service rules. Subsequently, attention would need to be on incorporating specific procedures for electronic notification of certain judicial documents. Electronic service would need to be defined and eventually included as one of the main modes of service. The definition and interpretation of electronic service should be broad enough to encompass various forms of electronic communication beyond just email, including social media platforms. In recent UK case law, courts have recognised the validity of service by electronic means, including social media platforms, especially after unsuccessful attempts to serve the documents by post and by court bailiff thereby adapting traditional legal procedures to the digital age and rendering the process of service (i) more efficient and (ii) increasing legal certainty. For this to work seamlessly though, there is the need to enhance the current online platform – to make it more accessible for legal professionals to process and manage filings, and have a system properly set up to monitor formal electronic communications. The online system is functional vis-à-vis case management but not fully operational to receive and process filings. Where service could not be completed via either of the traditional modes, the Court may, upon a request filed by the party seeking to serve the document, direct service of the judicial act via electronic means as opposed to affixation and publication. Procedural matters To the extent this means of service is taken up, then the actual mechanics of how this is implemented needs to be stress tested. In fact, before proceeding with service using electronic methods, there must be an order from the Court authorising e-service. Alternatively, the parties or their legal representatives may choose to formally authorise e-service of pleadings and provide valid email addresses or any other electronic identification. Therefore, the party seeking to serve documents must first establish whether the recipient has agreed to receive service via electronic means or must obtain an order from the Court authorising such service The door to such a means of service has already been left ajar by one of the recent amendments to the Companies Act introducing the requirement that newly incorporated companies must indicate in their Memorandum and Articles, a valid email address of the company. The email address is intended for electronic correspondence between the Registrar and the company and other notifications and could be extended to include service of judicial documents via electronic means. This would expedite the service process, particularly in situations where companies have not updated their registered addresses, or where companies with foreign representatives no longer have access to corporate service providers or have lost contact with those providers. This initiative promotes the use of digital communication. Additionally, with the rise in litigation involving international parties, electronic service enhances accessibility and ensures that all parties are properly notified of proceedings, regardless of their location. Though we have not fully embraced the digital shift in legal communication, implementing electronic service is the logical next step to enhance efficiency within the legal system and improve court operations and processes across the board. [1] Article 187(1) of the Code of Organisation and Civil Procedure. This article was first published in the ‘Times of Malta’ on 19/01/2025. Author: Lindsey Galea

Another Step Forward in Digital Company Law Processes

On the 10th of January 2025, the European Union (EU) published the official text of Directive (EU) 2025/25 (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Directive’) in the Official Journal, which sets out various updates and amendments to Directive (EU) 2019/1151 and earlier frameworks on the use of digital tools and processes in company law. You can access this article by clicking here. The Directive introduces certain key features, such as a multilingual, authenticated EU Company Certificate and a standardised EU Power of Attorney, while also including stricter timelines for domestic company registers to process and publicly disclose company information. This publication aims to identify the main features of the Directive. Improved Company and Branch Incorporations through Digital Mechanisms The Directive introduces targeted updates to further modernize company formation and branch establishment across the EU. While companies can already be incorporated entirely online, the Directive now mandates improved security measures to prevent fraud and enhance reliability, such as advanced identity verification using audiovisual checks and trusted authentication services. In respect of branch registrations, the Directive requires that domestic company registers of Member States ensure that branch registration process can also be completed entirely online, while mandating that such registrations are to be finalised within ten business days, once all necessary documents and fees are submitted. Additionally, branch data should now be included within the EU’s interconnected company register system, which improves accessibility of information. Minimising Administrative Barriers for Cross-Border Transactions A key innovation introduced by the Directive, enshrined in its Article 16b, is the new EU Company Certificate – a standardised document aimed at facilitating cross-border recognition of company information. This electronic certificate shall constitute sufficient evidence, at the time of its issuance, of the incorporation and existence of the company, as well as certain essential company details, including its name, registered office, legal representatives, and other critical information. Such certificate may be obtained at least once per calendar year at no cost. Complementing the above is Article 16c, through which the Directive introduces the EU Power of Attorney – a digital mechanism intended to simplify cross-border representation of corporate entities. By way of a standardised European template, companies may authorise representatives for specific operations in other Member States, without the need to procure an apostille, translation or other similar formalities for authentication or validity. The standard template requires that an outline the scope and details of such representation are inserted, so as to ensure clarity and consistency. Facilitating Document Filing and Authentication The Directive also extends its focus beyond incorporation to the online filing of post-incorporation documents. By reducing the traditional reliance on physical filings, which often leads to delays in registration and increased costs. To meet the Directive’s aims of simplify processes, domestic company registrars are encouraged to adopt advanced electronic controls, such as remote identity verification systems, to minimise the need for in-person interventions. Notwithstanding this, certain robust oversight mechanisms have been included to prevent and combat instances of fraud and misuse. Firstly, all documents filed electronically are to be authenticated using advanced trust services to enhance the security, reliability, and validity of electronic transactions, as prescribed by Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 (the “eIDAS Regulation”). In addition, domestic registrars retain the authority to verify the identity and legal capacity of applicants. In exceptional cases (as may be required for reasons of public interest), such as suspected fraud or identity misuse, domestic registrars may even require the physical presence of applicants. The Maltese Position The Directive enters into force as of the 30th of January 2025, whereas Member States are required to domestically adopt and promulgate the rules set out in therein by 31 July 2027. Locally, the Malta Business Registry (MBR) has already made strides to comply with the standards set out in the Directive, primarily through the launching of its Business Automation Registry Online System (BAROS), wherein users may digitally submit company documentation through a company-linked authorised account on the BAROS website. Notably, it is now a mandatory requirement for Maltese companies to submit their annual accounts online, through BAROS. Additionally, the MBR now accepts company documentation executed via ‘Qualified Digital Signatures’ (QES), which are electronic signatures generated using cryptographic methods designed to be tamper-evident and uniquely associated with the signatory. This allows the MBR to identify the signatory with a high degree of confidence. In fact, QES’ hold the same legal authority and enforceability as handwritten signatures on physical documents. The MBR, through its BAROS platform, provides a QES service free of charge, allowing authorised signatories of company documentation to execute and submit such documentation electronically, provided that they have completed an identity verification process conducted by MBR personnel, in compliance with the standards outlined in the eIDAS Regulation. For further information, please feel free to reach out to Stuart Firman and Benjamin Farrugia who form part of the Corporate Finance and Tax team at Ganado. Authors: Stuart Firman, Benjamin Farrugia

MFSA clarifies the scope of application of the DORA Framework to VFA Service Providers transitioning towards authorisation under the MiCA Regulation

On the 27th January, 2025, the MFSA released a Circular (the “2025 MFSA Circular”) with an important clarification under Regulation (EU) 2022/2554 (the “DORA Regulation”) pertinent to firms operating within the crypto space. By way of background, on the 26th March, 2024, the MFSA issued a Circular (the “2024 MFSA Circular”) through which the MFSA laid to rest the conundrum which industry had faced in terms of identifying which regime shall be applicable to financial services operators as of the 17th January, 2025 (the DORA Regulation’s application date); you may wish to refer to this publication as a refresher. Annex 1 to the 2024 MFSA Circular included an exhaustive list of the MFSA Authorised Persons which were, and remain, subject to the MFSA’s Guidance on Technology Arrangements, ICT and Security Risk Management, and Outsourcing Arrangements (the “MFSA Guidance Document”), including, by way of example, company service providers and recognised fund administrators. The entities listed in Annex 1 to the 2024 MFSA Circular do not fall in scope of the DORA Regulation. However, the said Annex 1 made no mention of the fate of operators licensed by the MFSA as VFA service providers under the VFA Act (Chapter 590, Laws of Malta (the “VFA Act”)). Against this backdrop, Ganado Advocates sought a clarification on behalf of industry from the MFSA to confirm whether existing operators licensed by the MFSA as VFA service providers under the VFA Act shall or shall not fall in scope of the DORA Regulation between the 17th January, 2025 (the DORA Regulation’s application date), and: the date on which the operator is granted or refused an authorisation as a crypto-asset service provider under Article 63 of Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 (the “MiCA Regulation”); or the 1st July, 2026, being the end of the transitional period referred to in Article 58(3) of the MiCA Act (Chapter 647, Laws of Malta); • whichever occurs first. The 2025 MFSA Circular has now clarified the following: the DORA Regulation applies to, inter alia, crypto-asset service providers as authorised under the MiCA Regulation and issuers of asset-referenced tokens; a VFA service provider authorised under the VFA Act is required to continue following the guidelines set out in the MFSA Guidance Document until the 1st July, 2026, or until the operator is granted or refused an authorisation as a crypto-asset service provider under Article 63 of the MiCA Regulation; and a VFA service provider which receives authorisation from the MFSA as a crypto-asset service provider pursuant to Article 63 of the MiCA Regulation shall, with effect from the date of the receipt of such authorisation: (a) no longer be subject to the MFSA Guidance Document, and (b) qualify as a financial entity under, and become subject to, the DORA Regulation. Complying with the DORA Regulation is a rather complex task which is further compounded by the regulatory and implementing technical standards and guidance documents being released under the DORA Regulation. Ganado Advocates has a DORA-focused team of professionals who are readily available to assist with any queries relating to the application of, and requirements emanating from, the MFSA Guidance Document or the DORA Regulation as may be applicable to your firm. Author: Luigi Farrugia

Struck-Off but still standing: The legal lifeline for companies

On 27th May 2024, the First Hall Civil Court (Commercial Section) (the ‘Court’) delivered its judgement in the names of ‘Usta Holdings Inc. vs. Ir-Reġistratur tal-Kumpaniji’ whereby the plaintiff, as the sole shareholder of Usta Maritime Co. Ltd (C 43902) (the ‘Company’), requested the Malta Business Registry (the ‘Registrar’) to have the name of the Company restored and placed back on the register after it was previously struck off for failure to abide by its obligations. Facts of the Case The Company was struck off the register on 10th December 2020, by order of the Registrar by virtue of regulation 9(3) of Subsidiary Legislation 386.19, namely the Companies Act (Register of Beneficial Owners) Regulations (the ‘Regulations’). Said Regulations dictate that if a company fails to provide information on its beneficial ownership, the Registrar has the right to inform a company of its default by means of a letter as indicated under regulation 9(2). If said information is not provided to the Registrar within one month from said letter, the Registrar may inform the company and publish a notice in the Government Gazette that upon the expiration of three months from the date of the last publication of said notice, the company’s name shall, unless cause is shown to the contrary or the Registrar is satisfied that there are sufficient grounds not to proceed with the striking off, be struck off the register. Following the striking off of a company as described under regulation 9(3) of the Regulations, all assets held by the company will eventually devolve onto the Government of Malta. The main asset of the Company was a pleasure yacht named the ‘m.y. BEY’ (holder of official number 11767), valued at around eight hundred and twenty thousand Euros (€820,000). In order not to lose their main asset, the plaintiff lodged an application in Court to have the Company reinstated onto the register. The plaintiff admitted that the Company was not in compliance with the Regulations and that the Company had also been in default for a number of years, thus understanding the Registrar’s decision to have the Company struck off as defunct. Additionally, the plaintiff also held that these actions were not done in bad faith nor were they done in an attempt to deceive the Registrar, but these were merely a result of alienation by the corporate services provider as a result of miscommunication with the Company. By means of the plaintiff’s application, it was made clear that they had every interest to have the Company restored, to the point that it had already reached out to the defendant Registrar, its corporate services provider and other affected competent authorities to make the necessary amends. Naturally, the plaintiff wanted to retain the Company’s ownership of the yacht with the goal of having the latter managing it, rather than having it devolve onto the government. As a remedy to Company’s wrongdoing, the plaintiff requested the Court to restore the Company onto the register and that it continues its existence by virtue of regulation 9(4) of the Regulations. The plaintiff also requested the Court to order the Registrar to take all of the necessary actions as required by virtue of the laws linked with the reinstating of a company on the register. Regulation 9(4) of the Regulations, as referenced by the plaintiff in their application, states that if a shareholder or a creditor of a company (or any other interested third-party) feels ‘aggrieved’ by the striking off of the company in question, said shareholder, creditor or interested third-party may submit an application within five years from the date of publication of the striking-off notice. A successful action under regulation 9(4) would result in the company being restored onto the register as if it were never struck off in the first place. This would also apply to the officers of the company, in that they would be reappointed back in office as a result of this regulation. Upon the Court’s order, the Registrar shall then proceed to publish a notice in the Government Gazette or on the website maintained by the Registrar (i.e. the Malta Business Registry’s online portal) and in a daily newspaper circulating wholly or mainly in Malta that the name of the company has been restored to the register. In their reply, the Registrar informed the Court that the Company had never submitted information concerning its beneficial ownership throughout its entire lifetime. The Registrar’s first attempt at making amends vis-a-vis the Company, was in the form of a letter dated 27th July 2020. On 10th September 2020, the Company was one of several companies mentioned in a publication on a local newspaper that were to be struck off the register, subject to no objections being made within three months from said date. The Registrar also reminded the Court of the fact that over the years, the Company had accumulated considerable penalties amounting to over seven thousand Euros (precisely €7,013.50) and were left outstanding as at the time of striking off on 10th December 2020. In its reply, the Registrar stated that if the Company was to be restored back onto the register, it requested that all of the outstanding information and documents concerning beneficial ownership and annual returns, for the benefit of third parties. Considerations of the Court Prior to proceeding to pass its judgement, the Court was informed that the Company had already settled all its outstanding dues, both in terms of penalties and in terms of missing documents/information, as a sign of its good faith and in an attempt to rectify the situation as swiftly as possible. As a result of this, the Court ordered: • the Registrar to reinsert the Company’s name back onto the register within 15 days from judgement, on the basis that all of the requirements of regulation 9(4) of the Regulations were satisfied; • the Registrar to effect all the publications that need to be made in order to have the Company placed back onto the register; • the Registrar to restore the Company back onto the register; and • the Company to be held responsible to cover the expenses incurred by the Registrar in reinstating the Company back onto the register. The Court outlined that the adherence to the prescription period mentioned within regulation 9(4) of the Regulations and the plaintiff’s willingness to rectify the situation were the main drivers of its decision. Concluding Remarks The ability for a company to be revived following its striking off by virtue of regulation 9(4) as discussed above, provides an exception to the widespread understanding that the striking off of a company is considered to be the ‘death’ of a company, with no other form of recourse available. Whereas a company which liquidates itself voluntarily and is eventually struck off is considered to be final due to a lack of an ‘aggravation’ by the Registrar, a company which encounters a situation as described in the case above is given ‘one last chance’ to rectify its failure to abide by its obligations and reverse its striking off. Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgment being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 29/01/2025. Author: Gabriel Debono

The parties to an insurance policy

On 7 November 2024, the Court of Appeal (Civil, Superior) delivered its final judgment in the case of ‘C.B. v Water Sports Operations Limited et’, which related to a water sports accident that occurred in July 2007. While the Court of Appeal delved into a number of legal principles, the purpose of this law report will be to analyse the Court of Appeal’s conclusions reached in respect of an insurance policy entered into between a local insurance agent (hereinafter “MIAL”) and the defendant company. Facts of the case On 25 July 2007, the plaintiff’s husband had decided to participate in a water-sports activity while on holiday in Malta, which led to him suffering severe, permanent injuries. In fact, as a result of the accident, the plaintiff’s husband ended up paralysed, with no possibility whatsoever of carrying out any form of future economic activity. The plaintiff blamed the accident on negligence, lack of experience, carelessness, lack of attention and failure of the defendant to abide by the relevant regulations. Meanwhile, the defendant requested that the insurance agent MIAL, from whom the defendant had purchased its insurance policy in connection with the water-sports activities carried out by the defendant, be brought into the case as a joinder (‘kjamat in kawza’). The Civil Court noted that the plaintiff had notified MIAL of the proceedings by means of a judicial act in terms of article 10(2)(a) of the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third-Party Risks) Ordinance (Chapter 104 of the laws of Malta) (the “Ordinance”). The Civil Court noted that MIAL had been brought into the case as a joinder by the defendant (i.e. the insured) and that there was no doubt that a legal relationship indeed existed between the defendant and MIAL, and that accordingly any claims by MIAL that it should not held liable due to the absence of a legal relationship cannot be accepted. MIAL claimed that: (1) it had no legal relationship with the plaintiff and neither was it directly or indirectly involved in causing the accident; and (2) that while MIAL had indeed sold an insurance policy to the defendant in respect of the water-sports activities conducted by the defendant, the policy contains ‘limits of indemnity’ and that therefore the insurer should not be held liable to pay for an amount exceeding the limits of indemnity stated in the insurance policy. The Civil Court referred to the policy wording which stated the following: ‘[…] this policy is extended to indemnify the insured […] against legal liability to pay for third party bodily injury or property damage arising from the ownership, possession or use of the water-sports equipment detailed below when used for the water-sports activities of the insured anywhere in the Maltese Islands […]’. The Civil Court furthermore noted that the speedboat utilised on the day of the accident was itself covered by, and specifically referred to in the insurance policy issued by MIAL. After taking into consideration the facts of the case and the claims made by the parties, the Civil Court (i.e. the court of first instance) ruled that the defendant and MIAL, as well as the speedboat driver employed by the defendant, were to be held jointly and severally liable (i.e. in solidum) to settle the damages quantified by the Civil Court (which amounted to €920,000). Considerations of the Court of Appeal MIAL appealed the decision of the Civil Court, emphasising inter alia, that: (1) there was no legal relationship between MIAL and the plaintiff and that therefore it was not possible for MIAL to be held responsible for damages caused to third parties; and (2) that the insurance policy issued to the defendant contained “limits of indemnity”. MIAL referred to the Civil Code and claimed that a legal relationship would arise in the case of contract, quasi-contract, tort and quasi-tort, and emphasised that it had not made any contact whatsoever with the plaintiff prior to the water-sports accident and that hence there was no legal relationship between MIAL and the plaintiff. MIAL furthermore pointed out that the Civil Court (i.e. the court of first instance) had incorrectly applied the provisions of the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third-Party Risks) Ordinance (the “Ordinance”), to the case in question, and that while the provisions of said Ordinance do indeed grant the right to third parties to bring a claim not only against the person causing the damage/accident but also against the insurer of the vehicle involved, the Ordinance is not equally applicable to accidents caused by boats and vessels. MIAL furthermore submitted to the Court of Appeal that while the Commercial Vessels Regulations (subsidiary legislation 499.23) (the “Regulations”) imposed a requirement for vessels to be in possession of a valid insurance policy, said Regulations do not permit actions being brought by a third-party against an insurer (as is the case under the Ordinance), since the contractual relationship is res inter alios acta (i.e. strictly between the parties – in this context, the insurer and the insured). The Court of Appeal also noted that the Small Ships Regulations (subsidiary legislation 499.52) would, today, also be applicable. The Court of Appeal noted that upon receipt of premium by MIAL from the defendant, MIAL had essentially bound itself to insure the defendant against any losses that may arise and that fell within the scope of the insurance policy (and, in return, to generate a profit from the premiums earned from the defendant), but that MIAL had not entered into the insurance policy with the intention of indemnifying third parties such as the plaintiff. On the basis of the reasoning outlined above, the Court of Appeal (Civil, Superior) accepted the appeal brought by MIAL and confirmed that MIAL shall not be held liable or accountable to make good for any damages incurred by the plaintiff in connection with the water-sports accident. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 05/02/2025.

Malta as a hub for IP-centric industries

In the latest episode of the Ganado Meets IP podcast, Paul Micallef Grimaud, partner at Ganado Advocates, speaks to Simon Schembri and Kris Bartolo, partners at Ganado Advocates and Zampa Partners, respectively, on the attractiveness of Malta to IP-centric industries and the services generated by these industries. Tax Incentives Bartolo explains that taxation is one of the main reasons why Malta has attracted a significant portfolio of IP companies. Malta’s tax framework ensures that companies holding intellectual property can significantly reduce their tax burden. While royalties are initially taxed at 35%, various fiscal incentives bring this rate down dramatically. For instance, passive royalty income can qualify for a 5/7 tax refund, resulting in a 10% effective tax rate. For trading royalty income, the refund increases to 6/7, lowering the effective rate to just 5%. Bartolo further emphasises the benefits of Malta’s full imputation tax system, which prevents double taxation on dividends for shareholders. He adds that Malta also doesn’t withhold tax on dividends or transfers of IP within group entities, highlighting the jurisdiction’s attractiveness for companies managing high-value IP assets. Strategic Location and Regulatory Strength Schembri credits Malta’s geographical position as a major advantage. He explains that Malta’s location between Africa and Europe has made it a linchpin for international businesses. Over recent years, Malta has also expanded its reach to Asian markets. Its English-speaking workforce and historical ties with the UK reinforce its appeal to global investors, even post-Brexit. “Regulation plays a key role too,” Schembri notes, citing Malta’s strong governance in gaming, digital innovation, and financial services. He explains that there has been a shift toward compliance-driven policies in the wake of grey-listing concerns, ensuring that only high-quality businesses set up operations here. Value Creation Through IP Discussing the intrinsic value of IP, Bartolo explains that IP is often the most valuable asset of a company, yet it’s not always reflected on the balance sheet. Malta allows businesses to restructure and transfer IP assets within a group without incurring capital gains tax. Moreover, recent legislative changes now permit immediate deductions on capital expenditure for IP acquisitions in their first year. Micallef Grimaud elaborates on the role of IP, stating that intellectual property generates value, not just through its use but as an asset itself, creating additional opportunities for businesses that capitalise on it. Challenges in IP Valuation and Usage Despite its potential, IP remains underutilised as collateral in Malta. Schembri observes that we rarely think of IP as security for transactions. In this regard, he states that there is a need for a centralised register, similar to the one for pledging shares. Bartolo adds that lenders are hesitant because of valuation complexities and the challenges in redeploying intangible assets in case of default. Bartolo also outlines the difficulties in valuing IP. Unlike tangible assets, IP lacks a physical market, making valuation dependent on assumptions and methodologies. He describes three main approaches to valuation: cost-based, market-based, and income-based, with the latter being the most common. He explains that the income approach relies on future earnings, but it is fraught with assumptions, which can vary widely between valuers. Conclusion: Future Prospects – Staying Ahead in a Competitive Market Looking ahead, Bartolo emphasises the importance of keeping pace with global trends. He explains that consistency and innovation are key. From key tax reforms to sustainable incentives, Malta must remain proactive to retain its edge. Schembri agrees, highlighting the potential of IP as a growth area. He explains that if Malta adopts a unified approach and implements systems like an IP registry, it could attract even more international businesses. As Schembri summarises, Malta’s success lies in its ability to balance fiscal incentives with robust regulation and strategic positioning. With continuous innovation and a focus on sustainability, Malta is well-placed to remain a leading hub for IP-centric industries and financial services. To listen to the full episode head to Spotify and search ‘Ganado Meets’ or visit this link. This article was first published in the ‘Times of Malta’ on 10/02/2025.

The ECJ clarifies the application of collective action in EU competition law

On 28th January 2025 in Case C-253/23, “ASG 2 Ausgleichsgesellschaft für die Sägeindustrie Nordrhein-Westfalen GmbH v Land Nordrhein-Westfalen” the European Court of Justice (“ECJ”) clarified the compatibility of national law provisions limiting collective actions with the right of persons to be compensated for harm caused to them as a result of a competition law infringement. The ECJ confirmed that victims of competition law infringements may assign their right to claim damages, if this is the only way in which their right to seek damages can be effectively exercised. Background to the Case In March 2020, a group of sawmills established across Germany, Belgium and Luxembourg assigned their rights to claim compensation from harm caused to them as a result of anti-competitive behaviour against the Land Nordrhein-Westfalen (“Land”) to ASG 2 (“ASG”). The Land had allegedly participated in a price-fixing cartel for the price of unwrought coniferous timber which violates Article 101(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (“TFEU”). The German national competition authority carried out an investigation and imposed a commitment decision on the Land and the other undertakings involved. As a result of the cartel, the sawmills felt that they had paid inflated prices for the unwrought coniferous timber that they had purchased from the Land and sought to institute a private enforcement action before the Regional Court of Dortmund (“Referring Court”). Instead of pursuing these actions individually, 32 of the sawmills assigned their right to compensation to ASG. ASG is classified as a provider of legal services under German law and it proceeded to institute one action on behalf of the sawmills, in its own name and at its own expense, with the hopes that it would eventually get paid its fees in the event that the case is successful (a practice which in legal terms is known as quota litis[1]). Land challenged the case before the Referring Court both on the merits as well as its admissibility. In essence, Land argued that German case-law prohibits the assignment of cartel damages cases for the purposes of instituting a class action lawsuit and this based on the interpretation of the German rules on the legality of the assignment to legal services (“RDG”). Thus, in Land’s view, ASG did not have any legal standing, and the action instituted was therefore, inadmissible. Questions referred to the ECJ The Referred Court observed that it is difficult for individuals to institute private damage claims alone, and that only actions instituted through collective procedural mechanisms were capable of effectively allowing these cases to be instituted. In light of this, the Referred Court asked the ECJ whether Article 101(1) TFEU read in conjunction with the principle of effectiveness, Directive 2014/104/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 November 2014 on certain rules governing actions for damages under national law for infringements of the competition law provisions of the Member States (“Damages Directive”) and Article 47 of the Charter of Fundamental Rights precludes an interpretation of national law (such as the German law in question) that has the effect of preventing victims harmed by alleged competition law infringements of assigning their rights to compensation to a provider of legal services so that the provider may assert their action on their behalf. Private action in EU Competition Law Prior to delving into the ECJ’s considerations, a short note on private enforcement in EU competition law is appropriate. It is now settled case law that EU competition law can be enforced through both public enforcement such as action taken by a national competition authority or through private enforcement. Private enforcement of EU competition law helps guarantee the full effectiveness of Article 101(1) TFEU and acts as a deterrent to anticompetitive behaviour. Consequently, victims that have suffered harm as a result of anticompetitive behaviour are entitled to claim compensation, provided that there is a casual link between the harm caused and the infringement (Case 295/04-Case 298/04 Manfredi and Others). Victims that wish to seek due compensation may either bring an action following a national competition authority’s decision finding an infringement or a court’s judgement finding same or else, may institute their own case, without the need of there being a prior infringement decision. Naturally, the latter route presents a more difficult avenue for victims, given that they must themselves prove that a competition law infringement took place, prior to seeking the award of damages. The ECJ’s Considerations The ECJ observed that the Damages Directive which was aimed at harmonising the rules on private enforcement action in Member States, envisages the possibility of class action lawsuits. Reference was made by the ECJ to Article 2(4) of the Damages Directive which defines an action for damages as an action under national law by which a claim for damages is either brought by an injured party, or by someone acting on behalf of one or more alleged injured parties. However, the ECJ also observed that the Damages Directive does not oblige Member States to provide for the possibility of group actions under their national law and nor does it lay down the rules which govern group actions or which conditions they should satisfy for the assignment of claims to be valid. In view of the lack of EU rules governing this matter, Member States are left to their own devices to lay down detailed rules governing the exercise of the right to seek compensation for harm resulting from infringements of competition law, subject to the principles of effectiveness and equivalence. The principle of effectiveness limits Member States’ procedural autonomy and mandates that national rules relating to the exercise of a person’s rights as guaranteed under EU law must not make the exercise of that right practically impossible or excessively difficult. Effectively this means that the national domestic rules on actions governing the compensation for damages must not be set up in such a way that jeopardises the effectiveness of the application of Article 101 TFEU. Keeping the principle of effectiveness in mind, the Referring Court observed that a collective group action is the only way in which victims of competition law infringements can effectively exercise their right to seek compensation, in view of the particularly complex, long and costly nature of bringing an individual claim which may discourage them to bring an action. On this point, the ECJ held that whilst it recognises that the bringing of actions for damages resulting from a competition law infringement does in fact require, in principle, a complex factual and economic analysis, such complexity does not itself support the conclusion that this would render individual actions impossible or excessively difficult and therefore, rendering class actions as the only way in which the right to compensation is guaranteed. Rather, an analysis of the legal and factual circumstances of the case at hand would need to be undertaken to determine whether this is the case. Whilst leaving the determination as to whether the RDG meets the principle of effectiveness or not in in the hands of the Referring Court, the ECJ held that a reading of Article 101(1) TFEU read in conjunction with the principle of effectiveness, the Damages Directive and Article 47 of the Charter of Fundamental Rights, precludes an interpretation of national rules which has the effect of preventing persons allegedly harmed by an infringement of competition law from assigning their claims for compensation to a provider of legal services who may bring on their behalf a group action provided that: national law does not provide any other possible mechanism of grouping claims that would ensure the effectiveness of the exercise of their rights to compensation; and the bringing of an individual action for damages is, taking into account all the circumstances of the case at hand impossible or excessively difficult resulting in the victims claiming damages to be deprived of their right to effective judicial protection. Conclusion The ECJ’s ruling undoubtedly serves to continue improving individuals’ rights in seeking the award of damages through private enforcement by instituting group actions, especially given that the bundling of claims may generate economics of scale and facilitate this process. [1] The practice for lawyers to participate in the damages that may be awarded to a victim where the instituted case is successful is prohibited under Maltese law. Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgment being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 12/02/2025.

A new era of maritime excellence: Proposed amendments to the Merchant Shipping Act

The purpose of this article is to highlight key reforms introduced in Act No. I of 2025 (the “Act”), aimed at strengthening Malta’s maritime sector. New financing mechanism While maritime financing once relied on the large traditional European banks, recent economic shifts and increased regulations, including the Basel Regulations (particularly Basel III and Basel IV), have led banks to reduce exposure to high-risk maritime loans, allowing financial leasing companies and investment funds to offer more flexible financing solutions. In view of this transition, a new type of security instrument was introduced through the Act: the “finance charter instrument”. In terms of the proposed amendments, a financier is recognised and protected as such and shall no longer be limitedly considered as the registered owner of the financed vessel for the purposes of the vessel’s registration in Malta. This allows financiers to retain title to the vessel as security, while operators manage and use the vessel, making payments that can lead to eventual ownership. These changes offer greater legal certainty and protection for financiers, charterers and owners. Strengthening protection for seafarers The Act prioritises seafarers’ rights by extending the timeframe for wage claims from three months to twelve, in line with the International Labour Organisation’s Maritime Labour Convention (MLC) 2006, known as the ‘Seafarers’ Bill of Rights’. This change significantly improves protection for seafarers who often face challenges in recovering unpaid wages. Driving digitalisation in maritime governance Recognising the importance of modernising governance, the Act supports digitalisation in Malta’s maritime sector. By replacing traditional paper-based procedures with electronic communications, the Act aims to create a more efficient, transparent and accessible system. This shift to e-governance will reduce administrative delays and errors. The drive to reduce administrative burdens is not unique to Malta but is part of a broader European trend. A key example is EU Regulation 2016/1191, which abolishes the apostille requirement for certain public documents. While it remains unclear whether this regulation applies to maritime documents, the underlying principle of reducing bureaucratic hurdles is evident. Moreover, the EU has made significant strides towards promoting electronic transactions through the eIDAS Regulation (EU) 910/2014, which provides a comprehensive legal framework for electronic identification and trust services. Aligning with international standards The Act addresses past compliance concerns, such as those raised in the 2019 Port State Control audit. The new legislation strengthens regulations to ensure compliance with the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) Convention and other IMO conventions. Reforming ship registration procedures The Act removes the requirement for vessel identification markings on the keel. This requirement, long considered outdated by large shipyards in Asia, was highlighted as inefficient by the International Chamber of Shipping (ICS) in 2019. By eliminating this requirement, Malta is aligning with modern shipbuilding techniques and enhancing its attractiveness to global shipbuilders. Additionally, the Act lowers the maximum age limit for vessel registration from 25 years to 20 years. According to a 2021 survey by Lloyd’s Register survey, older vessels pose higher safety and environmental risks. By ensuring that newer, safer vessels are registered under the Maltese flag, Malta strengthens its reputation for safety and environmental compliance. Streamlining governance – powers of the registrar general: The Act transfers certain powers from the Minister to the Registrar-General, reducing bureaucratic delays. This decentralisation allows for faster, more efficient decision-making and a more agile maritime administration, ultimately bolstering investor confidence. Miscellaneous reforms: The Act requires upfront payment for vessel registration fees and replaces ambiguous terms like ‘initial’ with ‘first’ and ‘annual’, making billing practices more transparent. Further changes include improved mortgage registration procedures, including the assignment of index numbers for better tracking. The Act also introduces a new article, specifically addressing the registration of mortgages over ships under construction, providing a clear definition of what constitutes a ship under construction and outlining the procedures to be followed for registering such mortgages. Additionally, the Act allows for flexibility in correcting registration errors and clarifies the Registrar-General’s role in judicial sales. The proposed Article 39B in the Act emphasises that “a party to a mortgage registered in accordance with this Act, with the consent of the other party or parties, may within seven days of the registration correct any error on the document”. Conclusion – setting the stage for maritime excellence: The proposed amendments reaffirm Malta’s position as a leading maritime jurisdiction. By streamlining operations, attracting new investment and ensuring the robustness of Malta’s legal framework, these reforms position the country to meet future challenges and thrive as a premier maritime hub. Our legal team remains at the forefront of these developments, offering unparalleled expertise in navigating the evolving maritime legal landscape for our clients. This article is the first in a series of articles that will be published by Ganado Advocates in the coming weeks.

Lessons from the Bayesian Yacht Incident: Has the time come for pleasure yachts to face more stringent regulation?

The tragic sinking of the British-flagged Bayesian yacht off the coast of Sicily, which resulted in the loss of seven lives, has sparked debates on the adequacy of safety regulations for pleasure yachts compared to their commercial counterparts. The incident underscores disparities in the regulatory frameworks governing these categories of yachts, raising questions about whether lighter oversight for pleasure yachts remains justified in the face of larger pleasure yachts being manufactured. Regulatory Differences Between Pleasure and Commercial Yachts The safety regulations for pleasure yachts and commercial yachts differ primarily because of their intended use. Pleasure yachts are privately owned vessels used exclusively for non-commercial purposes. They are governed by less stringent rules, with minimal requirements for inspections, onboard safety equipment, and no crew certifications. Owners are often given discretion to implement safety measures, resulting in significant variability in preparedness across the sector. Commercial yachts operate for profit, often through charters. They are subject to rigorous international and national regulations such as the Maltese Commercial Yacht Code or equivalent national codes, the Maritime Labour Convention, 2006 (MLC) and the IMO’s safety and training conventions (such as SOLAS, MARPOL and STCW). The key regulatory differences are the following: Certification and Inspection: pleasure yachts are seldom inspected and there is no requirement for compliance with commercial codes. On the other hand, commercial yachts must undergo regular inspections and surveys to meet rigorous safety, structural, and operational standards, and adherence to certain international conventions may be mandatory. Crew Qualifications and Rights: onboard pleasure yachts, crew qualifications are often less demanding, as it is normally up to the owner to ensure that they are engaging the services of adequate personnel. Crew onboard commercial yachts must hold advanced professional qualifications appropriate to the vessel’s size and operation, and which are in compliance with STCW (International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification, and Watchkeeping). The MLC, which applies to all seafarers working onboard ships and yachts which are ordinarily engaged in commercial activities, sets out the right of such seafarers to decent conditions of work, including minimum age, employment agreements, hours of work and rest, accommodation, food and catering, health and safety protection, training and qualifications. By limiting the application of this Convention to seafarers working onboard commercial vessels, crew members working onboard pleasure yachts are not being afforded the same treatment and level of protection as those onboard commercial yachts. Life-saving and Firefighting Equipment: requirements for pleasure yachts are regulated by general safety regulations in accordance with European standards, and typically include personal flotation devices, flares, and fire extinguishers. Specific equipment depends on the vessel’s size and jurisdiction. Commercial yachts must comply with higher standards, including advanced firefighting systems, life rafts, Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons (EPIRBs), and sophisticated communication equipment to ensure passenger and crew safety. The Safety Shortcomings of the Bayesian Yacht While investigations into the sinking of the Bayesian are still ongoing, reports suggest several shortcomings which contributed to the incident: The vessel’s doors and hatches were reportedly left open, allowing rapid water ingress during a storm. The yacht’s large mast acted as a sail during the storm, increasing its instability. While permissible for a pleasure yacht, such features would require additional stability tests for commercial certification. The Bayesian’s crew may not have had training comparable to what is required on commercial yachts. The Bayesian lacked compartmentalized safety features typical of commercial vessels. Does It Make Sense to Regulate Pleasure Yachts Differently? The underlying rationale for not treating these two types of yachts equally is that commercial vessels were traditionally larger and manned by more crew, while pleasure yachts were historically smaller, and their use was limited to local or regional waters. This led to the assumption that pleasure yachts posed minimal risks compared to commercial yachts operating on international voyages with larger capacities. With the growth of the yachting industry and the ambition of owners to have larger yachts, this distinction no longer has the same value as it once did in the past as certain pleasure yachts are rivalling their commercial counterparts in size, carrying dozens of passengers and requiring quite a few crew members. This convergence calls for a reassessment of whether the current regulatory framework is sufficient. Conclusion While a one-size-fits-all model may not be practical, it is high time for debate as to whether smaller yachts up to a certain size that can compete with commercial yachts should be subject to certain standards. The focal point should not be on the use of the yacht, but rather on its size and its capability to carry out international voyages. Once this is done, we can then begin to look into how other segments of pleasure yachts should be regulated to slowly reduce the disparity and ultimately ensure safer seas. This article was first published in The Times of Malta on 02/02/2024.

A new era of maritime excellence: Chartering the future

Act No. I of 2025 (the “Act”) introduces the finance charter instrument as a legal mechanism to secure lessors’ rights in ship financing. This article analyses the newly available security instruments, particularly the financial charter instrument. What is a finance charter? A finance charter is an arrangement where a ship is leased to a party under specific terms that facilitate financing for the vessel’s acquisition, operation and/or management. Typically structured as a bareboat or demise charter, the finance charterer assumes responsibility for the ship’s operation while the ownership title remains with the lessor. This allows financiers to secure their investment in the vessel without being directly involved in its operation. Proposed enactment of Article 49b The introduction of Article 49B in the Merchant Shipping Act outlines the legal framework for the registration of finance charter instruments, including several important provisions: Registration of Finance Charter Instruments The finance charter instrument follows the same procedures as a mortgage and is executed by the finance charterer in favour of the lessor being the shipowner and must be attested by a witness. The registration of the instrument in the ship’s register serves as formal notice of the lessor’s rights over the vessel, ensuring legal recognition and protection of the financing arrangement. Scope of Obligations Covered The proposed security is designed to secure various financial and other obligations arising from the finance charter agreement. These include the payment of hire for the secured vessel, payment of principal sums and interest, as well as performance of any other obligations encompassing multiple operational obligations typically imposed on a lessee or charterer. Through the registration of a finance charter instrument, a lessor can secure these obligations effectively. Prior Consent of Mortgagees Before a finance charter instrument can be registered, the written consent of any registered mortgagee must be obtained. This ensures that the lessor’s rights are not in conflict with the interests of existing creditors, notably senior lenders which have in turn secured their interests with a mortgage over the ship. The Priority of Claims The finance charter instrument is granted privileged status unlike other maritime claimants of the financed ship including non-maritime claimants of the finance charterer. This is a consequence of the nature of the finance charter instrument as a charge  over the vessel, enforceable against all third parties. A finance charter instrument “attaches” to a vessel in the same manner as listed under Article 50 of the Merchant Shipping Act. Although, this charge is superior to unsecured claims, it is not superior to existing mortgages or certain privileged claims like crew wages, port dues, salvage claims and claims for damages due to loss of life or personal injury. These claims are considered more critical and have higher priority. The privileged status of a finance charter instrument is also catered for, should the financed ship be sold pursuant to an order or with the approval of the competent court. As a secured maritime claimant, the claims of a lessor with a registered finance charter instrument will be passed on to the proceeds of the sale of the ship. Preservation of Mortgage Rights Despite the registration of the finance charter instrument, the rights of existing mortgage holders remain unaffected. Whether a mortgage is registered prior to, or after the finance charter instrument, the mortgagee’s rights are preserved and shall rank higher than the financial charter instrument. Additionally, the registration of a finance charter instrument over a ship shall not prohibit the registration of any new mortgage or the amendment or discharge of existing mortgages. This concept grants the required flexibility to those finance lessors who seek to obtain their own financing from other lenders, while benefitting from the comfort of holding a mortgage in their favour in addition to any subordination agreement awarding preference to their claims and entered into with the finance lessor concerned. Enforcement of Repossession Rights Art. 49B allows for a statutory right of repossession by the lessor should the finance charterer default on the finance charter agreement. This right is enforceable once the lessor provides written notice to the finance charter. The power to retake possession granted to a lessor resembles that available to the mortgagee under the existing provisions of the Merchant Shipping Act, and that of a lessor in the amended provisions in the Civil Code dealing with the letting of ships and aircraft. The statutory power of repossession reinforces a lessor’s contractual rights to do so generally referred to in finance charter agreements. Conclusion The introduction of the finance charter instrument strengthens ship financing security, providing lessors with clear legal protection. The registration process, along with provisions ensuring the priority of claims and the enforcement of repossession rights, add flexibility to the financing process while safeguarding investments. This article is the second in a series of articles that will be published by Ganado Advocates in the coming weeks.

A new era of maritime excellence: Clarifying lease structures

Act No. I of 2025 (the “Act”) builds upon key principles from the Maltese Civil Code, Chapter 16 of the Laws of Malta (the “Civil Code”), integrating its lease concept into maritime legislation, however a clear distinction must be made between a finance and a bareboat charterer. This article seeks to examine this distinction to clarify the implications of the Act’s propositions. Definitions of finance charterer vs bareboat charterer To grasp the proposed amendments in the Act, it is essential to understand the definition of a “finance charterer” which is defined as: “the term ‘finance charter’ shall refer to the chartering or lease of a ship under terms where the possession, operation or control of that ship is given to a bareboat charterer or to a lessee including through a demise or bareboat charter or a similar agreement, the principal purpose and intention of which is to finance the acquisition, operation, administration or management of that ship” This definition is influenced and in line with the definition of the term ‘lease’ in Article 1526(7) of the Civil Code when addressing the lease of ships and aircraft. The term “bareboat charterer” is separately defined as: “a person who leases or sub-leases a ship, by means of a contract for a stipulated period of time, during which period such person shall acquire full control and complete possession of the ship, including the right to appoint her master and crew for the duration of the charter but excluding the right to sell or mortgage the ship”. Therefore, the application of the amendments and the creation of rights in favour of a registered owner of a ship qua lessor[1], is limited to those structures or arrangements, the primary purpose of which is to serve as a mechanism for financing the vessel. Dual registration The Act strengthens existing legislation, particularly the amendments introduced by Legal Notice 210 of 2016, which enable dual registration under the Maltese Register of Ships. This is distinct from bareboat charter registration, which falls under separate provisions. Article 19A of the Merchant Shipping Act permits a financing entity, such as the shipping fund or lessor, to register title over the vessel as registered owner in the Maltese register of ships whilst simultaneously allowing another entity, as lessee, to have the operational certificate of Malta registry and any other certificates issued by the Maltese flag authorities, in its name as lessee. This option is also available in those instances where the lessee has subsequently chartered the vessel to a third-party charterer that wishes to have the registration certificate issued in its name as charterer, subject of course to both the registered owner’s and the lessor’s consent. The consent of any registered mortgagee is also necessary. Furthermore, Act No. LII of 2016 amended the Civil Code’s provisions on the sale and lease of assets, prioritising contractual agreements over traditional rules in the Civil Code. This ensures that any ill-suited provisions contained in the legal institutes of sale and of lease in the Civil Code, and which contextually do not apply to the realities of a modern shipping finance arrangement or ship sale and leaseback transaction, are effectively blocked from regulating the parties’ relationship and consequently being applied by the courts in a dispute. Of course, the choice of the usually selected foreign laws in a sale and/, or lease agreement will do this admirably well and Maltese law will recognise the choice. Hence, this clarification on the subordination of Maltese law to the contract is essentially a defence against any purely local public policy arguments which could potentially upset the parties’ choice of law. The said amendments further empower lessors (qua financiers) by overturning the bias that exists in Maltese civil law in favour of the possessor of an object subject to lease. Possession The power to retake possession granted to a lessor is like that available to the mortgagee under the existing provisions in the Merchant Shipping Act as well as to that of a lessor in the amended provisions in the Civil Code dealing with the letting of ships and aircraft. Conclusion The Act introduces significant advancements in Maltese maritime legislation by seamlessly integrating leasing principles from the Civil Code into the realm of shipping finance. It establishes a clear legal distinction between finance charters and bareboat charters, ensuring that leasing structures designed for vessel financing are precisely regulated. Strengthening the framework of dual registration, the amendments empower both registered owners and lessees with distinct legal recognition through separate registration certificates. Moreover, by prioritising contractual agreements over rigid Civil Code provisions, the Act safeguards modern shipping finance arrangements from outdated legal constraints. These transformative reforms fortify legal certainty for financiers, granting them enhanced authority to reclaim possession of leased vessels in cases of default or dispute. [1] The term “lessor” is defined in Article 49B (13)(d) as “the term lessor shall refer to the owner of a ship which is the subject of or is otherwise addressed in a finance charter”. This article is the fourth and last in a series of articles that were published by Ganado Advocates in the past weeks.

A new era of maritime excellence: Unlocking new opportunities for growth

As the maritime sector continues to evolve, innovative financial instruments are emerging to facilitate investment and secure maritime transactions. Among these, the finance charter instrument introduced by Act No. I of 2025 (the “Act”) stands out for its potential to reshape ship financing. In Part II of this legal series, we explored the foundational aspects of this instrument. In this instalment, we will delve deeper into the legal, practical and procedural dimensions of this new instrument, with particular attention to its enforcement, judicial procedures and priority in bank proceedings. Legal, practical and procedural aspects Transfer of Ownership If the ship is transferred, the finance charter instrument must either be discharged or transferred alongside the ship to the new owner. This transfer of ownership is a functional matter that can arise irrespective of any default by the finance charterer. Judicial Proceedings The process for initiating any judicial proceedings in Malta for a finance charter instrument is identical to that for a mortgage. Therefore, in the event of a dispute, the lessor must serve notice to the master of the ship, or if the master is absent from Malta to the local agent, or if absent, to curators appointed by the court to represent the finance charterer. This procedural efficiency is vital for lessors who need to enforce their rights quickly in case of default. Priority in Bankruptcy Proceedings The holder of a finance charter instrument is not affected by the bankruptcy of the finance charterer and enjoys preferential rights on the secured vessel over all other debts, claims or interests except for those ranking higher than a finance charter interest. Therefore, a lessor with a registered finance charter instrument receives similar protection to that of a mortgagee, other privileged creditors and maritime claimants. Judicial Perspective Malta is exceptionally well positioned, from a judicial perspective, to handle new security mechanisms in the maritime sector. The Maltese courts have consistently proven themselves as experts in enforcing security interests in maritime matters, making Malta an ideal jurisdiction for these innovative instruments. While many lessors now consist of Chinese state-owned funds with over a decade of experience, having a robust judicial system remains crucial. Malta’s well-established legal framework and experienced judiciary ensure that new security mechanisms, such as the finance charter instrument, can be effectively enforced and protected. Although an adjustment period is expected with new legislation, it will be exciting to see how matters will develop. Miscellaneous Provisions Article 49B aligns with existing sections of the Merchant Shipping Act, Chapter 234 of the Laws of Malta, ensuring the protection of the lessor’s rights, enforcement of obligations, and resolution of disputes. Notably, Article 49B(11) applies mutatis mutandis to a finance charter instrument, incorporating provisions such as, inter alia, the registration of a mortgage in favour of a security trustee (Art.38(4)), the definition of “account current” (Art.38(7)), the transfer of mortgage (Art.44), the assignment of part of a debt or other obligation (Art.44A), the transmission of interest of mortgagee by death (Art.45), the discharge of mortgage (Art.46), the obligation or registration with the Registry (Art.47), and the loss of original mortgage deed (Art.48). These provisions ensure that the finance charter instrument operates seamlessly within the broader legal framework. Article 49B applies regardless of whether the finance charterer opts for the charterer flag registration under Article 19A of the Merchant Shipping Act. Therefore, this means that a registered owner qua lessor can register title and security in Malta whilst the finance charterer registers the vessel in an overlying foreign bareboat charter registry of its choice. Alternatively, parties can opt for “dual flag registration” in Malta under Article 19A, while benefitting from Article 49B. Conclusion Article 49B offers robust protection for lessors and charterers, ensuring the effective enforcement of rights and a strong legal foundation for ship financing in Malta. Its judicial backing provides confidence to investors, positioning Malta as a prime jurisdiction for maritime financing. The practical impact of these provisions will likely facilitate easier access to capital for shipowners while strengthening the security of financing arrangements. This article is the third in a series of articles that will be published by Ganado Advocates in the coming weeks

MFSA issues finalised Conduct of Business Rulebook for banks

On 28 February 2025, the MFSA published a Conduct of Business Rulebook (the “Rulebook”) for credit institutions offering retail products and services with the aim of enhancing consumer protection in the banking sector. The Rulebook was accompanied by the publication of a Feedback Statement which outlines the salient changes implemented by the MFSA to the consultation version of the Rulebook which was published in February 2024 as well as certain clarifications.[1] The Rulebook will come into force 1 March 2026, although products such as consumer credit, home loans and payment accounts will at this stage continue to be governed by the provisions of the relative legal notices which regulate them pending repeal and substitution of these legal notices by the Rulebook provisions. Scope and Applicability In line with the approach undertaken by the MFSA at consultation stage, the Rulebook is aimed at primarily at consolidating conduct of business requirements into one document. This translated amongst others into the merging of requirements emanating from (i) the Mortgage Credit Directive (Directive 2014/17/EU) (the “MCD”), (ii) the Consumer Credit Directive (Directive 2008/48/EC) (the “CCD”), and (iii) the Payment Accounts Directive (Directive 2014/92/EU) (the “PAD”), as transposed locally into regulations, into one comprehensive Rulebook. Furthermore, the Rulebook incorporates conduct-related rules and other guidance issued by the EBA, such as its Guidelines on product oversight and governance arrangements for retail banking products and the Guidelines on loan origination and monitoring, amongst others. In terms of the level of application of the Rulebook, the MFSA introduces ‘Rules’ (provisions preceded by the letter ‘R’) that create legally binding obligations on banks, and ‘Guidance’ (provisions preceded by the letter ‘G’), which are aimed at clarifying Rules and are not necessarily compulsory. The Rulebook is applicable to ‘Regulated Persons’, which namely credit institutions licensed under the Banking Act (Chapter 371 of the laws of Malta) in relation to the business of banking, including credit institutions authorised in another Member State having a physical presence in Malta by way of the establishment of a branch in exercise of the passporting rights available under EU law. A notable feature of the Rulebook in terms of scope is the definition of the term ‘Client’, which signifies the customers in respect of which banks must apply the requirements of the Rulebook. ‘Client’ is defined to include natural persons making use of a bank’s retail products “acting for purposes of his/her personal accord, including instances whereby he/she is carrying out a business venture, trade or profession under his/her own personal name”. The inclusion of micro-enterprises from the scope of the Rulebook which had been proposed by the MFSA in its consultation has therefore been removed, however, sole traders remain within scope. Furthermore, the retail products which are regulated in the Rulebook include credit agreements relating to immovable property, other credit agreements for clients provided by manufacturers (i.e. banks designing the products) and which would therefore include personal lending, deposit accounts, payment accounts, payment services, payment instruments, other forms of payment not covered by the term ‘payment services’ and electronic money. Structure and Content The Rulebook is divided into the following five chapters: Disclosures Emphasis is made throughout the first chapter on the requirement to ensure clients make well-informed decisions by allowing them access to high-quality information via suitable means, both on a pre- and post- contractual basis. The Rulebook acknowledges that different methods of banking services may be used, including mobile banking and internet banking, and that the use of such banking methods and facilities must therefore be accompanied with an instructions document. Digital communication is therefore also addressed within this chapter. This chapter includes a set of generic rules as well as specific disclosures related to particular products, such as deposit accounts. In so far as credit agreements relating to residential immovable property and consumer credit agreements, the Rulebook incorporates the requirements currently contained in the relative regulations[2]. Similarly, the current prescribed requirements in terms of payment accounts, such as the content of the fee information document and the statement of fees have been incorporated into this chapter. Marketing Rules Advertisements of retail products are being regulated in this chapter. The requirements are applicable to adverts or information issued in or from Malta by a bank in scope of the Rule and adverts or information circulated, published, broadcasted or received in Malta. Content of adverts relating to retail products in or from Malta is to be approved by the bank. Banks shall appoint their Compliance Officers for the issuance and approval of such adverts. Information circulated orally is also being addressed in the Rulebook together with warning statements which shall be prominently situated in an advertisement. The Rulebook also addresses specific adverts such as those issued on social media. Product Oversight Requirements This chapter refers to the EBA Guidelines on product oversight and governance, which are currently implemented in Annex I to Banking Rule BR/24 on ‘Product Oversight and Governance Arrangements for Retail Banking Products’[3]. A product governance and oversight policy must be established, implemented and reviewed by all banks when products are being designed and brought to the market. Arrangements for the establishment, implementation and oversight of products must be in place to ensure that there are appropriate measures guaranteeing the adequacy of the products. Annex I to this chapter also lays out good practice examples in respect of product oversight and governance arrangements. Conflicts of interest Mis-selling of retail products may occur as a result of conflicts of interest. Consequently, banks should address shortcomings and implement adequate measures to identify, manage and report instances of conflicts of interest. This chapter of the Rulebook requires banks to empower staff members and members of the management to constantly act in the best interest of clients by setting out the requirements of the conflicts of interest policy and  remuneration policy rules, distinguishing between general requirements and those applicable to certain categories  of  staff. Furthermore, Annex I to this chapter sets out examples of detrimental cross-selling practices whereas Annex II provides examples of instances leading to conflicts of interest. Bank-Client Relationship On the basis of the principle requiring banks to treat clients honestly, fairly and professionally, this chapter provides rules promoting client protection from the initial stages of the bank-client relationship up to the end of its lifetime. The Rulebook establishes record-keeping requirements together with rules on visits, calls and other communication made by banks with clients. Cold calls can only be made provided that certain requirements are met, and home visits require explicit consent of the client. Entry into force The entry into force of the Rulebook is outlined in the Feedback Statement, which establishes a transitory period for the application of the Rulebook intended to allow banks to tailor internal systems and processes to satisfy the new obligations. Provisions transposing the MCD, the CCD and the PAD will enter into force when the local legislation transposing such Directives is repealed to be replaced by the provisions in the Rulebook, whilst the rest of the provisions of the Rulebook which do not emanate from the said Directives will come into force on 1 March 2026. There is no doubt that this transitory period will need to be utilised by banks to conduct a comprehensive assessment of the Rulebook’s potential implications on their overall business operations. This assessment will amongst others require an evaluation of any changes or alignment which will be required to internal processes, systems, client-facing documentation, websites, adverts and procedures. In addition, in view of the various areas addressed by the Rulebook, bank staff in different roles will need to familiarize themselves with the new Rulebook to ensure smooth implementation and adherence. [1] Reference is made to the article published on 27 February 2024 on the MFSA’s consultation: https://ganado.com/news/practice-news/the-mfsa-consults-on-a-draft-conduct-of-business-rulebook-for-banks/ [2] The Consumer Credit Regulations and the Credit Agreements for Consumers Relating to Residential Immovable Property Regulations. [3] The Feedback Statement refers to the eventual repeal of Annex 1 to Banking Rule 24 on 1 March 2026, together with the repeal of the Banking Notice 05 on Advertising for Deposits.

Malta introduces Special Limited Partnership Funds – a tailored solution for the private equity & venture capital industry

The MFSA have in February this year launched the framework for Collective Investment Schemes structured as Limited Partnerships without separate legal personality, referred to as Special Limited Partnership Funds (“SLPFs”), as part of the MFSA’s initiatives in relation to asset management. The flexibility of the Limited Partnership Agreement & governance, liability structure, lack of separate legal personality, tax efficiency and other related features render the SLPF a versatile vehicle, making it an ideal choice for private equity and venture capital funds. Key characteristics Formation – An SLPF is set up through a Limited Partnership Agreement which is registered with and authorised by the MFSA entirely. The framework has been set in a way that formation is simple and streamlined offering a less burdensome process compared to other structures. Flexible Limited Partnership Agreement – An SLPF is established through a Limited Partnership Agreement, with flexible requirements that provide greater freedom in structuring capital commitments and profit distribution. This allows for more customization making it easier to tailor the arrangements to the specific needs of a fund and its investors. Furthermore, on an ongoing basis, it is only those LPA amendments concerning the matters mandatorily required to be included in the LPA which require the MFSA’s prior approval; other amendments will only necessitate a notification. No separate legal personality – The SLPF itself does not have a distinct legal status from its partners; the representation of the SLPF is vested in the General Partner which is responsible for managing the business of the SLPF. The General Partner holds the assets of the SLPF and can contract and sue or be sued in the name of the SLPF. Limited liability – The Limited Partners of the SLPF are liable only up to the amount of their capital contribution or commitment, providing investor protection, while the General Partner bears unlimited joint and several liability for debts of the SLPF. Target investors & Regulatory Framework – SLPFs are available only to non-retail funds targeting qualifying and/or professional investors. The SLPFs may therefore be licensed or notified (as applicable) pursuant to one of the following regulatory fund frameworks: Professional Investor Funds, Notified Professional Investor Funds, Alternative Investment Fund or Notified Alternative Investment Funds. For further information, please feel free to reach out to Andre Zerafa or Stephanie Farrugia from the Investment Services & Funds team.

Restoration to the Register of Companies of a struck-off company

In Riċevitur Uffiċjali fil-kapaċita’ tagħha ta’ stralċjarja tal-kumpanija Cassar & Schembri Marketing Ltd v. Reġistratur tal-Kumpaniji, decided by Mr Justice Ian Spiteri Bailey (Civil Court – Commercial Section) on 10 January 2025, the Court resorted to an exceptional remedy at law and ordered the restoration of the company Cassar & Schembri Marketing Ltd (C 33174) (the “Company”) (which was previously dissolved by a court order and had been struck off) to the Register of Companies (the “Register”), for a limited time only, since there was a mistake in the list and ranking of creditors, so  that the Official Receiver, in her capacity as liquidator of the Company, would be able to proceed with the distribution of the assets of the Company in terms of an amended list of creditors and their ranking. Facts of the Case On 11 June 2024, the Official Receiver, in her capacity as liquidator of the Company, had filed an application in court asking it to order the Registrar of Companies (the “Registrar”) to restore back the name of the Company on the Register, for a short period of time to be determined by the court, so that the Company can continue with its existence as if it was never struck off, and therefore enabling the Official Receiver to distribute the Company’s assets according to the amended list of creditors and their ranking. By way of background, the Company had been dissolved with effect from 28 January 2015 by the Civil Court (First Hall) on 3 November 2015, whereby a liquidator had also been appointed by the Court. Subsequently, by an order of the Civil Court – Commercial Section on 15 July 2021, the liquidator was substituted by the Official Receiver in office at the time, who was subsequently substituted by the current Official Receiver. On 1 March 2024, the Civil Court – Commercial Section had ordered the striking off of the dissolved Company with effect from the same date, and consequently the Official Receiver had been relieved from her duties. The Applicant held that when she had submitted a note to the Court on 4 December 2023 outlining the creditors and their ranking, there was an error in the ranking due to the fact that a creditor was not listed. The Official Receiver had recently discovered that a creditor bank had two hypothecs in its favour, and therefore it had to rank before other creditors. An updated list of creditors and their ranking was therefore submitted. The Registrar, having been notified on 19 July 2024, filed its response on 6 August 2024. The Registrar had no objections to the Applicant’s pleas, as long as the Court found it just and equitable to accede to them in view of the evidence brought forward. Judgement The Court took note of all the documents presented to it, and considered that the mistake in the list of creditors and their ranking needs to be rectified, and therefore the Company has all interests to be restored again on the Register to allow for all the required corrections. The Court considered Article 300B of the Companies Act (Chapter 386 of The Laws of Malta) (the “Act”), which is a relatively new amendment introduced into our law in 2003, and provides: “(1) Where a company has been struck off the register, any interested person may, by an application, request the Court to order that the name of the company be restored to the register and the winding up be reopened. (2) Where, on an application made in terms of sub-article (1), the Court is satisfied that the winding up and striking off of the company has been vitiated by fraud or illegality of a material nature, the Court may order that the name of the company be restored to the register and the winding up be reopened for such purposes and such period as the Court shall specify in its decision, and the Court shall give such directives and impose such conditions as it may consider appropriate. (3) The Court shall only accede to the application where it is satisfied that this is the only remedy available. (4) In its decision the Court shall also determine whether its orders and directives shall be effective in favour of all persons or shall apply limitedly to specified persons indicated in the decision. (5) No application may be made under this article after the expiration of five years from the date on which the name of the company has been struck off the register.” The Court agreed that from the evidence submitted, there was a mistake in the list of creditors and their ranking due to the fact that two hypothecs a creditor bank had in its favour, had been completely ignored, but with the result that such bank had a prior ranking than other creditors. The Court concluded that since the list of creditors and their ranking was incorrect, there was naturally a defect in the winding up, which amounted to an illegality of a material nature. The Court was satisfied that five years had not elapsed from the date when the Company had been struck off the Register – in fact, there was agreement on this between the parties. The Court held that the only way the necessary corrections outlined in the application could be made, was by acceding to such application. The Court also quoted Profs. Andrew Muscat’s Principles of Maltese Company Law (Second Edition, Vol. I): “A liquidator who, whether negligently or fraudulently, fails to take into account a pending claim will, it is submitted, have acted unlawfully. After all, in terms of general principles of law, a person who does not use prudence, diligence and attention of a bonus pater familias and causes damage as a result is deemed to have acted unlawfully. Moreover a liquidator is clearly bound by law to take into account all pending claims against the company (daqstant iehor kull ass attiv)[1], and if he fails to do so through negligence, imprudence or want of attention he should also be deemed to have acted unlawfully.”, and proceeded to deliver judgement, by acceding to the Applicant’s requests. The Court therefore: ordered that the name of the Company be re-inserted in the Register by not later than two weeks from the date of judgement; ordered that the winding up process of the Company be reopened limitedly for the necessary steps and measures to be taken so that the list of creditors and their ranking is corrected to reflect the hypothecs in favour of the creditor bank; appointed the Applicant to assume all functions, powers and obligations of a liquidator for the Company; and ordered the Applicant to do all that is necessary in order to take all necessary steps and measures so that the list of creditors and their ranking is amended according to the following conditions: that the correction process and the finalisation of the winding up process of the Company must be completed within a maximum of eight months from the date of judgement, and after this period the Registrar shall have the power to strike off again the name of the Company from the Register; in the event that the necessary corrections are concluded before the lapse of the eight months, the Applicant must inform the Registrar of such so that the latter can proceed with the striking off of the name of the Company from the Register; and made it clear that these orders are in no way meaning that the Court gave or is giving a carte blanche to the Company and/or its officers/and/or its liquidator to do anything else, other than that ordered by the Court in this judgement, and is therefore making it clear that within the maximum period provided here, the Company can only make the required corrections mentioned here, and nothing else. The Court assigned all costs of these proceedings, as well as any other costs that may be borne by the Registrar to restore the name of the Company to the Register and eventually to strike it off again, to the Applicant. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in The Malta Independent on 05/03/2025. [1] Added by the Court.

CJEU Rules on transparency requirements in Consumer Credit agreements

On 13 February 2025, the Court of Justice of the European Union (the “CJEU”) delivered a preliminary ruling in the case C-472/23 in the names Lexitor sp. z o.o. v A. B.S.A, clarifying certain scenarios where lenders may be deemed to be in breach of their obligations to provide consumers with the information set out in Article 10(2)(g) and Article 10(2)(k) of Directive 2008/48/EC (the “Consumer Credit Directive” or the “CCD”). It is worth noting that, on 9 October 2023, the European Council adopted a revised Consumer Credit Directive (“CCD II”) which forms part of the European Commission’s ‘New Consumer Agenda’ and which supersedes the CCD. Member States have until 20 November 2025 to transpose CCD II, with the relative national measures to apply from 20 November 2026. Nevertheless, the principles elucidated in this judgement will continue to be pertinent for creditors even after the coming into force of CCD II. Legal Background The CCD, in force since 2008, was introduced by the European legislator to protect consumers when purchasing consumer lending products such as personal loans, overdrafts, credit cards and short-term credit products. Amongst others, to achieve this goal, the CCD outlines the essential information which must necessarily be disclosed by lenders before they enter into consumer credit agreements. This ensures that consumers are well-informed about costs and conditions before they enter into such agreements and allows them to compare offers by different lenders. In addition, the CCD then stipulates the information which needs to be included in the agreement itself, whether this takes the form of a letter of sanction or terms and conditions. In particular, apart from the borrowing rate itself, both the pre-contractual information and the consumer credit agreement must clearly and concisely specify the annual percentage rate of charge (the “APRC”) and the total amount payable by the consumer calculated at the time the credit agreement is concluded, along with all assumptions used to calculate the APRC. The APRC is the total cost of the credit to the consumer, expressed as an annual percentage of the total amount of credit. In terms of costs, it therefore incorporates interest, commissions, taxes, and other charges known to the creditor and which are payable by the consumer in connection with the credit. Given that the CCD harmonises the manner in which such APRC is to be calculated, this percentage figure facilitates easy comparison between different credit offers. Asides from the APRC, and amongst other information requirements, the CCD also requires that, where applicable, the consumer credit agreement sets out any other charges deriving from the credit agreement and the conditions under which those charges may be changed. The CCD also obliges Member States to lay down rules on the applicable penalties for infringements of the national provisions adopted pursuant to the CCD, and stipulates that such penalties must be effective, proportionate and dissuasive. Facts of the Case The case involved Lexitor sp. z.o.o. (“Lexitor”), a Polish debt-collection agency, which had been assigned the rights of a consumer who entered into a consumer credit agreement (the “Agreement”) with a Polish bank, A.B.S.A (the “Bank”). The Agreement stipulated a credit amount of 40,000 Polish Zlotys (approximately EUR 9,050) with an APRC of 11.18%. The Agreement also set out that certain charges and commissions could be increased by the Bank upon the occurrence of one of the conditions listed in the Agreement, such as changes in the minimum wage, change in the level of inflation, changes in the price of energy, as well as a myriad of other conditions, in so far as those changes would affect the costs incurred by the Bank when performing the Agreement. The Agreement allowed the Bank to modify charges up to four times a year, with a maximum increase of 200%. However, the consumer had no clear means to verify whether the conditions triggering such increases had occurred. Moreover, it emerged that when calculating interest, the Bank included not only the credit amount extended to the consumer but also additional credit-related costs. It appeared that had the interest been calculated solely on the amount of the credit extended, the APRC would have been lower than stated in the Agreement. Lexitor argued that the Bank’s method of calculating the APRC was unlawful, as it resulted in an artificially high percentage that did not reflect the actual cost of credit. Accordingly, the referring court had to consider whether the inclusion of interest on costs beyond the principal loan amount constituted an unfair term under Directive 93/13/EEC (the “Unfair Terms Directive”). If deemed unfair, the provision would be non-binding on the consumer, which in turn would render the APRC inaccurate. The court sought guidance from the CJEU on whether such inaccuracies would then constitute a breach of Article 10(2)(g). It was also claimed that the Agreement violated Article 10(2)(k) because it merely listed conditions under which charges could increase, without allowing the consumer to verify whether such conditions had been met. Lexitor argued that such failures by the Bank should trigger the Polish law provision which states that where a lender breaches, amongst others, the abovementioned obligations, the lender forfeits his right to collect interests and other charges from the consumer. Questions referred to the CJEU The referring court referred three key questions to the CJEU. First, it asked whether an APRC that is overstated due to the inclusion of a contract term which is later deemed to be unfair and thus non-binding, could be considered to be a breach of Article 10(2)(g). The CJEU clarified that Article 10(2)(g) requires the APRC to be calculated at the time when the credit agreement is concluded, based on the assumption that both the lender and consumer will fulfil their obligations. Therefore, if certain contract terms are later deemed unfair and unenforceable, the initial APRC calculation does not necessarily violate this CCD requirement. In this scenario, the mere presence of an overstated APRC does not automatically constitute non-compliance with Article 10(2)(g). The second question concerned Article 10(2)(k) and whether a general listing of conditions for increasing charges, without clear mechanisms for verification, satisfies the CCD’s transparency requirements. The CJEU emphasized that information provided under Article 10(2)(k) must be clear and precise, enabling consumers to determine under what circumstances charges may change. In this case, from the information provided by the referring court it appeared that the conditions for charge adjustments were based on economic indicators that were complex, difficult to verify, and sometimes controlled by the Bank itself. As a result, the CJEU held that the referring court had to consider whether the average consumer who is reasonably well-informed and reasonably observant and circumspect, was placed in a position to ascertain whether the conditions to increase the charges have occurred and the effect of such changes on the charges. If this is not the case, then the Agreement would be deemed non-compliant with the transparency requirements under Article 10(2)(k). The third question related to a provision under Polish Law which stated that where a lender breaches, amongst others, the abovementioned obligations, the lender forfeits his right to collect interests and other charges from the consumer. The CJEU was asked to consider whether such a penalty could be regarded as proportionate if it applied indiscriminately, irrespective of the gravity of the failure to provide information. The CJEU noted that it was up to the referring court to determine whether the severity of this penalty imposed by polish law was commensurate with the seriousness of the infringements. However, the Court confirmed that where a lender breaches a “vitally important obligation” under the CCD, EU law does not prohibit national laws which penalise such lender by stipulating the forfeiture of entitlement to interest and charges. Such a penalty can only be deemed disproportionate if the lender fails to include terms which, by their nature, cannot have a bearing on the consumer’s ability to assess the extent of their liability, Conclusion The CJEU’s ruling reaffirmed the importance of transparency in consumer credit agreements and that lenders must ensure that all cost-related information is presented in a clear and verifiable manner. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates contributed this law report but was not involved as legal advisors in the case. This article was first published in the Malta Independent on 12/03/2025 and was co-authored by Kylie Zammit (Student Intern, Ganado Advocates).

Unpacking the Advocate General’s take on Malta’s citizenship by investment framework: 1-0 for Malta at halftime?

Introduction: In Commission v Malta (filed on the 22 March 2023), the European Commission challenged Malta’s Citizenship by Investment framework. Timeline: how did we get here? It is useful at this juncture to recall how the whole process came about: 20 October 2020: the Commission first issued a letter of formal notice to Malta on the 20 October 2020, conveying concerns that the Individual Investor Programme (established in 2014) was not in line with EU law, mainly Article 20 TFEU and Article 4(3) TEU; November 2020: the Individual Investor Programme was repealed through the establishment of the Granting of Citizenship for Exceptional Services Regulations; 9 June 2021: the EU issued a second letter of formal notice to Malta which reiterated that the amended legislation was still not in line with EU law; 6 August 2021: the Republic of Malta replied to the letter disputing the Commission’s claims; 6 April 2022: the Commission sent a reasoned opinion to Malta, which Malta still did not agree with; 22 March 2023: consequently the Commission lodged an application before the Court of Justice of the European Union; 27 June 2023: Malta lodged its defence rejecting the Commission’s contentions; 17 June 2024: Following an exchange of pleadings a hearing was held during which the Commission and Malta presented their arguments and answered questions from the Court. On the 4 October 2024, Advocate General Collins issued his opinion, whereby he proposed that the Court dismisses the European Commission’s action against Malta, with costs against the Commission[1]. The Advocate General, in his opinion, echoed Malta’s submission that the present action is unprecedented. The AG stated that he is unaware of any case to date where the Court examined a Member State’s rules on the acquisition of nationality in the light of EU law and, in particular, by reference to EU citizenship. According to “The Commission’s action is unprecedented. It seeks to prevent a Member State from implementing policy choices that it has legitimately made in a field of national competence as recognised by Article 9 TEU and Article 20(1) TFEU. The action also contests the legality of an entire national legislative framework governing naturalisation of persons. The Republic of Malta further submits that the expansive interpretation of Article 20 TFEU and Article 4(3) TEU for which the Commission contends will have an immediate impact on the legislative frameworks governing nationality in all Member States, particularly those in which naturalisation is granted on a discretionary basis.” (para.27) The Maltese Citizenship by Investment Framework: The Maltese citizenship by Naturalisation for Exceptional Services by Direct Investment framework grants citizenship to an exclusive number of applicants (with an annual cap of 400 main applicants and limited to a maximum of 1500) who contribute in a significant way to Malta’s economic development. Essentially, through Malta’s CBI framework a further pillar was added to the grounds on which citizenship by naturalisation may be obtained at law (i.e. descent, registration in certain scenarios or after marriage, birth and naturalisation on the basis of residence), namely, through the new concept of “exceptional services”, which consist of: exceptional contribution to the Republic of Malta; exceptional contribution to humanity; exceptional interest to the Republic of Malta; or exceptional direct investment (in the form of a contribution of €750,000 when combined with a 12-month residence option or €600,000 when combined with a 36-month residence option). European Commission’s Arguments: The European Commission essentially raised 3 lines of argumentation against Malta’s Citizenship by Investment framework.  In the first place it is worth noting that according to the Advocate General, as will be seen below, the Commission is alleging a failure by Malta to fulfil its obligations under Article 20TFEU, but is not asserting that Malta abused the law or misused rights afforded to it (para. 51). The Commission’s first argument is that Malta, by establishing and operating its Citizenship by Investment framework, has failed to fulfil its obligations under Article 20 TFEU and Article 4(3) TEU. Article 20 TFEU states that: “Every person holding the nationality of a Member State shall be a citizen of the Union.” This article also lays down the rights of EU citizens.[2] Article 4(3) TEU, on the other hand, states that: “Pursuant to the principle of sincere cooperation, the Union and the Member States shall, in full mutual respect, assist each other in carrying out tasks which flow from the Treaties. The Member States shall take any appropriate measure, general or particular, to ensure fulfilment of the obligations arising out of the Treaties or resulting from the acts of the institutions of the Union. The Member States shall facilitate the achievement of the Union’s tasks and refrain from any measure which could jeopardise the attainment of the Union’s objectives.” While the Commission noted that laws relating to the acquisition of citizenship are completely within the competence of the Member States, EU law, however, places limits on such power. As a result, according to the Commission, such laws still need to respect the concept of mutual trust, and Member States must adhere to EU law (particularly Article 4(3) TEU and Article 20 TFEU) when granting citizenship to third country nationals. The Commission insists that mutual trust is essential to EU citizenship and therefore Member States must not create citizenship rules that undermine its essence, value and integrity. According to the Commission third country nationals acquiring citizenship from a Member State also automatically acquire EU Citizenship (which will in turn bestow the right to travel, reside and work within the EU, together with other rights as regulated by Article 20 TFEU), and this when EU law imposes significant obligations on Member States insofar as the treatment of EU citizens is concerned.  The Commission observes that these EU rights express solidarity and mutual trust between Member States. The Commission further contends that EU citizenship is intended to be the fundamental status for nationals of Member States and therefore the Commission insists that Member States must consider EU law when granting nationality to third-country nationals, despite their competence in the field of the granting of nationality. The Commission’s ‘Genuine Links’ Argument Secondly, the EU Commission argued that the automatic conferment of all the benefits that EU citizenship involves expresses the requirements of solidarity and mutual trust between Member States. The Commission then used the above as a basis for also arguing that the EU is based on the integration of European States with shared aspirations and values, uniting the peoples of each Member State. According to the Commission, EU citizenship strengthens ties between Member State nationals and the EU, fostering solidarity and deeper integration among the different peoples of Europe, thereby forming a single polity within the EU. The Commission argues, therefore, that the special relationship of solidarity and good faith between a State and its nationals, along with the reciprocity of rights and duties, forms the foundation of nationality and that (always according to the Commission) since nationality reflects a genuine link between a state and its nationals, it follows that a CBI ‘scheme’ that grants nationality in exchange for pre-determined payments without requiring a genuine link between the state and the individual undermines the essence and integrity of EU citizenship and mutual trust and must be unlawful as detrimental to the EU’s objectives. Citing the Nottebohm case in support of its position about a requirement for ‘genuine links’ (more on this below) the Commission challenged Malta’s position that its CBI framework is based on ‘prospective links’ especially considering that the benefits of EU citizenship are immediate and that successful applicants may also reside in other Member States and not necessarily in Malta. Linked to the above, the European Commission thirdly argued that by operating a Citizenship by Investment scheme, Malta is granting citizenship to individuals with no “genuine link” with the country, and, as a result, the Maltese framework “meets the criteria of an unlawful investor citizenship scheme since it permits the systemic grant of nationality in exchange for the payment of substantial pre-determined sums without requiring applicants to demonstrate a genuine link with the Republic of Malta” (para.20). The Commission also highlights how in the Maltese Citizenship Act, citizenship by naturalisation based on residence would require the applicants to provide evidence of residing in Malta throughout a period of 12 months, as well as establishing residence for a minimum of an aggregate of 4 years out of a total period of 6 years. By contrast, according to the Commission, the Maltese Citizenship by Investment framework states that applicants may opt for either a 36-month or a 12-month residency period, but “contains insufficient safeguards to ensure that the residence obligation is more than a purely fictitious requirement or that there is any genuine link between the Republic of Malta and applicants for Maltese nationality thereunder” (para.20). The Commission also argued that the regulations governing the Maltese Citizenship by Investment framework do not clearly define what the residence period must consist of, and as such the Commission deduces that applicants only need to hold legal residence, and not have an actual physical presence in Malta. The Commission, in its arguments, referenced the Nottebohm judgement, arguing that it supports the argument that international law requires a genuine link in order to acquire nationality. Malta, on the other hand, contends that this same judgement “has been the subject of extensive and well-justified criticism” (para. 26) Malta’s Arguments: Malta firstly used history to substantiate the legitimacy of its Citizenship by Investment framework. The practice of offering access to naturalisation through investment in fact dates to ancient times and is by far not a ‘modern trend’. Malta argues that “the power to attribute nationality lies at the very core of national sovereignty” (para.26) – it is actually closely linked to the national identity that article 4(2) TEU requires the EU to protect. Consequently, according to Malta, the Commission’s stand is unprecedented and without any basis in fact and at law. Secondly, with regards to the EU’s “genuine link” or “prior genuine link” argument, while Malta acknowledges that the existence of such links may be a reasonable basis upon which States may choose to grant citizenship, however it contends that it is entirely up to the States to determine what links it deems to be sufficient to rationalise providing an individual with the possibility of obtaining naturalisation. The EU Treaties and the travaux preparatoires, on the other hand, do not oblige Member States to require a person to have a ‘prior genuine link’. Malta acknowledges that when citizenship laws are discriminatory and citizenship, for instance, is not available to individuals of a specific race or ethnic origin (and thus constitute a serious breach of EU values and objectives as defined in the Treaties), then the EU can intervene and claim that there has been a violation of their rules. Malta insists, however, that this is not the case here. Thirdly, Malta argues that the Commission is oversimplifying the Court’s case-law, by trying to equate the loss of citizenship with its acquisition. The withdrawal of a Member State nationality means that that individual would also be deprived of EU citizenship and the rights associated with it. On the other hand, acquisition of a Member State citizenship, and therefore also EU citizenship, expands the range of a person’s rights and duties, which means that the acquisition of citizenship should be reviewed in a different manner to the withdrawal of nationality. The Court’s case-law, as mentioned by the Commission, deals with the consequences of the withdrawal of EU citizenship, rather than the acquisition of it, which is what the case at hand entails. “The Commission’s failure to grasp this fundamental difference has led it to advocate an interpretation of the Treaties that would lead to a disproportionate outreach of EU scrutiny over a field of national competence that is closely linked to the sovereign prerogatives of the Member States.” (para. 28) Fourthly Malta contends that the European Commission has unjustly oversimplified Malta’s 2020 citizenship scheme, in an attempt to mislead the Court by stating that the Maltese citizenship framework is an “automatic and unconditional” route to Maltese nationality. According to Malta, in fact, the Maltese citizenship rules actually do require applicants to demonstrate “evidence of personal, commercial, financial ties with the country”, in addition to satisfying the minimum investment criteria of the rules. Malta also strongly contests the Commission’s view on the basis of the fact that while an initial investment is required to access the framework, it is far from an automatic process, but each applicant must undergo a very thorough due diligence exercise to satisfy the conditions of the framework. As a matter of fact, “a rate of refusal of approximately one third [33%] of all admissible applications is sufficient proof of the absence of any automaticity.” (para.29). Malta claims that its 2020 Citizenship By Investment framework is a “legitimate, robust, professionally run and effective naturalisation scheme”, which does not breach EU law. As mentioned above, Malta also pleaded to the Court that if the Court were to agree with the Commission’s plea, it would set a dangerous precedent whereby the Court would be intervening in a matter that is within the exclusive national competence, which would in turn increase the EU’s competence in a field that is strictly a matter of national sovereignty. It is worth noting that over the entire process, the EU Commission advanced various arguments, but eventually changed its approach during the proceedings against Malta. Back in 2013, shortly after the Maltese Citizenship by Investment framework was launched, the EU Commission held a press conference during which a journalist asked about the EU’s thoughts on the Maltese programme. A European Union spokesperson was invited to the stand and replied that: “The European Court of Justice has on several occasions confirmed the principle of International Law that it is for each Member State to lay down the conditions for the acquisition of its nationality…”. Over the years, however, the Commission’s stand has clearly changed and became more hostile on the more populist grounds that citizenship by investment schemes pose serious security risks, mainly relating to tax fraud, corruption, financing of terrorism and money laundering. Before the Court of Justice of the European Union, however, the EU adopted a different approach, now focusing on the more esoteric concepts of sincere co-operation and mutual trust under the European Treaties. What is certain, however, is that the EU Commission did not also launch an attack on the probity of applicants who have been, or are in the process of being, granted Maltese citizenship, or Malta’s multi-tiered due diligence process and its compliance with EU laws on anti-money laundering, corruption and terrorism, in that way tacitly endorsing Malta’s CBI framework as the ‘gold standard’ in the industry, when it comes to due diligence, something that Malta has always insisted it is. Similarly, by rejecting the Commission’s argument that Malta’s framework contains insufficient safeguards to ensure that the residence obligation is more than a merely fictitious one or that there are genuine links between Malta and applicants, the Advocate General has also endorsed Malta’s residence requirement. Advocate General’s Opinion: In summary the Advocate General, whilst rejecting some of Malta’s more procedural pleas, concluded – in no uncertain terms – that the Commission has not proven a breach of the Treaty provisions governing citizenship and that there is therefore no basis, in law or in fact, for the claim that Malta is in breach of the duty of loyal co-operation (para.40). The Advocate General confirmed that: “it is settled case-law that it is for each Member State, acting within its exclusive competence and having due regard for international law, to lay down the conditions under which its nationality may be acquired and lost.” (para.44). The Advocate General observed that Malta does not contest that it offers naturalisation to persons in exchange for pre-determined payments, subject to their meeting certain requirements, confirming at the hearing that, in exchange for payment of a specific financial contribution, a single year’s legal residence in Malta suffices for the purposes of naturalisation (para.41). The Commission, on the other hand, confirmed in its oral submissions that its single complaint is based upon the purported existence of a requirement under EU law – and, to a lesser extent, under international law – that, in order to preserve the integrity of EU citizenship, there must be a ‘genuine link’ between a Member State and its nationals (confirming that its action is dependent on the validity of that premise) (para.41). The Advocate General went on to say that, as stated in previous case law (the AG’s opinion in Prefet du Gers; C-673/20, EU:C:2022:129, point 22) the Member States could always have decided to bestow upon the EU the power to determine who may become an EU citizen, but a decision was taken not to do so. Therefore, unless a Member State is acting in a manner contrary to EU law or international law, the EU cannot intervene in citizenship matters, since this is strictly a matter of national sovereignty: “As I indicated in my Opinion in Préfet du Gers, (38) the Member States could have decided to pool their competences and to confer on the European Union the power to determine who may become an EU citizen. They have chosen not to do so.” (para. 44) Furthermore, the Advocate General goes on to state that Declaration No 2 (annexed to the final act of the Treaty on the European Union) makes clear that the acquisition of Member State nationality automatically results in the acquisition of EU citizenship, which all other Member States are bound to recognise, “…wherever in the Treaty establishing the European Community reference is made to nationals of the Member States, the question whether an individual possesses the nationality of a Member State shall be settled solely by reference to the national law of the Member State concerned…” (para.45). The opinion further clarifies that: “In a spirit of mutual respect and trust, Member States have unconditionally agreed to abide by the decisions of other Member States as to whether an individual possesses the nationality of a Member State, and therefore, EU citizenship, irrespective of the particular relationship between that person and that Member State. Article 9 TEU, Article 20(1) TFEU and Declaration No 2 do not permit the EU institutions, or other Member States, to introduce any conditions for the recognition of the nationality of another Member State.” (para.47). According to the Advocate General, despite the existence of EU nationality: “This does not, in any way, detract from the fact that the Member States have decided that it is for them alone to determine who is entitled to be one of their nationals and, as a consequence, who is an EU citizen. The ‘single polity’ that results from the creation of EU citizenship therefore does not impose obligations on the Member States with regard to the terms and conditions upon which they confer nationality.” (Para. 46) This view aligns completely with Malta’s argument that legislation with respect to citizenship, and the acquisition and loss thereof, is a matter of national autonomy. Existing case-law The Advocate General also notes that there is existing CJEU case law (Micheletti; C-369/90; EU:C:1992:295; and Zhu and Chen; C-200/02, EU:C:2004:639) whereby the Court had ruled that “it is impermissible for the legislation of a Member State to restrict the effects of the grant of the nationality of another Member State by imposing any additional condition for the recognition of that nationality” (para.48). Micheletti: According to Micheletti, with a view to the exercise of the fundamental freedoms provided for in the EC Treaty, it is not permissible for Member States’ legislation to restrict the effects of the grant of the nationality of another Member State by imposing any additional condition for the recognition of that nationality. In this judgment the Court did not review the Italian rules on naturalisation in the light of EU law but rather the compatibility with EU law of Spanish rules that purported to restrict the effect of Italian law in Spain. Zhu and Chen: Although Micheletti predates the establishment of EU citizenship, it was restated amongst others in Zhu and Chen. This judgment established that the EU (together with its institutions and other Member States), “must, in principle, abide  by all other Member States rules on the conditions for the acquisition and the loss of nationality”, as deemed fit by other Member States. The corollary of this is that Member States are not required to have a shared concept of what constitutes nationality and, accordingly, the rules on the grant of citizenship can indeed diverge (para.48). In this case the Court did examine the abuse of law or misuse of rights in the context of the acquisition of EU citizenship and rejected the UK government’s claim that a TCN should be prevented from relying on EU law (in particular the right of EU citizens to move and reside freely in any MS) where that person had arranged matters in such a manner as to ensure that their child acquired the nationality of a MS and, thus, EU citizenship and the rights derived therefrom. Tjebbes: In this judgment – which is one of the main ones that the Commission relies upon in support of its arguments – while a MS may legitimately consider nationality to be an expression of a genuine link with the MS, and, as a result, prescribe that the absence (or loss) thereof will result in the loss of nationality, this can only be done in accordance with the principle of proportionality with respect to the consequences of that loss from the EU viewpoint. This, the AG argued, does not translate into an obligation on MS to require a genuine link. However, the Advocate General rightly observed that this notwithstanding, these rules and laws must, in turn, not breach EU law: “The exercise of a Member State’s sovereign prerogative to grant or to withdraw citizenship is not unlimited and both EU and international law may, in principle, constrain its exercise.” (para.49). However he found absolutely no such breach on Malta’s part and, therefore, no legal basis for the Commission’s action. Definitely a key aspect of the AG’s opinion is the part where he agrees with Malta’s assertion that the review of the withdrawal of member state nationality should not be subject to the same EU rules as the acquisition thereof, considering that deprivation carries the grave consequence of possible statelessness (para.52). Deprivation of citizenship also results in the individual losing EU citizenship and all associated rights, and for this reason Malta argued that while deprivation of EU citizenship should be considered carefully and be strictly regulated, by contrast the acquisition of citizenship actually expands (rather than diminishes) a citizen’s rights and obligations. Advocate General on Genuine Links Specifically on the point of genuine links, according to the AG, while it is entirely in the hands of specific Member States, if they require proof of a genuine link, according to their own nationality laws, “EU law does not define, much less require, the existence of such a link in order to acquire or to retain that nationality.” (para.55). The Advocate General does confirm that international law does make reference to the requirement of “genuine link”, as was the case in the Nottebohm judgement, whereby the International Court of Justice held that a State would have the right – the prerogative – to refuse to recognise nationality granted by another State, in certain circumstances where there is the absence of a genuine link between an individual and his or her national state. However this is not to say that Malta is obliged to require genuine links.  Indeed, at no point in the judgement, does the ICJ require that States must have a “genuine link” with their nationals. It is also important to note that the ICJ did not define the concept of “genuine link”, or mandate that States can grant nationality only if “genuine link” exists. In fact, the ICJ asserts that “it is for every sovereign State, to settle by its own legislation the rules relating to the acquisition of its nationality…” (para.56). Therefore, the ICJ also follows Malta’s argument, that the matter of granting of citizenship lies solely in the jurisdiction of that State. Advocate General Collins goes on to confirm that EU law follows ICJ law, since neither have imposed the necessity of a “genuine link” between an individual and his or her national State. The matter of the granting (or revoking) of nationality is strictly governed by national law, all the while paying due regard to international rules (for example with regards to the UN Conventions on Statelessness). “There is no significant divergence between EU law and international law on the question as to whether a genuine link must exist between an individual and the State of which he or she is a national, since neither imposes such a requirement. The conditions for the grant of nationality are a matter of national law…” (para. 57). Member States have a duty under EU law to recognise nationality granted by other Member States, without questioning the sovereignty of each Member State: “There is … no logical basis for the contention that because Member States are obliged to recognise nationality granted by other Member States, their nationality laws must contain a particular rule, let alone one that requires a ‘genuine link’ as a condition for possessing that nationality. A duty under EU law to recognise nationality granted by other Member States is a mutual recognition of, and respect for, the sovereignity of each Member State – not a means to undermine the exclusive comptences that the Member States enjoy in this domain. To find otherwise would upset the carefully crafted balance between national and EU citizenship in the Treaties and constitute a wholly unlawful erosion of Member States’ competence in a highly sensitive field which they have clearly decided to retain under their exclusive control.” (Para. 57) According to Advocate General Collins: “The ICJ ruling is limited to allowing States to withhold recognition of nationality granted in the absence of such genuine link… It does not oblige States to require that such a link exists either between them and their own nationals or between other States and their nationals.” (para.56). It is also relevant that the AG also does not suggest that Malta does not require genuine links as part of the framework – quite the opposite, he actually comments that Malta has successfully disproved the Commission’s contention that Malta grants citizenship without genuine links. The opinion concludes with the Advocate General’s opinion that: “It follows that, in my view, the Commission has failed to prove that, in order to lawfully grant national citizenship, Article 20 TFEU requires the existence of a ‘genuine link’ or a ‘prior genuine link’ between a Member State and an individual other than that which a Member State’s domestic law may require” (para.58), and he advises that the Court dismisses the European Commission’s action with costs against the Commission. What does this mean for pending applications? The doctrine of legitimate expectation While the Advocate General’s opinion strongly supports Malta’s arguments, his opinion is not binding on the Court and the final decision ultimately lies in the hands of the Court of Justice of the European Union. It is the role of the Advocate General, in complete independence, to propose to the Court a legal solution to the cases that they are responsible for, and this opinion is Advocate General Collins’ proposed legal solution to the infringement proceedings brought by the Commission against Malta in respect of the latter’s Citizenship by Investment framework. While the last word rests with the honourable Court, it would be remiss not to spare a few words on the possible impact that a negative decision by the Court would have on the many applications that are presently still pending. While the Commission is seeking a decision by the Court that the Maltese framework is invalid – unlawful also –  the doctrine of legitimate expectation immediately springs to mind here because these applicants have submitted an application on the basis of a law which would have been valid up to the point in time that the application was submitted by them – in some cases they may even have reached the stage where their formal citizenship application has been approved and they would have even paid the exceptional investment to the Government of Malta. While not an absolute principle under EU law, the doctrine of legitimate expectation is well established in the jurisprudence of the CJEU and it would seem exceedingly unjust towards the multitude of applicants with pending applications to suddenly shut the proverbial door in their faces. Conclusion The judges have now commenced deliberations, and the final judgement is to be expected at a later date. Various sources were envisaging that a decision was possible at the end of 2024 or early 2025, but a more realistic timeline is possibly towards the end of Q1 2025 and the immigration and citizenship by investment world, both within and outside the EU, is eagerly awaiting this outcome. Malta hopes that, as the last EU CBI framework still in existence, by having chosen to set the bar so high when it comes to screening the probity of applicants under the Maltese framework, it will continue to serve as the quality benchmark for all frameworks. Malta never promised a quick citizenship, or a simple process, but it always reassured applicants that at the end of thorough scrutiny, successful applicants will join a very exclusive and limited class of HNWIs who are increasingly integrating themselves further into Maltese society and appreciating the various offerings that Malta has. [1] The office of the Advocate General was introduced in the Treaty of Rome enabling the AG to offer legal advice to the court on cases being tried, without however taking part in the decision-making process of the Court. Indeed, although AG’s are members of the Court of Justice of the EU, appointed under the same procedures as judges and enjoy the same privileges (immunity), and who cannot be removed before the end of their 6-year term. The opinion of an AG is sought in all cases to be tried by the CJEU unless the Court decides that there is no new point of law (which is clearly not the case here). The AG’s opinion is not binding on the Court with the final decision ultimately lieing in the hands of the CHEU.  However, in the absence of dissenting opinion, they play an important role and are referred to in subsequent cases. [2] These are: the right to move and reside freely within the territory of the Member States; the right to vote and to stand as candidates in elections to the European Parliament and in municipal elections in their Member State of residence, under the same conditions as nationals of that State; the right to enjoy, in the territory of a third country in which the Member State of which they are nationals is no represented, the protection of the diplomatic and consular activities authorities of any Member State on the same conditions as the nationals of that State; the right to petition the European Parliament, to apply to the European Ombudsman, and to address the institutions and advisory bodies of the Union in any of the Treaty languages and to obtain a reply in the same language.

Decision on electricity price support measures in Spain and Portugal upheld by the General Court

In a judgment delivered by the General Court of the European Union (the “Court”) on the 12 March 2025 in the case of PGI Spain and Others (the “Plaintiffs”) vs the European Commission (the “Commission”), the Plaintiffs sought the revocation of the Commission’s decision not to object to Spain and Portugal’s measures designed to mitigate the recent surges in electricity prices in the Iberian Peninsula. Facts of the case: In May 2022, Spain and Portugal notified the Commission of a plan aimed at reducing wholesale electricity prices by supporting fossil fuel generation amid escalating energy costs, exacerbated by various crises in the national and international energy markets (the “Notified Measure”). This notification sought approval under Article 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (“TFEU”), which governs state aid. Certain key elements of the Notified Measure included: payments to operators of fossil fuel power plants to reduce production costs, intending to provide downward pressure on wholesale electricity prices that ultimately affect consumers; a response to significant increases in fossil fuel prices, particularly natural gas, affecting the market structure and electricity costs for consumers, especially vulnerable groups relying on regulated contracts; funding to be proportionate to electricity purchased on the wholesale market, with certain exemptions for buyers who had existing fixed-price contracts before April 26, 2022. The Commission decided not to object to the Notified Measure (the “Decision”) under Article 4(3) of Council Regulation (EU) 2015/1589 of 13 July 2015 laying down detailed rules for the application of Article 108 TFEU (the “Regulation”). In its Decision, the Commission evaluated, inter alia, whether the measures represented state aid under Article 107(1) TFEU, which would require the identification of an economic advantage conferred selectively to certain entities. It determined that while the Notified Measure did confer an economic advantage, the Commission found that buyers on the wholesale market which had entered into agreements to hedge their electricity purchases prior to the adoption of the Notified Measure would not benefit from the effects of such measure and concluded that the exemption did not lead to a selective advantage being conferred on them and, therefore, did not come within the definition of State aid. The Commission further recognised the urgency dictated by rising energy prices and the overall economic context as justifying the measures. These were deemed essential to supporting vulnerable consumers and maintaining market stability. The Plaintiffs were a group of Spanish companies which purchased their electricity not directly on the wholesale electricity market, but through an electricity supplier. In order to ensure the stability of the price of their electricity supply, the Plaintiffs entered into power purchase agreements. For part of their electricity supply, the Plaintiffs entered into agreements involving an undertaking other than their physical electricity supplier and based on offsetting payments depending on the difference between the market price and the price fixed in the contract. They describe that type of power purchase agreement as financial. The Plaintiffs as interested parties and in order to safeguard their procedural rights under Article 108(2) TFEU and Article 1(h) of the Regulation, criticised the Commission for not having found that the Notified Measure raised serious difficulties such as to warrant the initiation of the formal investigation procedure. The Court primarily observed that that the lawfulness of the Commission’s decision not to raise objections, based on Article 4(3) of the Regulation, depends on whether the assessment of the information and evidence which the Commission had at its disposal during the preliminary examination phase of the measure notified should have objectively raised doubts both as to the classification of that measure as aid and to its compatibility with the internal market, given that such doubts would necessarily lead to the initiation of a formal investigation procedure. When any applicant seeks the annulment of a decision not to raise objections (such as the nature of this application) such applicant must show that the assessment of the information and evidence which the Commission had at its disposal during the preliminary examination phase of the measure notified should have raised doubts as to the classification of that measure as ‘aid’ or to the compatibility of that measure with the internal market. In support of their action, the Plaintiffs relied on five pleas in law, alleging: a misunderstanding by the Commission of the Notified Measure; errors in the assessment of the appropriateness and proportionality of the Notified Measure; infringement of EU laws on the free formation of electricity prices based on supply and demand[1]; breach of the principle of non-discrimination; and breach of the principle of the protection of legitimate expectations. Pleas (I) and (IV) Misunderstanding of the Notified Measure The Plaintiffs argued that the Commission failed to accurately interpret the notified measure, specifically whether it recognized that retail buyers employed similar hedging mechanisms to wholesale market participants. They insisted that financial power purchase agreements (PPAs) used by retail buyers are standard and acknowledged within EU energy market frameworks. Moreover, the Plaintiffs expressed doubt regarding the Commission’s clarity about which market participants were eligible for exemption from contributions under the Notified Measure. They believed this uncertainty led to the approval of a potentially non-compliant aid scheme. The Commission re-asserted that the aim of the measure was clear: to mitigate the pressures of rising energy costs through targeted support to fossil fuel power plants, thereby reducing wholesale electricity prices for consumers. The General Court found no substantial errors in the Commission’s analysis. It referenced multiple recitals of the Decision that illustrated the measure’s explicit objectives and the operational framework aimed at addressing the ongoing energy crises. The Court concluded that the Commission’s process was in line with EU legal requirements, dismissing the applicants’ assertions of misunderstanding. Claims of Discrimination The Plaintiffs contended that the Commission neglected to evaluate whether the measure adhered to the principle of non-discrimination. They argued that the criterion for comparison should not solely rely on whether purchases were made on the wholesale versus the retail market, but rather on whether buyers had the capability to hedge their electricity prices effectively. The Plaintiffs insisted that their position was equivalent to that of direct consumers purchasing electricity on the wholesale market, implying that the Notified Measure favored wholesale buyers unjustly, hence constituting potential state aid under Article 107(1) TFEU. The Commission maintained that the circumstances did not present a case of selective advantage or state aid. It emphasized that buyers in the wholesale and retail markets were not in comparable positions regarding the reduction of prices and the contribution payments. The structure of the energy market indicated that the dynamics of pricing and competition differed substantially between these two segments. The General Court ultimately ruled that the Plaintiffs’ claim of discrimination did not hold, as they failed to show that the measure’s framework was inherently biased. The demonstrated distinctions in treatment were consistent with the operational logic behind the Notified Measure, which was designed to accommodate the realities of the energy market. Plea (II) The Plaintiffs submitted, that the Commission should have found that the notified measure was not appropriate or proportionate and should therefore have initiated the formal investigation procedure. They alleged that the Notified Measure excluded from its scope the use of financial power purchase agreements thereby limiting the opportunity to benefit from an exemption only to buyers on the wholesale market. The Commission reiterated that the purpose of the Notified Measure is to bring about a reduction in electricity prices in the context of strong upward pressure on fuel prices linked to the crisis faced by national and international markets which crisis was not called into question by the Plaintiffs. Such an objective is consistent with that envisaged in Article 107(3)(b) TFEU, which is to ‘remedy a serious disturbance in the economy of a Member State’. The Notified Measure seeks to attain that objective by supporting certain sources of electricity in order to achieve a reduction in prices on the wholesale market, which should in turn lead to a reduction on the retail market. The Court noted that while EU laws encourage the free formation of electricity prices on the basis of supply and demand, it is clear that the Notified Measure, in so far as it limits the direct involvement of the national authorities in price formation on the wholesale market and does not extend it to the retail market, except in relation to regulated contracts, preserves as much as possible the principle of the free formation of electricity prices on the basis of demand and supply. This plea was also rejected by the Court. Plea (III) The third plea brought forward by the Plaintiffs was rejected by the Court on the same grounds as highlighted above, ie: that the Notified Measure did not derogate from the principle of free price formation. Plea (V) The Plaintiffs argued that the Commission and, more generally, the European Union have incentivised the conclusion of financial power purchase agreements, particularly with a view to promoting renewable energy. They infer that they could have reasonably expected not to be treated worse than other undertakings which conversely did not seek to hedge market risks, were less efficient and more polluting. The Commission contends that no legitimate expectation could have arisen on the part of the applicants. The Court stated that under established case-law, the protection of legitimate expectations is a fundamental EU law principle. Any economic operator given precise assurances by an institution can rely on this principle. Regardless of the form in which such assurances were communicated, precise, unconditional and consistent information which comes from an authorised and reliable source constitutes such assurance. However, a person may not plead breach of that principle unless he has been given precise assurances by the administration It is clear that the applicants’ line of argument is based on the premiss that the Commission caused them to entertain a legitimate expectation that final consumers who had used financial power purchase agreements would be treated at least as favourably as those who had entered into other types of agreement. The Court found that the Plaintiffs failed to show that precise, unconditional and consistent information from authorised and reliable sources stipulated that the situation of consumers using financial power purchase agreements would be taken into account when the Commission exercised its powers to monitor State aid. Accordingly, none of the pleas put forward by the Plaintiffs demonstrated that the Commission should have identified the existence of serious difficulties requiring the initiation of the formal investigation procedure in respect of the notified measure. The action was therefore dismissed by the Court. [1] These articles state that ‘prices shall be formed on the basis of demand and supply’, ‘market rules shall encourage free price formation and shall avoid actions which prevent price formation on the basis of demand and supply’, ‘suppliers shall be free to determine the price at which they supply electricity to customers’ and ‘Member States shall take appropriate actions to ensure effective competition between suppliers.’

EU Court to rule on Commission v Malta (Case-181/23 – Citizenship by Investment) by April 29, 2025

(Case-181/23 – Citizenship by Investment) The Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) has announced the date for its much-anticipated ruling in the EU Commission’s infringement proceedings against Malta’s Citizenship by Investment framework: April 29, 2025. This follows the favourable Advocate General’s Opinion issued on October 4, 2024. This decision will mark the culmination of a legal battle that began in October 2020 and saw Malta referred to the CJEU in March 2023. Background reminder Malta’s Citizenship by Investment (CBI) framework, officially called “Naturalisation for Exceptional Services by Direct Investment,” allows up to 1,500 individuals (with an annual cap of 400 main applicants) to gain Maltese citizenship by making significant economic contributions. This citizenship also grants EU citizenship. In Commission v Malta (filed on the 22nd March 2023), the European Commission argues that Malta is violating Article 20 and Article 4(3) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the EU (TFEU) by granting citizenship to individuals with no “genuine link” to the country. The Commission claims this undermines the integrity of EU citizenship. Malta, however, asserts that citizenship decisions are a matter of national sovereignty. It argues that neither EU law nor international law mandates a “genuine link” requirement for citizenship, maintaining that each country has the right to define its own criteria for granting nationality. According to Malta, the Commission has also over-simplified Malta’s CBI framework which involves a thorough and in-depth due diligence process with respect to the main applicant and his or her family members (besides other elements). What do we know so far? On the 4 October 2024, Advocate General Collins’ delivered his opinion in the proceedings, recommending that the Court dismiss the Commission’s case. He has advised the Court that the European Commission has failed to prove that EU citizenship law requires the existence of any “genuine link” or “prior genuine link”, while also emphasising that such decisions on granting citizenship are a matter of national sovereignty and do not fall under EU law.  Collins stated: “Member States have decided that it is for each of them alone to determine who is entitled to be one of their nationals and, as a consequence, who is an EU citizen”. (para.46) Collins’ confirmed that it is “settled case-law that it is for each Member State, acting within its exclusive competence and having regard to international law, to lay down the conditions under which its nationality may be acquired and lost” (para.44). He further underscored that the EU can only intervene in citizenship matters when a Member State acts contrary to EU law. What is an Advocate General (AG) and what role does the AG play? While the Advocate General’s opinion strongly supports Malta’s arguments, his opinion is not binding on the Court and the final decision ultimately lies in the hands of the Court of Justice of the European Union.  It is the role of the Advocates General to, in complete independence, propose to the Court a legal solution to the cases that they are responsible for, and today’s Opinion is Advocate General Collins’ proposed legal solution to the infringement proceedings brought by the Commission against Malta in respect of the latter’s Citizenship by Investment framework. Conclusion As the last active CBI framework in the EU, Malta hopes its thorough applicant vetting process will continue to set a high standard. Applicants undergo extensive scrutiny to ensure their suitability.  Malta never promised a quick citizenship, or a simple process, but it always reassured applicants that at the end of thorough scrutiny, successful applicants will join a very select group of quality individuals who integrate into Maltese society and contribute to its economy. The upcoming ruling on April 29, 2025, is expected to significantly impact the future of citizenship by investment frameworks across the EU. Malta and its many applicants await the decision with great anticipation.

Unpaid wages and maritime claims: a captain’s legal battle before the Maltese Courts

In a judgment delivered on 14 February 2025 by the First Hall, Civil Court (the “Court”) in the case of Captain Tara Merlin Ehrlich vs MV Force India, the Court examined the interplay between maritime employment rights and the legal framework for enforcing such claims under Maltese law. The crux of the dispute related to allegations of unpaid wages and other expenses allegedly owed to Captain Tara Merlin Ehrlich (the “Captain”) employed aboard the Maltese-flagged vessel Force India (the “Vessel”). This case not only highlights the protections available to seafarers under the Code of Organization and Civil Procedure (COCP), Chapter 12 of the Laws of Malta (the “COCP”), and the Merchant Shipping Act, Chapter 234 of the Laws of Malta (THE “Merchant Shipping Act”), but also provides insight into the evidentiary standards required for successfully pursuing such a claim in the Maltese courts. Background to the dispute and the legal proceedings in Malta The Captain filed a legal claim before the Court against the Vessel, over alleged unpaid wages and related expenses. The Captain sought a total of €27,088.45 in unpaid salary, along with €446 for a flight ticket and €167.87 for accommodation — costs she claimed were incurred in the course of her employment and were contractually due from the Vessel’s operators. The Captain supported her claim with documentation, including the Vessel’s registration certificate, a copy of her employment agreement, and payslips. The Captain claimed, that despite requesting payment on various occasions, the Vessel’s representatives had allegedly failed to settle the outstanding amounts claimed by her. Under her employment agreement entered into with the owner of the Vessel, the Captain was appointed as captain of the Force India for an initial three-week period, with the contract set to renew automatically unless terminated by notice or under specific conditions outlined within the agreement. The agreement also included a reimbursement clause, whereby the Employer undertook to cover reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Captain in the course of her duties and that any individual expense over €140 had to be pre-approved by the Employer and supported by receipts. The Captain argued that the sums claimed were certain, liquid, and due, and maintained that the defendants had no valid defence to rebut the claims being raised in Court. On this basis, she initially requested that the Court dispenses with a full hearing, relying on the simplified procedure available under Article 167 of the COCP. The Court, however, ordered the case to proceed by way of ordinary procedure. Court-appointed curators, acting on behalf of the absent defendant, responded by calling for more detailed evidence to substantiate the Captain’s claims. The curators noted they were not yet fully informed of the facts and reserved the right to submit a further response once communication with the defendant was established. The case proceeded to a full hearing, with the Captain required to provide clear proof that the claimed amounts were due and arose directly from her employment. The outcome of the case depended on whether the evidence met the legal threshold necessary for the Court to uphold her claim. Jurisdiction in Malta and the applicable provisions under Maltese Law The COCP provides that the civil courts of Malta shall have jurisdiction in rem against ships or vessels on various maritime claims, including but not limited to (i) claims by the master, officers, or member of the crew, or complement of a ship, for wages and other sums due to them in respect of their employment on the  ship  including  costs  of  repatriation, and social security contributions payable on their behalf; and (ii) any claim by a master, shipper, charterer or agent in respect of disbursements made by them on account of a ship or her owners. In such instances, the COCP provides that such an action may also be brought before the civil courts of Malta against that ship or vessel, (i) where the person who would be liable on the claim for an action in personam was, when the cause of action arose, an owner or charterer of, or in possession or in control of, the ship or vessel, if at the time when the action is brought  the  relevant  person  is  either  an  owner  or beneficial owner of that ship or the bareboat charterer of it; and (ii) also against any other vessel that the relevant person fully owns or beneficially owns at the time the action is brought. An action in rem and an action in personam are two types of legal actions that differ in what they focus on. An action in rem is a case that involves a specific object or property, like a vessel, where the court’s decision affects the property itself, regardless of who owns it. On the other hand, an action in personam refers to legal actions or proceedings that are directed against a specific person or entity, seeking to impose a judgment, obligation, or enforce a legal right on that individual or entity. In personam actions are personal in nature and involve disputes or legal matters that are linked to an individual’s or entity’s legal rights, responsibilities, or liabilities. So, while an action in rem is about rights in relation to a property, an action in personam is about one person’s responsibility to another. It is also important to note that under the Merchant Shipping Act, that such a claim for wages and other specified sums due to the master, officers and other members of the vessel’s complement are secured by a special privilege upon the vessel and shall survive the sale of a vessel by up to one year. The Court’s considerations and final judgment The Court established its jurisdiction in rem over the Vessel, affirming its authority to hear the case under Maltese law. Upon reviewing the evidence presented, the Court found that the Captain’s claim for unpaid salary was duly supported by the necessary supporting evidence. The Captain also sought payment for unused leave, which had accumulated but was not taken before her employment ended. The Court accepted her claim for payment in lieu of untaken leave, as the evidence showed that the leave was validly accrued and the company had acknowledged the claim and this in accordance with her employment agreement. In its judgment, the Court also concluded that the Captain failed to adequately prove her claim for the reimbursement of travel and accommodation expenses. While she did present documents indicating such expenses had been incurred, her testimony made no mention of them. Moreover, the Captain offered no explanation linking these expenses to her work duties or to any instructions received from her principal. Crucially, the Captain did not declare under oath that the expenses had been approved by er principal, as was contractually required under her employment agreement for expenses exceeding €140. This case serves as a reminder of a fundamental legal principle wherein a plaintiff must always provide full and proper evidence to support their claims. This obligation holds even when the defendant fails to appear in court. In the absence of such proof and if the plaintiff does not prove their case, then the defendant must be acquitted. Concluding remarks The judgment highlights key lessons in the enforcement of maritime employment rights under Maltese law. While the Captain’s claims for unpaid wages and reimbursement of expenses were supported by certain documentation, her failure to provide adequate proof of the expenses led to the dismissal of the claims pertaining to the additional expenses claimed. This judgment serves as a reminder that seafarers, despite having legal protections under the COCP and the Merchant Shipping Act, must meet the necessary evidentiary standards to succeed in their claims. It underscores the importance of clear and complete documentation, and the need for plaintiffs to prove their case thoroughly. The case ultimately reinforces the principle that the burden of proof lies with the claimant, ensuring fairness and consistency in the judicial process. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 09/04/2025.

MFSA publishes template for reporting share buy-backs

In terms of the EU Market Abuse Regulation (MAR), issuers may acquire their own shares without any concern of engaging in insider dealing and/or market manipulation, provided that they follow the requirements set out in article 5.  One of these requirements is for issuers to report their share buy backs to the relevant competent authority no later than by the end of the 7th daily market session following the date of the execution of the transaction. Issuers need to report their buy backs both on an aggregated and an individual basis. Equity issuers listed in Malta (which are not also listed in another EU member state) will need to report their share buy backs to the Malta Financial Services Authority (MFSA) as competent authority. To this end, the MFSA has published a helpful template notification to facilitate issuers’ compliance with their reporting obligations. The notification is to be submitted to the MFSA via email to [email protected]. Note that the trading venue identification code (MIC) to be used when shares are listed on the Official List of the Malta Stock Exchange is ‘XMAL’. Furthermore, issuers are reminded that they are required to publicly disclose their share buy backs by means of a company announcement. Following certain amendments to MAR carried out by the EU Listing Act, issuers are now only required to publicly disclose buy backs in an aggregated form. This article was co-authored with Martina Bonnici an Advocate in our Capital Markets department.

The requisites for the issuance of a precautionary warrant of prohibitory injunction

On 4th March 2025,   the Civil Court (Commercial Section), presided by Madame Justice Audrey Demicoli, in the case “Advocate Joseph Mizzi as Special Attorney of Iurii Degtiar and Mykhailo Tretiak vs MB Shipping Limited (C 40945) and Tetiana Tyspkunova in her capacity as director of MB Shipping Limited, revoked the issuance of a warrant of prohibitory injunction, on the basis that claimants had other legal remedies available.  It also held that the loss to be suffered by claimants was pecuniary in nature and did not constitute “irreparable” harm. Two majority shareholders of MB Shipping Limited claimed that Tetiana Tyspkunova in her capacity as director, abused her position of trust, in a manner, harmful to the company. She allegedly followed the instructions of another shareholder, with conflicting interests, who had set up his own competing company, to misappropriate the business of their company. Claimants protested that this competing company was actively taking over the operations, clientele, and revenue streams of their company. To prevent further financial loss, the claimants, on 5th February 2025, requested the Court to issue a precautionary warrant of prohibitory injunction under Article 873 of the Code of Organisation and Civil Procedure (Chapter 12 of the Laws of Malta), to prohibit any transfer of property, and any payments from MB Shipping Limited’s accounts, with various foreign banks. This injunction, they said, should be kept effective until an extraordinary general meeting of the shareholders of MB Shipping was convened to remove Tetiana Tyspkunova as director. On the very same day, the court upheld their request and issued the precautionary injunction. On February 28, 2025, MB Shipping and Tetiana Tyspkunova submitted their pleas of defence, and raised objections to the issuance of the injunction. They pleaded that: The claimants failed to show what right they wished to safeguard by the precautionary warrant. They based their application on mere allegations that the director Tetiana Tyspkunova was acting, in a manner, prejudicial to the interests of the company. A claimant had to prove a prima facie right and it was not acceptable to base a request on unfounded conjectures. Any loss suffered by the claimants was not in its nature irremediable. Our Companies Act (Chapter 386 of the Laws of Malta) provides other remedies for shareholders to obtain redress against any unfair prejudice which they may suffer by the acts of the directors. In addition, the company disputed being a legitimate defendant in these proceedings. The Court considered article 873 of the Code of Organization and Civil Procedure (Chapter 12 of the Laws of Malta). This provision states that the purpose of a warrant of prohibitory injunction is to prevent a person from doing anything which might cause harm to a claimant. Such warrant has to be necessary to protect any right of the claimant, and prima facie, the claimant has to appear to have such right. Three elements have to subsist to the satisfaction of the Court, mainly that: claimants must have a prima facie right; the warrant has to be necessary to safeguard claimants’ vaunted rights; and claimants will suffer irreparable harm if the warrant is not granted. Under Maltese law, a warrant of prohibitory injunction may only be granted if all three criteria are proven. Prima Facie Right The Court has to be satisfied that claimants have a prima facie legal right before it can issue a precautionary warrant. Reference was made to case law: Victor Sultana v Julian Sultana (Court of Magistrates (Gozo) (Superior Jurisdiction), 17th February 2020) and Helen Mercieca et v Eng. Joseph Bajada (First Hall of the Civil Court, 12th December 2016), which emphasized that: A prima facie right must be objectively evident. It must not a subjective matter which depends on the discretion of the judge. the warrant can be issued if it can be shown that the claimant “appears” to have a “right”, meriting protection.  As the warrant of prohibitory injunction is a precautionary act, the Court need not engage in a deep analysis of the merits.  It only has to ensure that the claimants appear to have a prima facie right that is plausible and credible. This excludes any claim which is frivolous. In this case, the court accepted that the claimants, as majority shareholders, did have a prima facie right, to ensure that the company’s funds were used for a proper purpose. For any loss which the company would incur, impacted them, as well, in their capacity as shareholders. The Court rejected the company’s plea of not being a legitimate defendant. Irreparable Harm The second criteria to be established is whether the claimants will suffer irreparable harm if the injunction is not granted. It has to be shown that the “loss” is irremediable and that claimants do not have any other adequate remedy. Under Maltese case law, financial harm alone is not sufficient to justify an injunction unless it is impossible to remedy through financial compensation. Monetary loss is not “irreparable” if other legal avenues exist to recover the funds:  re: J. Farrugia Properties Ltd v Annalise Farrugia (First Hall of the Civil Court, 30th December 2019). Considering the facts, the Court did not consider that claimants would suffer an irreparable loss, to justify the issuance of an injunction. Claimants sought to prevent a financial loss, which they eventually could recover by other legal means. Necessity of the Injunction The third criteria is whether the injunction is necessary to protect the claimants’ rights. Here, the court ruled against the claimants, citing the availability of several other remedies under our Companies Act in particular: a shareholder can apply for protection against unfair prejudice. Under article 402, a shareholder can request the Court to issue orders to, inter alia, regulate the future conduct of the company’s affairs and/or to restrict or prohibit the carrying out of any proposed act. The claimants did not explain why these other available remedies were insufficient. A warrant of prohibitory injunction should only be granted in the absence of any legal remedy. Since other remedies were available, the warrant was deemed unnecessary in the circumstances: re Santumas Shareholdings Ltd v Aquarius Properties Ltd (First Hall of the Civil Court, 3rd April 2007). For these reasons, in its decision, the Court revoked its provisional order granted on 5th February 2025. Though the claimants did have a prima facie right, it concluded the issuance of a warrant of prohibitory injunction was not strictly necessary. Besides having other remedies, the Court was not satisfied that their loss was “irreparable” if the warrant was not issued. This judgment re-affirms the three elements necessary for the issuance of a warrant of prohibitory injunction. It highlights the importance of exhausting alternative legal remedies before seeking the issuance of such a warrant and clarifies that monetary loss alone does not constitute irreparable harm. The decision serves as a reminder to shareholders that disputes over company funds and governance should generally be resolved through company law mechanisms. In this case, the claimants should have exercised their statutory rights under the Companies Act rather than pursuing an exceptional remedy.

CJEU clarifies when payment period can exceed 60 days under Late Payments Directive

Summary The Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) delivered a ruling on 6 February 2025 in the case of Przedsiębiorstwo Produkcyjno – Handlowo – Usługowe A. vs. P. S.A., (Case C-677/22) whereby it interpreted the applicability of Article 3(5) of Directive 2011/7/EU on combating late payments in commercial transactions (recast) (the “Late Payments Directive”). Article 3(5) of the Late Payments Directive states that in commercial transactions between undertakings the payment period within such a contract cannot exceed 60 calendar days, unless otherwise expressly agreed in the contract and provided that it is not grossly unfair to the creditor within the meaning of Article 7 of the same directive. The CJEU in the aforementioned ruling examined the two conditions under which the period for payment can exceed 60 calendar days and elaborated on the instances where a derogation from the 60 calendar days for payment can be considered unlawful. Background to the case and Judicial Proceedings before the Polish Courts S.A., (“Company P”) had organised a sale by auction on a website and had also issued a tender procedure, following which Company P and Przedsiębiorstwo Produkcyjno – Handlowo – Usługowe A (“Company A”) (collectively the “Parties”) had entered into agreements for the provision of goods by the latter to the former. These agreements had been established and published by Company P and stated therein that Company P had 120 days from the date when the invoices were submitted to it, to pay Company A. While Company P paid the invoices sent to it by Company A, Company A brought an action before the Sąd Rejonowy Katowice – Wschód w Katowicach (District Court, Katowice-East, Katowice, Poland) (the “Referring Court”) whereby it claimed that it was due to receive from Company P, interest for late payment and compensation by way of fixed sum for recovery costs, as established under the Late Payments Directive. Reference was also made to clauses under Polish legislation which transposed Article 3(5) of the Late Payments Directive into Polish law. Company A claimed before the Referring Court that the 120-days for payment of the contract cannot be considered as expressly agreed in the contract by the Parties, as Company P had a dominant position in the contractual relationship and determined the 120-day payment period unilaterally without Company A being able to negotiate an agreement with Company P. The Registrar of the Referring Court agreed with Company A and ordered Company P to pay interest, however, Company P objected as it claimed that Company A had agreed to the 120-day period for payment since it concluded a number of contracts with it. The Referring Court was inclined to believe that in instances where a company agrees to terms of a contract which are generally determined by another party who has drafted the terms and uses a pre-formulated standard contact whereby the former is limited to accept the terms without negotiation, then the condition ‘expressly agreed in the contract’ is not satisfied under Article 3(5) of the Late Payments Directive. It also added that in exceptional cases where there is a derogation from the rule under the Late Payments Directive, the creditor should be made aware of the reasons for the longer period of payment and should have the opportunity to raise its arguments as to why the period of payment should not exceed 60 days. In view of the above, the Referring Court referred the case to the CJEU to clarify whether in contracts which are comparable to pre-formulated standard contracts, a payment period unilaterally set by the debtor, could be considered compliant with the first condition set out in Article 3(5) of the Late Payments Directive, namely that any payment period exceeding 60 days must be ‘expressly agreed in the contract’. Legal Context and CJEU’s Legal Considerations Given that Article 3(5) of the Late Payments Directive applies specifically to transactions between undertakings, the Referring Court confirmed to the CJEU that in accordance with the definitions under the directive, Company P constitutes an ‘undertaking’ and not a ‘public authority’. The CJEU held that the payment period of 60 days under the Late Payments Directive, can only be derogated from if two cumulative conditions under Article 3(5) of the same directive are satisfied, namely (i) if it is expressly agreed in the contract and (ii) provided it is not grossly unfair to the creditor. The CJEU held that a derogation from the established payment period must be interpreted strictly and a uniform interpretation in accordance with the purpose and objectives of the directive in question must be provided. The CJEU analysed various recitals and articles within the Late Payments Directive and held that the purpose of such directive is to combat late payments in commercial transactions, to establish a culture of prompt payment and to ensure competitiveness of undertakings and proper functioning of the internal market. The CJEU held that the first cumulative condition being the expression ‘otherwise expressly agreed in the contract’ requires an express agreement therefore it must be established that the parties to the contract expressed their concurrence of wills to be bound specifically by the term setting a payment period which deviates from the 60 calendar days. This would be determined by taking into consideration all the contractual documents and terms contained in the contract. More specifically the CJEU held that an expression of a concurrence of wills is required by the parties at the time of conclusion of the contract which is beyond a mere express reference to the payment period. The CJEU went on to note that where the contract is a pre-formulated standard contract or a similar contract, the derogation from the 60 calendar days is satisfied, if the term establishing a longer payment period is highlighted in the contractual documents by one of the parties, in order to clearly distinguish it from the other terms of the contract and to make it evident to the other party that this is a deviation from the rule, so that the latter can choose to adhere to it knowing the full facts. The CJEU also referred to the second cumulative condition being that the derogation from the payment period must not be grossly unfair to the creditor. Article 7(1) of the Late Payments Directive states that in order to determine whether a contractual term is grossly unfair to the creditor, all circumstances of the case must be considered, including gross deviation from commercial practice, which is contrary to good faith or good dealing; the nature of the product or service; and whether the debtor has any objective reason to deviate from the 60 day payment period. The CJEU also referred to the recitals of the Late Payments Directive which prohibit abuse of contractual freedom to the disadvantage of the creditor. Importantly, the CJEU held that the creditor is to be effectively protected against the unjustified use by the debtor of a term which establishes a payment period exceeding 60 days, even though having regard to all contractual documents and terms, the parties to the contract expressed their concurrence of wills to be bound specially by the term setting a payment period which deviates from the 60 days. The CJEU noted that the Referring Court is to determine two points: firstly whether the Parties expressed their concurrence of wills to be bound specifically by the term which established a payment period exceeding the statutory 60 days (by taking into consideration all the contractual documents and terms); and secondly whether the derogation from the statutory 60 days is grossly unfair to the creditor. CJEU’s Ruling In view of the above and in accordance with the Late Payments Directive and its purpose, the CJEU, in response to the Referring Court’s question concluded that Article 3(5) of the Late Payments Directive and specifically ‘otherwise expressly agreed in the contract’ included therein, does not allow for a contractual term establishing a payment period which is to be longer than 60 calendar days, to be determined unilaterally by the debtor, unless the parties have expressed their concurrence of wills to be bound specifically by such a term and this having regard to all contractual documents and terms contained in the contract. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published on ‘The Malta Independent’ on 02/04/2025.

The introduction of a security interest in finance lease transactions

Malta’s maritime industry is largely governed by the Merchant Shipping Act of 1973, Chapter 234 of the Laws of Malta (the “Merchant Shipping Act”), a legislative cornerstone regulating among others, vessel registration, security interests such as mortgages, safety standards, seafarers’ rights and shipowner obligations. Over the years, the Merchant Shipping Act has evolved to keep pace with global maritime trends, and now, it stands on the brink of another major transformation through Act No. I of 2025 (the “Act”). A key aspect of the Act is the introduction of the finance charter instrument, formalising the concept of a finance charter interest as a legal mechanism for securing the rights of a finance lessor. This article explores the implications of this security instrument and its potential impact on ship financing in Malta. What is a finance charter? Briefly, a finance charter refers to an arrangement where a ship is leased to a party, as the finance charterer, under specific terms designed to facilitate the financing of the vessel’s building, acquisition, operation and/or management. This type of charter is typically structured as a bareboat or demise charter, where the finance charterer assumes responsibility for the operation and control of the ship, much like an owner, yet with ownership title being vested in the finance lessor. This structure enables financiers to secure their investment by holding legal title to the vessel while avoiding the responsibilities of day-to-day operation. It also offers finance charterers a structured path to eventual ownership while maintaining operational independence. Before delving into the specificities of the amendments proposed, it is key to firstly appreciate their scope. The Act defines a ‘finance charter’ as follows: “the term ‘finance charter’ shall refer to the chartering or lease of a ship under terms where the possession, operation or control of that ship is given to a bareboat charterer or to a lessee including through a demise or bareboat charter or a similar agreement, the principal purpose and intention of which is to finance the acquisition, operation, administration or management of that ship”. This definition is influenced and in line with the definition of the term ‘lease’ in Article 1526(7) of the Civil Code, Chapter 16 of the Laws of Malta (the “Civil Code”) when addressing the lease of ships and aircraft. Therefore, the application of the amendments and the creation of rights in favour of a registered owner of a ship qua lessor[1], is limited to those structures or arrangements, the primary purpose of which is to serve as a mechanism for financing the vessel. The Act introduces Article 49B, which sets out the legal framework and formal process for the registration of a finance charter instrument. It includes several important provisions as follows: Registration of Finance Charter Instruments A finance charter instrument is executed by the finance charterer in favour of the lessor being the shipowner and must be attested by a witness. The registration of the instrument in the ship’s public register serves as formal notice of the lessor’s rights over the vessel, ensuring legal recognition and protection of the financing arrangement. Scope of Obligations Covered The proposed security is designed to secure various financial and other obligations arising from the finance charter agreement. These include the payment of hire for the secured vessel, payment of principal sums and interest, as well as performance of any other obligations. This encompasses the multiple operational obligations typically imposed on a lessee or charterer. Through the registration of a finance charter instrument, a lessor can secure these obligations effectively. Prior Consent of Mortgagees Before a finance charter instrument can be registered, the written consent of any registered mortgagee must be obtained. This ensures that the rights of the lessor are not in conflict with the interests of existing creditors, notably senior lenders which have in turn secured their interests with a mortgage over the financed ship. The Priority of Claims A crucial feature of the finance charter instrument is the privileged status it is granted versus other maritime claimants of the financed ship including non-maritime claimants of the finance charterer. This is a consequence of the nature of the finance charter instrument as a charge over the vessel, enforceable against all third parties. Therefore, a finance charter instrument “attaches” to a vessel in the same manner as any other privileged claim listed under Article 50 of the Merchant Shipping Act, including a registered mortgage. However, this charge does not rank prior to existing mortgages or certain privileged claims. Specifically, the finance charter instrument ranks after the debts secured by a mortgage and certain privileged claims, but before other secured and unsecured claims. This means that while the finance charter instrument has a privileged status, it does not override the priority of claims like crew wages, port dues, salvage claims and claims for damages due to loss of life or personal injury. The privileged status of a finance charter instrument is also catered for, should the financed ship be sold pursuant to an order or with the approval of the competent court. As a secured maritime claimant, the claims of a lessor with a registered finance charter instrument will be passed on to the proceeds of the sale of the ship. Preservation of Mortgage Rights Despite the registration of the finance charter instrument, the rights of an existing mortgagee remain unaffected. Whether a mortgage is registered prior or after the finance charter instrument, the mortgagee’s rights are preserved, shall rank higher than the financial charter instrument and shall not be prejudiced. Additionally, the registration of a finance charter instrument over a ship shall not prohibit the registration of any new mortgage or the amendment or discharge of existing mortgages. Ensuring that a mortgagee’s rights remain intact notwithstanding the registration of a finance charter instrument grants the required flexibility to those finance lessors which seek to obtain their own financing from other lenders. In turn, such senior lenders benefit from the comfort of holding a mortgage in their favour in addition to any subordination agreement awarding preference to their claims and entered into with the finance lessor concerned. Enforcement of Repossession Rights Article 49B allows for a statutory right of repossession by the lessor should the finance charterer default on the finance charter agreement. This right is enforceable once the lessor provides written notice to the finance charterer. The power to retake possession granted to a lessor is similar to that available to the mortgagee under the existing provisions in the Merchant Shipping Act as well as to that of a lessor in the amended provisions in the Civil Code dealing with the letting of ships and aircraft. The statutory power of repossession reinforces a lessor’s contractual rights to do so generally referred to in finance charter agreements. Transfer of Ownership If the ship is transferred, the finance charter instrument must either be discharged or transferred alongside the ship to the new owner. This transfer of ownership is a functional matter that can arise irrespective of any default by the finance charterer. Judicial Proceedings The process for initiating any judicial proceedings in Malta for a breach of an obligation secured by a finance charter instrument is identical to that for a mortgage. Therefore, the lessor must serve notice to the master of the ship, or if the master is absent from Malta to the local agent, or if absent, to curators appointed by the court to represent the finance charterer. Priority in Bankruptcy Proceedings The holder of a finance charter instrument is not affected by the bankruptcy of the finance charterer and enjoys preferential rights on the secured vessel over all other debts, claims or interests except for those ranking higher than a finance charter interest. Therefore, a lessor secured with a registered finance charter instrument receives similar protection to that of a mortgagee, other privileged creditors and maritime claimants. Miscellaneous Provisions Article 49B aligns with existing sections of the Merchant Shipping Act, ensuring the protection of the lessor’s rights, enforcement of obligations, and resolution of disputes. Notably, Article 49B(11) applies mutatis mutandis to a finance charter instrument, incorporating provisions such as, inter alia, the registration of a mortgage in favour of a security trustee (Art.38(4)), the definition of “account current” (Art.38(7)), the transfer of mortgage (Art.44), the assignment of part of a debt or other obligation (Art.44A), the transmission of interest of mortgagee by death (Art.45), the discharge of mortgage (Art.46), the obligation or registration with the Registry (Art.47), and the loss of original mortgage deed (Art.48). These provisions ensure that the finance charter instrument operates seamlessly within the broader legal framework. Judicial perspective Malta is exceptionally well positioned, from a judicial perspective, to handle new security mechanisms in the maritime sector. The Maltese courts have consistently proven themselves as experts in enforcing security interests in maritime matters, making Malta an ideal jurisdiction for these innovative instruments. Malta’s well-established legal framework and experienced judiciary ensure that these new security mechanisms, such as the finance charter instrument, can be effectively enforced and protected, reinforcing Malta’s stature as a key maritime jurisdiction. Relationship With Existing Provisions The Act complements and further strengthens existing legal provisions on the subject matter. Consequent to the amendments made through Legal Notice 210 of 2016, a lessor and a lessee party to a financial lease or sale and leaseback transaction may avail themselves of the dual registration option in the Maltese Register of Ships. Registration is wholly and exclusively retained within the Maltese Register of Ships. This is distinct from bareboat charter registration, which falls under separate provisions. Briefly, article 19A of the Merchant Shipping Act permits a financing entity/lessor, to register title over the vessel as registered owner in the Maltese register of ships whilst simultaneously allowing another entity, as lessee, to have the operational certificate of Malta registry and any other certificates issued by the Maltese flag authorities, in its name as lessee. This option is also available in those instances where the lessee has subsequently chartered the vessel to a third-party charterer that wishes to have the registration certificate issued in its name as charterer, subject of course to both the registered owner’s and the lessor’s consent. The consent of any registered mortgagee is also necessary. Furthermore, Act No. LII of 2016 amended the Civil Code’s provisions on the sale and lease of assets, awarding priority to the terms of the agreement/s reached between the parties over the more traditional rules in the Civil Code. This ensures that any ill-suited provisions contained in the legal institutes of sale and of lease in the Civil Code, and which contextually do not apply to the realities of a modern shipping finance arrangement or ship sale and leaseback transaction, are effectively blocked from regulating the parties’ relationship and consequently being applied by the courts in a dispute. Of course, the choice of the usually selected foreign laws in a sale and/ or lease agreement will do this admirably well and Maltese law will recognise the choice. Hence, this clarification on the subordination of Maltese law to the contract is essentially a defence against any purely local public policy arguments which could potentially upset the parties’ choice of law. The said amendments further empower lessors (qua financiers) by overturning the bias that exists in Maltese civil law in favour of the possessor of an object subject to lease. Article 49B applies regardless of whether the finance charterer opts for the charterer flag registration under Article 19A of the Merchant Shipping Act. This means that a lessor as a registered owner of the financed vessel is still able to register and obtain security from a finance charter instrument notwithstanding that the finance charterer or lessee does not register as charterer under the Malta flag or decides for an alternative bareboat flag registry altogether. Therefore, it shall be possible for a registered owner qua lessor to register title and security in Malta whilst the finance charterer registers the subject vessel in an overlying foreign bareboat charter registry of its choice. Should the parties on the other hand decide to proceed with dual flag registration in Malta in accordance with Article 19A, then they may do so whilst simultaneously taking advantage of Article 49B. Conclusion The introduction of the finance charter instrument in the Merchant Shipping Act, represents a forward-thinking reform that enhances the flexibility and security of ship financing. The framework provided by Article 49B ensures that both lessors and charterers are protected while facilitating easier access to capital for vessel acquisition and operation. By recognising the importance of finance charters in the shipping industry and in addition to its judicial and fiscal strengths, Malta positions itself as an even more attractive destination for shipowners and investors. [1] The term “lessor” is defined in Article 49B(13)(d) as “the term lessor shall refer to the owner of a ship which is the subject of or is otherwise addressed in a finance charter”.

Malta Transposes NIS 2 Directive into National Law through LN 71 of 2025

The NIS 2 Directive, the European Union’s latest legislative instrument aimed at enhancing cybersecurity resilience across the bloc, has officially been transposed into Maltese law. This was done through Legal Notice 71 of 2025, published on 8 April 2025. This landmark regulation significantly broadens the scope of cybersecurity obligations across a range of critical and high-impact sectors. These include Energy, Transport, Health, Pharmaceuticals, Drinking Water manufacture, supply and distribution, Manufacturing, and Online Marketplaces, among others. The legislation introduces a stronger and more harmonised framework for the protection of network and information systems, reflecting the EU’s strategic push to mitigate growing cyber threats in an increasingly digital and interconnected landscape. Snapshot of Key Obligations for Essential and Important Entities: Entities falling under the “essential” or “important” category as defined by the law are now subject to a set of stringent compliance requirements, including: Registration – Obligatory inclusion in the national registry of essential and important entities. Governance – Implementation of clear internal structures for cybersecurity oversight and accountability, including training. Risk Management Measures – Adoption of technical, operational and organisational measures to manage risks to their network and information systems, including policies on risk analysis, incident handling, supply chain security, network and information systems acquisition, development and maintenance, and human resources security, coupled with CSIRT services. Incident Reporting – Timely notification of significant cyber incidents to the competent national authority. Appointment of a Qualified Auditor to verify that the necessary measures have been implemented. Entities operating within the affected sectors are advised to familiarise themselves with the new obligations and initiate compliance planning without delay. For tailored advice or further information on how this law may impact your organisation, contact us on [email protected] directly.

Extending fiduciary duties: the Court’s recognition of employees’ fiduciary duties in Associated Supplies Limited vs Joseph Mizzi

On March 11, 2025, the Maltese Court of Appeal delivered a landmark judgement in Associated Supplies Limited vs. Joseph Mizzi, clarifying the scope of fiduciary duties under Maltese law. The court emphasised that such obligations extend beyond directors and trustees to include employees in key managerial positions or high-responsibility roles. The Court held that such duties arise from the nature of one’s role and the trust reposed in the individual, not merely from formal titles. Facts of the Case The defendant, Joseph Mizzi (“Mizzi”) was employed as General Technical Manager at Associated Supplied Limited (“ASL”) under an indefinite contract. Among his duties as General Technical Manager, Mizzi was negotiating with Burmeister and Wain Scandinavian Contractor (“BWSC”), regarding a consultancy opportunity for a power station project in Delimara. Although ASL had done substantial ground work with BWSC, the latter insisted on Mizzi’s continued involvement in the project. ASL rejected this condition, leaving the Advisory and Cooperation agreement unsigned. During his tenure, Mizzi fell ill and subsequently resigned. Following his departure, it was discovered that Mizzi had independently pursued the tender project with BWSC, acting as its representative through his own company, Typeset Company Limited. ASL alleged that Mizzi had manipulated the situation for personal gain, utilising confidential information obtained during his employment. Consequently, ASL initiated legal proceedings against Mizzi, claiming a breach of his employment contract and fiduciary duties. By order of the First Hall Civil Court on 12 November 2019, Typeset Company Limited was called in as a ‘kjamata in kawza’, recognising that the company played a significant role in the disputed transactions. On October 4, 2023, the First Hall Civil Court ruled that Mizzi had breached his fiduciary duties, awarding damages of €1,697,658.25 to ASL, equivalent to the commission Mizzi earned from BWSC. Following this judgement, Mizzi appealed on the grounds that the Court of First Instance had erred in its application of the law concerning fiduciary duties. Decision of the Court of Appeal The Court of Appeal upheld the lower court’s ruling, confirming Mizzi’s breach of fiduciary obligations under Article 1124A of the Civil Code. Crucially, the Court held that fiduciary obligations are not exclusively limited to directors, trustees or formal fiduciaries, but may extend to employees holding positions of trust and influence. The Court determined that Mizzi had breached his fiduciary duties as General Technical Manager by misusing confidential information and exploiting business opportunities gained during his employment with ASL for personal benefit. Specifically, the court noted that Mizzi had used his former position at ASL to divert business opportunities for his personal gain, he had replicated the Advisory and Cooperation Agreement negotiated between ASL and BWSC when later signing a nearly identical agreement through Typeset Company Limited, and he remained bound by fiduciary obligations even after resigning from ASL, as he exploited confidential knowledge obtained during his tenure. With regards to the latter, the Court emphasised that fiduciary obligations continue to apply beyond the termination of employment when confidential information and client relationships are exploited post-resignation. The Court of Appeal further remarked that Typeset Company Limited was instrumental in the breach of fiduciary duties and therefore held it jointly liable for the damages. The court reaffirmed the damages of €1,697,658.25, representing the unjust enrichment resulting from the breach. Relevant Considerations: The Advisory and Cooperation Agreement One of Mizzi’s defences was that no binding Advisory & Cooperation Agreement was ever signed between ASL and BWSC hence, any claim for lost opportunity or profits was unfounded. The Court rejected this argument, noting that Mizzi, while still in employment, had negotiated the essential terms of the agreement with BWSC and later replicated these terms almost identically when signing the agreement through Typeset Company Limited. The Court noted: “L-abbozz tal-Advisory and Cooperation Agreement li kien ser jiġi ffirmat bejn ASL u BWSC huwa identiku bħal l-Advisory and Cooperation Agreement li ġie ffirmat bejn Typeset u BWSC“. Furthermore, despite being seriously ill, and whilst still employed with ASL, Mizzi found the time to discuss his work prospects with a representative of BWSC. In view of this, it was underscored that the absence of a signed agreement between ASL and BWSC did not absolve Mizzi of his fiduciary obligations. Instead, it emphasised that Mizzi had misused confidential information and commercial contacts acquired during his employment with ASL for personal benefit in his dealings with BWSC. Additionally, Mizzi’s argument that ASL voluntarily abandoned the agreement by refusing to sign it was dismissed. The Court highlighted that ASL’s refusal to sign stemmed from BWSC’s insistence that Mizzi be exclusively involved in the project, raising concerns over conflicts of interest, which Mizzi later exploited. Relevant Considerations: Tax Deduction Mizzi contended that the First Court failed to deduct income tax allegedly paid by Typeset Company Limited on the sums received from BWSC. He argued that the damages imposed should have reflected this tax payment. The Court of Appeal found this grievance to be unfounded. It ruled that: “Is-sub inċiż 5 tal-Artikolu 1124A jipprovdi illi persuna soġġetta għall-obbligazzjonijiet fiduċjarji li tikser dawk l-obbligazzjonijiet tkun marbuta li trodd lura kull proprjetà flimkien mal-benefiċċji l-oħra kollha miksuba minnha, sew direttament sew indirettament”. The Court reiterated that the obligation to return benefits derived from a breach of fiduciary duties is comprehensive and unaffected by any tax payments made. The fiduciary’s duty is to restore the principal to the position they would have been in before the breach. Whether Typeset Company Limited might seek tax refunds is a matter external to ASL’s rightful claim for full restitution. Legal Considerations in the Judgment Fiduciary Duties The Court of Appeal, in its reasoning, relied heavily on Article 1124A of the Civil Code, which defines fiduciary obligations. The Court’s interpretation in this case broadened the traditional scope of fiduciary duties. In fact, the Court ruled that by exploiting his unique knowledge and diverting a business opportunity, Mizzi committed a clear breach: “Il-kariga ta’ General Manager timponi doveri u obbligazzjonijiet li jmorru lil hinn mill-obbligazzjonijiet kontrattwali bejn il-general manager u l-prinċipal tiegħu”. It also emphasised that Mizzi’s role endowed him with substantial autonomy and influence: “Huwa evidenti mill-atti li Mizzi kellu livell għoli ta’ diskrezzjoni fix-xogħol tiegħu u kellu mano libera biex jikkomunika mal-klijenti u jagħmel dak li kien l-aħjar, dejjem fl-interess ta’ min iħaddmu” Fiduciary Duties Apply Beyond Directors and Trustees The Court emphasised that fiduciary obligations arise not from formal titles, but from the nature of the duties and the level of trust placed in an individual. Mizzi, as a General Technical Manager, had access to confidential information and key business dealings of ASL, placing him in a position of trust. Quoting Professor Andrew Muscat, the Court reaffirmed: “The duties of loyalty comprise the duty to avoid any conflict of interest, the duty not to receive undisclosed or unauthorized profit from his position or functions, and the duty to act impartially”. The Court also cited the UK Supreme Court’s FHR European Ventures LLP ruling, which underlined the “no conflict rule” and “no profit rule”, stating: “An agent owes a fiduciary duty to his principal because he is someone who has undertaken to act for or on behalf of his principal in a particular matter in circumstances which give rise to a relationship of trust and confidence”. Additionally, the Court applied Recovery Partners GP Ltd v Rukhadze, observing that a fiduciary breaches their duties even if the principal was unlikely to secure the opportunity: “A fiduciary may be in breach by diverting an opportunity even if it is unlikely that the principal will be able to secure that opportunity”. Ultimately, the Court ruled that even though Mizzi was not a director, his role carried fiduciary responsibilities because he was entrusted with confidential company information, had influence over business decisions, and his position gave him access to opportunities that should have benefited ASL. The Court concluded that the decisive factor should not be the title of an individual, but rather the relationship of trust, confidence and the role played by such individual: “Relazzjoni fiduċjarja, min-natura intrinsika tagħha, ma hix relazzjoni ordinarja imma għandha karattru straordinarju… il-fiduċjarju ma hux liberu illi, direttament jew indirettament, ifittex l-interessi personali fil-ħidma tiegħu milquta bl-obbligazzjoni fiduċjarja”. Fiduciary Duties Extend Beyond Employment Another key aspect of the judgment was the Court’s assertion that fiduciary duties do not necessarily end the moment an employee resigns. The Court recognised that Mizzi had already left ASL when he finalised the deal with BWSC. However, because the opportunity arose while he was still employed, and because he used knowledge and connections gained during his employment, he remained accountable for his actions even after resigning under Article 1124A of the Civil Code. Conclusion The Court’s reasoning reinforces that fiduciary duties are determined by the level of responsibility and trust placed in an individual, rather than their job title alone. This judgment also establishes that employees and managers in positions of trust owe fiduciary duties regardless of whether a formal contract explicitly states them. The law imposes fiduciary obligations based on conduct, reliance, and trust, ensuring that individuals in key roles cannot evade responsibility by pointing to technical contract formalities. By affirming who owes fiduciary duties, this judgement marks a significant step forward in strengthening corporate governance principles in Malta. As the Courts continue to develop this area of law, it is important to keep in mind the principle of auctoritas rerum similiter iudicatarum, ensuring that progress is not undone by reverting to overly traditional interpretations. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 16/04/2025. This Law Report was co-authored by Emma Attard Bondi.

The Court of Appeal opines on contingent liabilities in the context of Guarantees of Peaceful Possession

Introduction In ‘Ruth Magro v. Ir-Registratur tal-Kumpanniji’ decided by the Court of Appeal on the 25th of February 2025, the Court of Appeal held that the guarantee of peaceful possession granted by the seller to the buyer in the context of a real estate transaction does not amount to a contingent liability, where such guarantee is not capable of being valued. Facts of the Case In May 1995, the plaintiff purchased a flat in St. Paul’s Bay (the “Property”) from D.A.G. Limited (the “Company”). The Company guaranteed the peaceful possession of the Property to the plaintiff via a general hypothec over all present and future assets of the Company (as seller). In October 2013, the shareholders of the Company unanimously resolved that the Company be dissolved under the Civil Court First Hall’s (the “First Court”) supervision by virtue of Article 265(1) of the Companies Act (Chapter 386 of the Laws of Malta) (the “Companies Act”). Subsequently, on the 11th of February 2014, the First Court ordered that the Company be dissolved and liquidated and for these purposes, appointed the Official Receiver to act as liquidator. Following the completion of the liquidation process, the First Court ordered that the name of the Company be struck off the register of companies. Proceedings before the First Court The plaintiff instituted a case before the First Court in an attempt to reverse the Company’s dissolution and winding up and have the Company reinstated in order for the plaintiff’s right to peaceful possession to be safeguarded. In his testimony, the Official Receiver held that the liquidation process of the Company was relatively straightforward, however admittedly he had not carried out searches in the Public Registry to determine whether the Company owned any immovable property or whether it had granted any general hypothecs in favour of third parties. The plaintiff argued that under Article 300B of the Companies Act, the First Court was under an obligation to order that the name of the Company be restored to the register and the winding up be reopened due to the following considerations: 1) the guarantee of peaceful possession created a contingent liability in the Company’s regard, which should have been taken into consideration during the liquidation process; 2) the liquidator’s failure to properly carry out the necessary searches in the Public Registry is tantamount to an illegality of a material nature; and 3) the reintegration of the company is the only remedy available for the plaintiff to ensure that its right is protected. The Court rejected the plaintiff’s demands on the basis that the liquidator’s failure to carry out the searches was not an illegality of a material nature, and that the general hypothec granted in favour of the plaintiff did not amount to a contingent liability. The Article 300B procedure under the Companies Act Article 300B of the Companies Act affords the possibility of a company which has been dissolved and subsequently struck off the register of companies to be reinstated, and for the liquidation to be reopened. The court would proceed to reinstate the company and reopen the liquidation process only when it is satisfied that the winding up and striking off of the company has been vitiated by fraud or illegality of a material nature. The court can only accept such a request where it is satisfied that this is the only remedy available to the aggrieved person making the application. Such process can only be resorted to where an application is made within 5 years from when the company’s name was struck off the register. Proceedings before the Court of Appeal The plaintiff appealed the First Court’s judgement before the Court of Appeal based on two grounds. In the first instance, the plaintiff argued that the First Court should have classified the guarantee of peaceful possession as a contingent liability and secondly, the First Court failed to declare that the liquidator’s failure to uncover the existence of the guarantee of peaceful possession amounts to a material illegality. In her submissions on appeal, the plaintiff made reference to the definition of a contingent liability as found in Black Law’s Dictionary. Summarily, a contingent liability is defined as an obligation which is not fixed and absolute but which, will become absolute on the occurrence of some future and uncertain event. In this respect, the plaintiff submitted to the First Court that the guarantee of peaceful possession fits squarely within this definition in view of the fact that it will only come into play on the happening of a future and uncertain event. The plaintiff further argued that the First Court’s sentence will lead to an unfortunate scenario where any guarantee of peaceful possession that has been granted by a company can be done away with by liquidating the company that granted it. In essence, a company may circumvent its obligations of guaranteeing peaceful possession by opting to dissolve the company. In her submissions, the plaintiff also argued that the First Court failed to explain why the guarantee of peaceful possession does not amount to a contingent liability. The plaintiff submitted that the First Court had stipulated that for a contingent liability to exist, the following requisites must be satisfied: There must be an existing obligation; the obligation must be able to be valued or estimated; and The obligation must be dependent on the happening of an event which may or not occur. The plaintiff argued that the guarantee of peaceful possession satisfied all the three requisites above. In brief, she argued that the guarantee of peaceful possession is an existing obligation which is created as soon as the contract concluding the sale is published. She further argued that the obligation created by this guarantee can easily be valued or estimated. Here, reference was made to Article 1413 of the Civil Code which holds that where a promise of warranty exists and a buyer has been evicted from his property, he shall be entitled to the return of the price, the relevant judicial costs and damages, including the lawful expenses of the contract together with any other lawful expenses which may have been incurred. In so far as the third limb, the plaintiff submitted that this guarantee comes into play whether the buyer is eventually evicted from the Property or not. This clearly illustrates that the obligation created by the guarantee is dependent on whether a future event happens or not, and the fact that no claim has been put forward thus far by the plaintiff, is immaterial to satisfy the third limb of the contingent liability test. The Court of Appeal agreed with the plaintiff’s view that the guarantee of peaceful possession satisfied the criteria to constitute a contingent liability. However, the Court of Appeal held that regard must be had to the First Court’s analysis regarding how plausible the occurrence of the contingent liability is. Reference was made to Roy Goode, who concluded in his analysis that the key factor in determining whether a contingent liability exists is whether there is a realistic prospect of the contingency occurring. In applying Roy Goode’s theory to the current case, the Court of Appeal noted that the plaintiff has held ownership of the property for nineteen years without any allegations from third parties challenging her title. Nor is there any evidence to show that the title was defective. In this respect, the Court of Appeal stated that the possibility of the plaintiff’s title being challenged was based on a remote hypothesis rather than on any tangible evidence. In the Court of Appeal’s view, this possibility was so remote that it was not necessary for it to be assigned a value, and it is in this context that the guarantee of peaceful possession should be valued, rather than on a valuation based on the purchase price of the property or the property’s present or future value. Therefore, if the liquidator had to assign a value to the guarantee of peaceful possession it would, in the current circumstances be negligible. Conclusion The Court of Appeal’s decision provides significant insights into the nature of contingent liabilities in the context of guarantees of peaceful possession, particularly the importance of how contingent liabilities should be valued. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 23/04/2025.

The validity of post-insolvency transactions: Interpreting Article 31(1) of the EU Regulation on Insolvency Proceedings

On 27th March 2025, the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) delivered a ruling in the case Matthäus Metzler, acting as insolvency practitioner in insolvency proceedings vs. Auto1 European Cars BV (Case C‑186/24) concerning the interpretation of Article 31(1) of Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings (the “Insolvency Regulation”). The request was made in proceedings between Mr Matthäus Metzler (the “Plaintiff”), acting as insolvency practitioner in insolvency proceedings opened against a debtor, and Auto1 European Cars BV (the “Defendant”) concerning the payment to the insolvency estate of an amount corresponding to the market value of a vehicle sold by the debtor to the Defendant after the opening of the insolvency proceedings. Facts of the Case The request originated from insolvency proceedings initiated in Austria against a debtor, with the Plaintiff being appointed as the insolvency practitioner. After the commencement of these proceedings, the debtor, in his own name, concluded a contract of sale of a vehicle to the Defendant, a company based in the Netherlands, without the Plaintiff’s knowledge or consent. The contract of sale was concluded at the Defendant’s branch in Austria. The proceeds from this sale, amounting to €48,870, were not directed to the insolvency estate.​ The Plaintiff contended that the amount of €48,870 belonged to the insolvency estate on the ground that the contract of sale was concluded after the opening of the insolvency proceedings and that the transaction was therefore invalid under Austrian insolvency law, which stipulates that assets acquired post-insolvency fall under the control of the insolvency practitioner. Given that the Defendant re-sold the vehicle to a third party, the Plaintiff brought an action before the Austrian courts seeking compensation in favour of the insolvency estate corresponding to the selling price of that vehicle, also seeking the recovery of the vehicle’s market value, namely €62,261, from the Defendant, on the basis that that the payment made to the debtor for the sale should have been made to the insolvency estate.​ The Defendant disputed the claim on the basis, inter alia, of Article 31 of the Insolvency Regulation. They contended that that claim could only be enforced against it if it had been aware of the opening of the insolvency proceedings when the vehicle in question was purchased. The Higher Regional Court of Linz upheld the applicability of this article since the Defendant did not have all the relevant information regarding the opening of the insolvency proceedings. The Plaintiff brought an appeal against that decision before the Supreme Court of Austria (the “Referring Court”). In support of that appeal, the Plaintiff submitted that Article 31 of the Insolvency Regulation was not applicable because that provision presupposes that an obligation had been honoured on the basis of a valid legal act, which was not the case here in the light of the applicable Austrian insolvency law. In addition, he argued that the foreign element required by Article 31 of the Insolvency Regulation was lacking since the obligation referred to in the contract of sale at issue was honoured in Austria. The Referring Court noted that according to Austrian law, legal acts concluded by the debtor after the opening of insolvency proceedings which affect the insolvency estate are to be unenforceable against the insolvency creditors. In those circumstances, if an asset were to be removed from that estate by reason of a legal act which is unenforceable against creditors, then that asset could be recovered. In light of the above, the Supreme Court of Austria referred the following question to the CJEU for a preliminary ruling:​ Does Article 31(1) of the Insolvency Regulation encompass obligations arising from legal transactions concluded by the debtor after the opening of insolvency proceedings and the transfer of powers to the insolvency practitioner, which should have been honoured for the benefit of the insolvency estate?​ Considerations of the CJEU The Insolvency Regulation governs cross-border insolvency proceedings within the EU. Article 31(1) specifically addresses situations where an obligation has been honoured in a Member State for the benefit of a debtor who is subject to insolvency proceedings opened in another Member State, when it should have been honoured for the benefit of the insolvency practitioner in those proceedings. In this case, the person honouring the obligation shall be deemed to have discharged it if he was unaware of the opening of the proceedings. Moreover, the Regulation states that the law applicable to insolvency proceedings and their effects shall be that of the Member State within the territory of which such proceedings are opened. The CJEU examined whether Article 31(1) encompasses obligations arising from transactions entered into by the debtor after the commencement of insolvency proceedings. The court noted that the regulation aims to protect third parties who, unaware of the insolvency proceedings, make payments to the debtor in good faith. However, this protection is not absolute.​ The CJEU emphasized that once insolvency proceedings are opened, the debtor’s capacity to manage assets is typically restricted, and the insolvency practitioner assumes control. Therefore, transactions conducted by the debtor without the practitioner’s involvement may not be valid, and payments made in such contexts may not discharge the obligation unless the payer was unaware of the insolvency.​ The CJEU also stated that the concept of an ‘obligation honoured’ includes the honouring of an obligation arising from a legal act which is subsequent to the opening of insolvency proceedings and to the transfer of powers to the insolvency practitioner, provided that such a legal act is enforceable, in accordance with the law of the State of the opening of those proceedings, against the creditors who are parties to such proceedings. Recognising the debt-discharging effect of the honouring of an obligation based on a legal act which is unenforceable against the creditors who are parties to those proceedings, under the law of the State of the opening of such proceedings, would go beyond the protection of the good faith of third parties intended by the EU legislature. In that situation, the third party would be protected from any claim brought against him or her by the insolvency practitioner on the ground of unjust enrichment. In the present case, Austrian law provides that legal acts concluded by the debtor after the opening of insolvency proceedings which affect the insolvency estate are to be unenforceable against the creditors who are parties to those proceedings. It would follow that the deed of sale concluded by the debtor with the Defendant, after the opening of the insolvency proceedings concerning him, would be unenforceable under Austrian law, which is for the referring court to assess. Should that be the case, Article 31(1) of the Insolvency Regulation would not apply. CJEU’s Ruling In view of the above and in accordance with the purpose of the Insolvency Regulation, the CJEU, in response to the question referred, concluded that Article 31(1) must be interpreted as meaning that obligations honoured for the benefit of a debtor who is subject to insolvency proceedings, when they should have been honoured for the benefit of the insolvency practitioner in those proceedings, also include the honouring of an obligation arising from a legal act concluded by the debtor after the opening of those insolvency proceedings and the transfer of the administration of the assets to the insolvency practitioner, provided that such a legal act is enforceable, in accordance with the law of the State of the opening of those proceedings, against the creditors who are parties to such proceedings. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 30/04/2025.

Salvage claims and debt recovery: Legal perspectives on compensation obligations

Introduction In ‘Sandy Yacht Marina Limited v. Bastiment M/Y Leymour’ decided by the First Hall of the Civil Court (the “Court”) on 27th March 2025, the Court held that defining whether services qualify as ‘salvage’ is a key consideration to make when determining the payment of salvage services. Facts of the Case On April 27th 2018, the Malta-flagged M/Y Leymour (the “Vessel”) was moored in the Sandy Yacht Marina when suddenly, the Vessel started slowly sinking due to it taking on water. Immediately after noticing the sinking Vessel, employees of Sandy Yacht Marina Limited (the “Plaintiff”) started aiding the Vessel to halt further damage being done and to prevent it from becoming completely submerged. The cause of the Vessel’s partial sinking was determined by the Court under separate proceedings in the names of ‘Barra Scuba Limited v. Marine Services Limited et’ whereby the defendant failed to provide maintenance services of industry standards. Following the completion of the services by the Plaintiff, an invoice for €11,800 was issued to Barra Scuba Limited (the “Defendant”) as the registered owners of the Vessel. The Defendant did not agree with the facts as presented by the Plaintiff and with the amount being invoiced to them. The Plaintiff held that the Defendant did not effect the payment despite multiple efforts made by the former. The Defendant did not agree with the amount invoiced as they argued that most of the assistance and services were carried out by their own representatives and employees. Proceedings before the Court Through their application, the Plaintiff held that their claim fell under Article 742B(j) and (k)(ii) of the Civil Code (Chapter 12 of the Laws of Malta). These sub-articles allowed the Plaintiff to file an in rem claim directly against Vessel since they respectively relate to “any claim in the nature of salvage operations […]” and “any claim for measures taken to prevent, minimize or remove such damage; and for such compensation of such damage”. The debt due to the Plaintiff was also secured by a special privilege as held under Article 50(d) of the Merchant Shipping Act (Chapter 234 of the Laws of Malta) which concerns “wages and expenses for assistance, recovery of salvage, and for pilotage”. According to the Court, the determination of whether the services carried out by the Plaintiff classified as salvage or not, was the main issue and was the key to resolving this dispute. In reaching its conclusion, the Court looked at multiple definitions of salvage since one is not explicitly provided by the Merchant Shipping Act. Defining Salvage The Court first analysed the definition of salvage as provided in Black’s Law Dictionary, where the following three main factors are identified: The rescue of imperiled property; The property saved or remaining after a fire or other loss, sometimes retained by an insurance company that has compensated the owner for the loss; and Compensation allowed to a person who, having no duty to do so, helps save a ship or its cargo (also known as a ‘salvage award’). The Court then looked at salvage as defined by Lord Justice Kennedy in that it is deemed to be “a service which saves or helps to save a recognised subject of salvage when in danger, if the rendering of such service is voluntary in the sense of being solely attributable neither to pre-existing contractual or official duty owed to the owner of self-property nor to the interest of self-preservation”. In order to ensure a comprehensive understanding of the concept of salvage, it referred to the International Salvage Convention of 1989 which defines a salvage operation as “any act or activity undertaken to assist a vessel or any other property in danger in navigable waters or in any other waters whatsoever”. Following the review of the multiple definitions of salvage, the Court was of the opinion that salvage is determined by the performance of an impromptu and involuntary act from a third party who is not the owner of the vessel in danger. In determining the characteristics which define salvage, the Court referred to the cases of ‘Marine Services Ltd v. Captain Morgan Leisure Ltd u l-Vapur Charlotte Louise’ and ‘Pawlu Buttigieg v. Dr. Tania Sciberras Camilleri noe’ which established the following characteristics which are essential to understanding the concept of salvage: The service must be rendered to a legally recognised subject of salvage; The service must be voluntary; The subject of salvage must be in danger; and The service must be successful. Considerations of the Court The Court thoroughly examined the pricing structure applied by the Plaintiff in charging the Defendant for the salvage services rendered. After careful consideration, the Court determined that the price was calculated in strict accordance with the applicable legal framework governing salvage operations. In particular, the Court took into account the market value of the Vessel, recognizing that the compensation for salvage services must reflect the worth of the property saved as well as the efforts and risks undertaken by the Plaintiff in its role as the salvor. This assessment led the Court to conclude that the Plaintiff’s pricing was fair, reasonable and compliant with the relevant laws and industry standards. Consequently, the Defendant’s plea alleging that the price requested by the Plaintiff was illicit, dishonest or otherwise unjustified was rejected by the Court. The Court found no evidence to support claims of overcharging and emphasized that the Plaintiff’s charges were transparent and legally sound. In delivering its judgment, the Court went further to dismiss all other pleas raised by the Defendant, thereby affirming the Plaintiff’s position in full. The Court declared the Defendant to be indebted to the Plaintiff for the salvage services provided. Accordingly, the Court ordered the Defendant to pay the outstanding invoice amounting to €11,800, as originally invoiced by the Plaintiff. This ruling underscored the Defendant’s obligation to honour the payment in full, thereby concluding the dispute in favour of the Plaintiff and reinforcing the principle that salvage compensation must be respected when properly calculated and justified under the law. Conclusion The Court’s process in reaching its decision places a spotlight on the importance of the classification of services when an outstanding debt is due, particularly when an act of salvage was successfully performed. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 07/05/2025.

Malta Ship Registry to issue electronic certificates effective 1 June 2025

On 12 May 2025, the Merchant Shipping Directorate of Transport Malta issued Merchant Shipping Notice 193, which introduces a significant regulatory development concerning the issuance and legal recognition of statutory certificates by the Malta Ship Registry. With effect from 1 June 2025, the Malta Ship Registry will begin issuing vessel certificates in electronic format, in conformity with the IMO Facilitation Committee Circular – Guidelines for the Use of Electronic Certificates. This initiative underscores Malta’s continued commitment to digital transformation within maritime administration, particularly in light of the Target Digital Maritime Architecture project undertaken by the Malta Ship Registry to digitalise the entirety of its operations, enhancing both regulatory efficiency and environmental sustainability. Legal validity of electronic certificates Pursuant to the Merchant Shipping Act, electronic certificates issued by the Malta Ship Registry shall be deemed original documents and shall carry full legal effect for all navigational, regulatory, and compliance purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, hardcopy certificates issued prior to 1 June 2025 shall retain their validity until the date of expiry and must continue to be maintained on board. Key features of electronic certificates The electronic certificates shall adhere to internationally accepted standards of content, format, and security. Key features include: Compliance with format and content requirements of applicable international conventions; Built-in protection mechanisms against unauthorised alteration or tampering; A unique tracking number to facilitate verification; Continuous accessibility via a secure digital platform; Incorporation of a QR code in lieu of a traditional signature, allowing for online and offline verification; Authentication through ISO/IEC 20248 Digital Signature (DigSig) technology, ensuring document integrity and provenance. Verification mechanism Certificates are to be issued in PDF format and will incorporate a QR Code which is to be used for verification purposes. Verification may be performed in two ways, ether online, by scanning the QR code with any smartphone, or alternatively, offline, by using the DigSig Authenticator app, enabling access to certificate data even without connectivity. Each certificate shall also indicate the name and credentials of the authorised official responsible for authentication. Certificates subject to electronic issuance A non-exhaustive list of certificates eligible for electronic issuance includes: Certificates of Malta Registry, including provisional and renewal forms; Bareboat Charter Registry Certificates; Certificates of Insurance or Financial Security under applicable international conventions; Minimum Safe Manning Certificates; Maritime Labour Convention (MLC) Compliance Declarations; GMDSS Ship Station Licences; Continuous Synopsis Records. A full list is annexed to MS Notice 193 and may be consulted at maltashipregistry.gov.mt. Recommendations for stakeholders Shipowners, operators, technical managers, and other stakeholders are strongly encouraged to (i) review the newly introduced digital certification framework and adapt internal workflows accordingly; (ii) ensure that onboard and shoreside personnel are equipped to retrieve and verify electronic certificates; and (iii) retain a copy of MS Notice 193 onboard vessels to facilitate inspection by Port State Control and third-party auditors. Conclusion The recognition of electronic certificates on a global scale represents a significant evolution in maritime regulatory practice. Malta is one of the first registries which has undertaken this initiate to modernize their internal procedures to align with broader industry objectives of technological modernisation and regulatory efficiency.

The interpretation of ‘Pre-Existing Medical Condition’ clauses in travel insurance policies

On 5 February 2025, the Court of Appeal (in its inferior jurisdiction), delivered its final judgment in the case of ‘D.M. v X Insurance’ which related to an appeal filed by X Insurance (the “Insurer”). Facts of the case The case in question related to a travel insurance policy issued by the Insurer to D.M. D.M. had purchased a travel package with Britannia Services Ltd for a trip scheduled to take place between 24 August and 30 August 2022, which included the above-mentioned travel insurance policy. One day prior to her trip, D.M. injured her leg, and due to significant blood loss, was rushed to hospital. She was advised not to travel the next day due to the accident. D.M. accordingly proceeded to cancel her trip and asked the Insurer to satisfy its obligations in terms of the insurance policy, i.e. to reimburse D.M. for the travel costs that she had incurred. The Insurer refused to reimburse D.M. for said travel costs. Merits of the case D.M. lodged a complaint before the Arbiter for Financial Services on 4 August 2023, requesting the Insurer to pay the sum of €1,029 (i.e. the travel costs she had incurred in relation to the cancelled trip). The Insurer stated that it was exempted from making such a payment in terms of the insurance policy (see below). The Arbiter for Financial Services, in its analysis, noted that the Insurer was arguing that D.M.’s condition of varicose veins was tantamount to a ‘pre-existing medical condition’, and that accordingly, it was exempted from making such a payment in terms of the insurance policy. D.M, on the other hand, explained that while she had visited hospital in January 2022 as an outpatient for a consultation regarding varicose veins, this was merely precautionary, and that she had been advised that there was no need to schedule a follow-up precautionary check-up. She furthermore claimed that while she had read the policy documents issued by the Insurer (despite not understanding all the terms), she was never asked to declare whether she had any medical problems. The Insurer quoted certain clauses from the policy, namely the following: The policy clearly stated that ‘any pre-existing medical conditions that exist or have existed within the 12 months from the date of application for cover’ would fall within the list entitled ‘What is not insured?’ The hospital discharge note dated 23 August 2022 clearly stated that D.M. ‘is a 69 year-old known case of varicose veins’. The doctor’s certificate dated 18 September 2023 clearly stated that D.M. suffered from ‘chronic varicose veins’ and that he had sent D.M. for a check-up in 2020. The medical history record presented by D.M. showed that D.M. had attended a number of consultations between 2020 and 2022 in relation to varicose veins. D.M. emphasised that she did not suffer from chronic varicose veins, that she had never had an incident and neither did she take any medication to mitigate any such condition. On 12 April 2024, the Arbiter ruled that the claim should not have been refused by the Insurer on the grounds of ‘any pre-existing medical condition that exist or have existed within the 12 months from the date of application for cover.’ The Arbiter ruled that if the concept of a pre-existing medical condition is extended to cover a condition that a policyholder is not aware of, and that the policyholder in question did not undergo any consultation, this would be too much of a wide interpretation of the term ‘pre-existing medical condition’. The Arbiter ruled that especially with these types of insurance policies, where the tour operator is also the tied insurance intermediary (TII) in question (and therefore there is the possibility of a conflict of interest whereby the tour operator may choose not to properly explain the terms of the policy so as not deter the policyholder from booking their trip with the tour operator in question) it is necessary for there to be more clear communication with policyholders as to what is excluded under travel policies of this nature, also in the Maltese language. The Insurer’s Appeal The Insurer appealed the Arbiter’s decision on 2 May 2024. The Insurer emphasised that the policy clearly stated that ‘any pre-existing medical conditions that exist or have existed within the 12 months from the date of application for cover’ would fall within the list entitled ‘What is not insured?’ and that the 12-month time-frame was not intended to cover medical consultations but pre-existing medical conditions. The Insurer claimed that D.M. had been suffering from varicose veins long before the Insurer issued the policy, and that accordingly this should be considered as a pre-existing medical condition. The Insurer claimed that had D.M. not had a history of varicose veins, the doctor would not have suggested that D.M. cancel her trip following the accident that took place the day before her trip. The Insurer quoted Emmet J. Vaughan and Therese M. Vaughan’s ‘Fundamentals of Risk and Insurance’ and explained the concept of insurance is to cover unexpected risks, and that therefore where a risk is more probable due to the existence of a pre-existing medical condition, such risk should be excluded from the insurance policy in question. The Insurer furthermore submitted to the Court of Appeal that D.M. had indeed received a copy of the policy wording (as well as the exclusions under the policy) and that the despite not understanding all the terms of the policy, she did not seek clarification in this regard. The Insurer also explained that it had following its regulatory obligations and it had also issued the so-called Insurance Product Information Document (IPID). The Court of Appeal upheld the Arbiter’s decision, ruling that while the underlying condition of varicose veins did indeed contribute to D.M.’s loss of blood and the need for her to be rushed to hospital where she was given advice not to travel, the fact remains that it was the accident itself that directly led to D.M. cancelling her trip, and not the underlying varicose veins condition. The Court of Appeal ruled that had D.M. cancelled her trip solely due to the underlying condition of varicose veins, the Insurer would have been correct in disqualifying the claim, but that in this case, the Insurer’s interpretation of the ‘pre-existing medical condition’ clause was too wide. Conclusion The Court of Appeal’s ruling underlines the importance of clear communication at insurance policy sales stage, to ensure that policyholders have understood and are in agreement with the terms of the policy in question. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 14/05/2025.

MFSA revises bancassurance policy in the light of ECJ judgment

On the 16th April 2025, the Malta Financial Services Authority (MFSA) has issued a Circular introducing key regulatory changes affecting bancassurance in response to a 2022 European Court of Justice (ECJ) ruling. In the past, legal entities like banks and employers that provide group insurance (also known as “master policies”) —where these entities act as policyholders and beneficiaries and have the ability to add additional beneficiaries—were not considered to be engaged in insurance distribution. As a result, they were not required to be licensed as insurance intermediaries.  However, the ECJ’s decision in Case C-633/20 redefined the scope of “insurance intermediary” to include entities offering customers voluntary membership in group insurance policies in return for remuneration which entitles such customers to insurance benefits. In light of this, following discussions with stakeholders, the MFSA decided to revise its Bancassurance Policy to allow licensed credit and financial institutions to extend their enrolment as tied insurance intermediaries to include Home Contents, Travel and Private Individual Health insurance.  As a result of this shift, credit and financial institutions can obtain enrolment to carry on tied insurance intermediaries activities in classes of long-term insurance business and in the following classes of general insurance business: Classes 1, 2 and 16 – restricted to payment protection contracts of insurance issued in relation to loan repayments and individual health policies; Classes 8, 9, 13 – related to home policies covering all aspects of residential property ownership; Classes 1, 2, 7, 8, 9, 13, 18 – restricted all types of single or annual travel policies and Classes 14 – restricted to export credit contracts of insurance. Additionally, proposed amendments to Chapters 1 and 2 of the Insurance Distribution Rules will clarify that any entity offering membership in a group insurance policy on a voluntary basis, where insurance benefits are provided and the activity is remunerated, will be required to be enrolled accordingly.  Importantly, the MFSA clarified that not all group policyholders will be caught by these changes and that the changes to Chapter 2 of the Insurance Distribution Rules are without prejudice to the Insurance Distribution (Exemption) Regulations. Beginning 5th May 2025, the MFSA will accept applications for enrolment or extension thereof in the Tied Insurance Intermediaries List for credit and financial institutions to act as tied insurance intermediaries in respect of the contracts of insurance falling within the general insurance business classes identified above. Additionally, entities operating in Malta should review their group insurance policy arrangements and prepare for potential licensing obligations in light of the above key changes to ensure that they are aligned with the revised requirements by 20th of October 2025.

Case Note: CJEU’s Commission v Malta — rethinking citizenship by investment

CJEU rules Maltese naturalisation framework breaches EU law Citation:                          Case C-181/23, CJEU (Grand Chamber), Judgment of 29 April 2025 Case Reference Court:                               Court of Justice of the European Union (Grand Chamber) Judgment date:                 29 April 2025 Case number:                   C-181/23 Parties:                             European Commission (Applicant) v. Republic of Malta (Defendant) Type of Action:                Infringement procedure under Article 258 TFEU Background The case concerns Malta’s 2020 investor citizenship framework, formally called “Citizenship by Naturalisation for Exceptional Services by Direct Investment” or NESDI. Under this framework, foreign nationals could apply for Maltese nationality by making substantial pre-determined financial contributions and fulfilling a residency status requirement of 12 or 36 months.  This judgment follows the Commission’s long-standing objections to what it calls ‘“golden passport” schemes’, particularly those that grant nationality with minimal integration or connection to the granting state. Legal framework Article 20 TFEU: Establishes Union citizenship for all nationals of Member States (MSs), including the right to move and reside freely, vote, receive consular protection, and participate in EU democratic life.             “Every person holding the nationality of a Member State shall be a citizen of the Union. Citizenship of the Union shall be additional to and not replace national citizenship.” (Art. 20(1) TFEU) Article 4(3) TEU: Embodies the principle of sincere cooperation, requiring Member States to assist each other and refrain from actions that could jeopardise EU objectives. Declaration No 2 (TEU): Nationality is to be determined under national law. Malta’s programme – structure In essence, Malta’s 2020 programme required applicants to: pay an exceptional direct investment of €600,000 or €750,000 (depending on the residence route chosen) to the Maltese government as an investment in the country’s development; purchase or lease residential property (min. €700,000 purchase or €16,000/year lease); donate a minimum of €10,000 to a local, regulated charity; reside legally in Malta for 12 or 36 months, with the shorter duration available for an extra €150,000 direct investment; undergo a very strict, multi-tier due diligence process, and; take an oath of allegiance to the Maltese Constitution. The framework capped successful applications at 1,500 main applicants in total. European Commission’s arguments  Transactional nature of nationality According to the Commission, Malta’s framework offered naturalisation “essentially in exchange for predetermined payments or investments” without a genuine link to Malta. It commodified Union citizenship, undermining its essence, when Union citizenship is “destined to be the fundamental status of nationals of the Member States.” Violation of mutual trust The Commission insisted that citizenship confers immediate and direct access to EU rights, and the scheme risks undermining mutual recognition and trust between Member States. “Union citizenship is accompanied by rights conferred directly by the EU legal system… and has a strong civic component… destined to be the fundamental status of nationals of the Member States.” [para. 43] According to the Commission, the scheme breached Article 20 TFEU, which protects the substance of EU citizenship, and Article 4(3) TEU, which requires sincere cooperation. Lack of genuine link The Commission also argued that the Maltese ‘scheme’ lacked the requirement of actual residence, allowing naturalisation based on legal residence only, which could be reduced by additional payments. According to the Commission legal residence under the scheme was largely formal, requiring no actual integration or significant physical presence. The possibility to reduce residence from 36 to 12 months with an additional payment showed the primacy of payment over genuine connection. The process was transactional, not merit- or connection-based, thus undermining the special relationship of solidarity and good faith between a state and its citizens. “A programme of that sort amounts to the commercialisation of the granting of the status of national of a Member State and, by extension, Union citizenship”, the Commission argued (para 100). Promotion of EU rights as benefits The Commission (and the Courts) also chastised authorised agents for promoting EU rights (e.g., free movement, family inclusion) as key selling points. “The scheme was publicly presented… as offering primarily the benefits arising from Union citizenship.” [para. 120] Malta’s defence  National sovereignty Malta insisted that citizenship is a sovereign competence, protected under Article 4(2) TEU, and that the Commission’s approach risked expanding EU powers beyond the Treaties. No rules on genuine links Malta also insisted that there is no EU or international rule on Genuine Links, and no EU obligation to require a prior genuine link.  Malta also argued that the Nottebohm doctrine is not binding on the EU.  Robust framework and safeguards The Maltese framework involved detailed procedures, discretionary decisions, and multi-layered due diligence. Applicants also had to be legally resident, integrate economically, and take an oath of allegiance to the Maltese Constitution.  Overreach According to Malta, the Commission’s interpretation would inappropriately extend EU competences into national lawmaking on citizenship. “The power to confer nationality is at the very core of national sovereignty and is attached closely to the conception and the development of a Member State’s national identity.” [Malta’s submission]  Commercial character denied Malta denied that the process was transactional, arguing that no automatic right to nationality existed and that many applications were refused. “Compliance by an applicant with the requirements does not confer… an automatic right to be naturalised.” [para. 76] Key findings of the Court  Applicability of EU Law to Nationality According to the Court: while nationality is governed by national law, its effects on Union citizenship fall under EU law; Member States must exercise nationality powers in conformity with EU law, especially where Union citizenship is directly affected; “The exercise of Member States’ power to grant nationality… is not unlimited.” [para. 95] “The Court has repeatedly held that Union citizenship constitutes the fundamental status of nationals of the Member States.” [para. 92]  The nature of the programme  The Court found: Malta’s programme to be primarily transactional, given the centrality of payments and the, perhaps, symbolic (in the eyes of the Commission and of the Court) nature of the residency requirement. “That Member State established a transactional procedure which amounts to the commercialisation of the grant of the nationality of a Member State.” [para. 120] that physical presence in Malta was not genuinely required, undermining any serious claim of a real connection. “It cannot be considered that actual residence on that territory was regarded… as constituting an essential criterion…” [para. 108] That the promotional material further supported the view that the scheme’s value lay in its access to EU-wide benefits, not to Malta per se. In Commission v Malta, the CJEU consequently ruled that Malta’s investor citizenship framework breached EU law by turning Union citizenship into a ‘commodity’ – or by ‘commercialising’ EU citizenship (to use the Court’s language).  The Court further held that offering nationality in exchange for money, and thereby obliging other EU MS to recognise that nationality and the EU rights that derive from it, without genuine links to the Member State violated both Article 20 TFEU (Union citizenship) and Article 4(3) TEU (sincere cooperation). This marks a sharp departure from the Advocate General’s Opinion, which emphasised Malta’s sovereign competence in nationality matters and the absence of a “genuine link” requirement in EU law. The Court disagreed and said in its judgement:             “That scheme amounts to the commercialisation of the granting of the status of national of a Member State.” (para. 100)            “Union citizenship… is not compatible with a transactional model of naturalisation.” (para. 99) Notably, the Court also rejected the idea that only systemic or widespread abuses of nationality laws warrant CJEU intervention. Even one Member State, acting unilaterally, can breach EU law if its policies undermine the foundations of Union citizenship, according to the CJEU. According to the Court, therefore: EU citizenship rights are fundamental and not ‘commodifiable’: The Court emphasised the civic and democratic substance of EU citizenship, underlining its foundational role in the Union’s structure; A genuine link is missing: the Court found that Malta’s scheme failed to establish the required “special relationship of solidarity and good ”; The scheme’s transactional nature breached EU law: the scheme amounted to a “transactional naturalisation procedure”—incompatible with EU values and legal obligations. Operative part of the judgment The Court found Malta in breach of its obligations under Article 20 TFEU and Article 4(3) TEU. The Court declared: “By establishing and operating an institutionalised citizenship investment scheme… which establishes a transactional naturalisation procedure in exchange for predetermined payments or investments and thus amounts to the commercialisation of the grant of the nationality of a Member State… the Republic of Malta has failed to fulfil its obligations under Article 20 TFEU and Article 4(3) TEU.” Malta was ordered to pay the costs. Key quotations “Union citizenship is not for sale.” – implicit conclusion from paras. 99–100 “A programme of that sort amounts to the commercialisation of the granting of the status of national of a Member State.” [para. 100] “Union citizenship is one of the principal concrete expressions of the solidarity which forms the very basis of the process of integration.” [para. 93] “The Republic of Malta broke the mutual trust on which Union citizenship is based.” [para. 99] “The actual presence of the applicant was required only on two occasions… biometric data and oath.” [para. 106] Implications This is the first CJEU ruling directly addressing an active investor citizenship programme, reinforcing EU oversight where national citizenship grants EU rights. While evidently not outrightly outlawing such programmes, the decision will undoubtedly influence policy debates and legal reforms in this space. The Maltese government, whilst reassuring existing passport holders that all decisions taken to date remain valid and will not be impacted, was quick to declare its respect for the decision and to state its commitment to review its naturalisation framework in order to bring it in line with the principles laid down in the CJEU decision. According to the Government of Malta: “As always, the Government of Malta respects the decisions of the courts, while at this moment the legal implications of this judgment are being studied in detail, so that the regulatory framework on citizenship can then be brought in line with the principles outlined in the judgment…. It is important to clarify that decisions taken under both the current and the previous legislative framework remain valid.             The Government of Malta takes pride in the wealth generated through this framework over recent years, which enabled the establishment of a national fund for investment and savings to address the needs of both present and future generations. The Government remains committed to continuing to attract the best investment, from which the Maltese and Gozitan people benefit.”

Publication of draft delegated act in terms of the Listing Act

As part of the reforms introduced by the EU Listing Act (“Listing Act”), important amendments have been made to article 17 of the Market Abuse Regulation (“MAR”), specifically in relation to (a) the disclosure of inside information during “protracted processes”, and (b) the delay of disclosure of inside information. These changes will begin to apply from 5 June 2026. Disclosure of inside information during protracted processes Under the amended article 17, issuers will no longer be required to disclose inside information related to intermediate steps in a protracted process. Instead, only the final event or circumstance — and only once it has occurred — must be made public. These intermediate steps are also excluded from the scope of the delayed disclosure regime. To provide further clarity, the European Securities and Markets Authority (“ESMA”) has, on the request of the European Commission, published a final report setting out technical advice under MAR and MiFID II setting out, amongst other things, a draft delegated act (“Delegated Act”) which includes a non-exhaustive list of final events or final circumstances in protracted processes and, for each event or circumstance, the moment when it is deemed to have occurred and must be disclosed according to article 17(1) of MAR. Delay of disclosure of inside information While the regime for public disclosure of intermediate steps in protracted processes has been amended in the sense that disclosure should take place only upon completion of those processes, the Listing Act has maintained the mechanism for delaying the disclosure of inside information, with some amendments to the relevant conditions. Namely, the provision under article 17(4)(b) of MAR whereby “delay of disclosure is not likely to mislead the public” has been replaced by the following: “the inside information that the issuer […] intends to delay is not in contrast with the latest public announcement or other type of communication by the issuer […] on the same matter to which the inside information refers”. The other conditions under article 17(4)(a) and 17(4)(c) of MAR remain unchanged. To ensure legal certainty for issuers and a consistent interpretation of the conditions for delaying the disclosure of inside information, the Delegated Act also includes a non-exhaustive list of situations where it is deemed that there is a contrast between the inside information that the issuer intends to delay and the latest public announcement or other types of communication by the issuer on the same matter to which the inside information refers. Next steps: The European Commission is to adopt the Delegated Act by July 2026.

MFSA seeks industry feedback on EU Banking Package implementation

On the 9 May 2025, the MFSA issued a consultation document on the national transposition and implementation of the Banking Package,1 namely CRDVI2 and CRRIII. While the requirements of CRRIII3 are legally binding and were largely applicable as from 1 January 2025, the provisions of the CRDVI need to be transposed into local legislation and shall apply from 11 January 2026, with a few derogations relating to the third country branches’ framework which shall become fully applicable from 11 January 2027. Both CRD V and CRR III contain provisions that allow for Member State discretion, giving individual Member States the choice of whether or not or how to implement certain measures. Against this background, the main objective of this consultation is to gather the industry’s and other stakeholders’ feedback on the MFSA’s proposed stance on the take up, or otherwise, of such discretions. Feedback is also being requested on several additional elements related to the transposition of CRD VI and the implementation of CRR III, highlighting the MFSA’s proposed approach to certain provisions. It is envisaged that transposition of CRDVI will necessitate an amendment to a broad range of legislation including, amongst others, the Malta Financial Services Authority Act (Cap. 330 of the Laws of Malta), the Investment Services Act (Cap. 370 of the Laws of Malta), the Banking Act (Cap. 371 of the Laws of Malta), the Administrative Penalties, Measures and Investigatory Powers Regulations (S.L. 371.05) and the European Passporting Rights for Credit Institutions Regulations (S.L. 371.11). Additionally, the MFSA anticipates the need for new legislation to regulate third-country branches. It is also expected that related amendments will be undertaken to various Banking Rules. As regards proposals on national discretions, the Consultation Document outlines 4 Member State discretions in the CRDVI text and 2 Member State discretions in the CRRIII text together with the Authority’s proposed approach to each of the discretions. In both instances, the MFSA explains that its proposed approach has been primarily influenced by the principle of proportionality, aiming at ensuring appropriate and adequate application of requirements to local institutions. The consultation remains open until the 6 June 2025. 1 https://www.mfsa.mt/publication/consultation-document-on-the-national-transposition-of-directive-eu-2024-1619-and-implementation-of-regulation-eu-2024-1623-the-banking-package/ 2 Directive (EU) 2024/1619 (“CRDVI”) amending Directive 2013/36/EU as regards supervisory powers, sanctions, third country branches, and environmental, social and governance risks. 3 Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 (“CRRIII”) amending Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as regards requirements for credit risk, credit valuation adjustment risk, operational risk, market risk and the output floor

Arbitration in Malta: Court balances procedure, legislative intent and party autonomy

On 28 April 2025, the Court of Magistrates, presided over by Magistrate Dr Victor G. Axiak, delivered a partial judgment in the case of Nigel Scerri and Ennessee Ltd v. SR Environmental Solutions Ltd. This case raised significant issues on the operation of Article 15(3) of the Arbitration Act (Chapter 387 of the laws of Malta) and the impact of arbitration clauses on the jurisdiction of Maltese civil courts. The case revolves around the correct interpretation of Article 15(3) of the Arbitration Act and the enforceability of arbitration clauses when raised at the preliminary stage but not by separate application. Background and facts: The dispute revolved around unpaid invoices totalling €5,692.21 issued by the plaintiffs: Mr. Nigel Scerri and his company Ennessee Ltd against SR Environmental Solutions Ltd. These invoices derived from two separate contractual arrangements: an Engagement Letter dated 1 November 2019 between Mr. Scerri and SR Environmental, under which he was to render accountancy-related services; and a Secondment Agreement dated 3 August 2022 between Ennessee Ltd and SR Environmental, under which the company was to second an employee for full-time services over a three-year period. While the Engagement Letter contained a forum selection clause in favour of the Maltese civil courts, the Secondment Agreement included a detailed arbitration clause, referring all disputes to the Malta Arbitration Centre and expressly excluding appeals from the final arbitral tribunal awards. Two of the three invoices in question stemmed from the secondment arrangement. The defendant raised several preliminary pleas, including a challenge to jurisdiction based on an arbitration clause in the Secondment Agreement and a claim that one of the invoices fell within the jurisdiction of the Small Claims Tribunal. Preliminary plea and Article 15(3) of the Arbitration Act: The procedural controversy arose because SR Environmental did not file a separate application to stay the proceedings under Article 15(3) of the Arbitration Act. Instead, it included the arbitration objection within its written defence. The plaintiffs objected, arguing that the defendant had waived the right to arbitration by failing to follow the correct procedure: that is, by not filing a separate application before taking any other procedural steps. Article 15(3) of the Arbitration Act provides that: “if any party to an arbitration agreement, or any person claiming through or under him, commences any legal proceedings in any court against any other party to the arbitration agreement or any person claiming through or under him, in respect of any matter agreed to be referred to arbitration, any party to such legal proceedings may at any time before delivering any pleadings or taking other steps in the proceedings, apply to that court to stay the proceedings…” The Court extensively analysed the wording of this provision, drawing comparisons with its equivalents under the UNCITRAL Model Law and the UK Arbitration Act 1996. It observed that the Maltese approach significantly diverges from both, which permits a referral to arbitration provided the request is made no later than the party’s first substantive statement in the proceedings. By contrast, Malta’s version requires that the application be made before any steps in the proceedings, including preliminary pleas. The Court acknowledged that this creates a stricter requirement, placing a procedural burden on the party invoking arbitration. Magistrate Axiak also referred to Article 742(3) of the Code of Organisation and Civil Procedure (Chapter 12 of the laws of Malta), which states that: “The jurisdiction of the courts of civil jurisdiction is not excluded by the fact that there exists among the parties any arbitration agreement, whether the arbitration proceedings have commenced or not, in which case the court, saving the provisions of any law governing arbitration, shall stay proceedings without prejudice to the provisions of sub-article (4) and to the right of the court to give any order of direction.” This Articles allows courts to stay proceedings but confirms that the procedural requirements under Chapter 387 of the laws of Malta take precedence as lex specialis. Judicial philosophy and parliamentary intent: One of the most insightful aspects of this judgment was the Court’s detailed engagement with Parliamentary debates from 1995, when the Arbitration Act was first introduced. Quoting these 1995 debates, the Court noted: “This is a law of utmost importance … aimed at revitalising the use of arbitration in Malta. It is designed to create an efficient and modern framework to encourage parties and lawyers to refer disputes to arbitration and reduce the burden on our courts.” The judgment contextualised the adoption of Article 15(3) as part of this broader policy push to promote arbitration not only as an alternative to litigation but as a primary avenue for efficient dispute resolution. Jurisprudential divergence on Article 15(3): Magistrate Axiak acknowledged that Maltese jurisprudence on this issue has been inconsistent, with two opposing interpretations of Article 15(3): The strict interpretation that arbitration must be invoked through a separate, pre-defence application. If not, the right to arbitration is forfeited. This interpretation favours legal certainty, procedural discipline, and protects the civil court’s jurisdiction from casual challenge and it was followed in one line of decisions including AIS Environmental Ltd v. Transport Malta (02/02/2016) and Zamsul Contractors Ltd v. Pharmacare Premium Ltd (14/06/2012). The flexible more recent interpretation which allows the right to arbitration to be raised within the defence, particularly if it is the first statement on the substance. This approach favours party autonomy and the intention of the contracting parties as expressed in their agreement and it was followed in a contrasting more recent line of decisions, including Clentec Limited v. Ministry of Health (27/03/2019) and Glynn Gareth Clews v. Nadia Ahmad Costa et (15/07/2024). The crux of the interpretive issue lay in the word “may” used in Article 15(3). According to one school of thought – rejected by the Court – this term allows a party to choose both whether and how to invoke arbitration. That is, the party could opt to file a separate application or raise the issue within the defence. The Court endorsed a second, narrower view: the word “may” merely indicates that a party is not compelled to invoke arbitration. However, if it chooses to do so, it must follow the procedure strictly. The discretion lies only in the decision whether to arbitrate, not in how to go about it. Still, in evaluating the specific facts of this case, the Court considered whether the plaintiffs had clearly and unequivocally preserved their right to arbitration, even if they had not followed the ideal procedural route. The Court said that it favours an argument put forward by the First Hall Civil Court in Glynn Gareth Clews v. Nadia Ahmad Costa et (15/07/2024) that a party who fails to file a separate application to stay proceedings cannot be deemed to have tacitly waived its right to invoke the arbitration clause when it has unequivocally shown its intention to preserve that right by raising it as a plea in its reply. Court decision: The Court’s reasoning in this case was not limited to a mechanical application of Article 15(3) – it delved into the deeper legislative intent and interpretive principles surrounding the provision. The Court emphasised that unless it is shown otherwise, the interpretation of legislation must follow the traditional principle: ubi lex voluit, dixit; ubi noluit, tacuit (where the law wished to speak, it did; where it did not, it was silent). In the Court’s view, the wording used in Article 15(3) – that a request to stay proceedings must be made “before submitting any pleas or taking any other step in the proceedings” was deliberate and precise, not an accidental departure from international norms. At the same time, the Court made it all the more important to ensure that Article 15(3) was interpreted functionally and not restrictively, in order to maintain arbitration’s accessibility and effectiveness in line with the legal purpose which the Arbitration Act seeks to fulfil. It maintained that recent case law had trended towards a more flexible, functional approach. The Court therefore confirmed that, where a party raises the arbitration clause at the earliest opportunity in its reply and unequivocally demonstrates its intent to preserve the right, there should be no automatic forfeiture of that right, even if a separate application was not filed. The Court ruled that the claims based on the Secondment Agreement were governed by a valid and binding arbitration clause. The plea was raised at the first opportunity, and the defendant had demonstrated a clear intention to rely on arbitration. Therefore, the Court held that it lacked jurisdiction to hear those parts of the dispute and referred them to arbitration However, the invoice based on the Engagement Letter remained within the Court’s jurisdiction, as that agreement contained a forum clause favouring the civil courts. Legal and practical significance: This case is a landmark in clarifying how Maltese courts balance procedural discipline with respect for arbitration agreements. While the judgement confirms that a party can lose its right to arbitration if it delays or fails to follow proper procedure, it also recognises that form must not override substance when the party’s intent to arbitrate is clear and timely. In the author’s view, this ruling underscores the importance of interpreting arbitration laws in light of their purpose and legislative history, that procedural flexibility, when used appropriately, serves to protect the legitimacy of arbitration and that legal certainty clearly requires a clarification of Article 15(3) of the Arbitration Act as the divergence in our case law creates unnecessary uncertainty. The Court’s balanced approach reflects the evolution of arbitration jurisprudence in Malta, and its intent to position arbitration not as a mere alternative to litigation, but as a primary and respected form of dispute resolution. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 28/05/2025.

ID-DRITT XXXV – Procedural requirements for counterclaims under the ICSID Convention: Consent and connection

Introduction to counterclaims under the ICSID Convention A counterclaim is an independent claim made by a respondent party against a claimant, which reacts and is incidental to the original claim, while also having an objective which extends beyond the mere dismissal of that original claim.1 Therefore, a counterclaim has both a defensive quality which aims at defeating the primary claim, as well as an offensive quality with the simultaneous filing of an independent claim relating to the subject-matter of the dispute.2 The ICSID Convention provides for the bringing of counterclaims under its Article 46, which holds that: Except as the parties otherwise agree, the Tribunal shall, if requested by a party, determine any incidental or additional claims or counterclaims arising directly out of the subject-matter of the dispute provided that they are within the scope of the consent of the parties and are otherwise within the jurisdiction of the Centre.3 Similarly, Rule 40 of the ICSID Arbitration Rules states: Except as the parties otherwise agree, a party may present an incidental or additional claim or counter-claim arising directly out of the subject-matter of the dispute, provided that such ancillary claim is within the scope of the consent of the parties and is otherwise within the jurisdiction of the Centre.4 From the above, it can be inferred that there are three main procedural requirements for a counterclaim to succeed under the ICSID Convention, these being that the counterclaim: a) must arise directly out of the subject-matter of the dispute; b) be within the scope of the consent of the parties; and c) be within the jurisdiction of the International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes.5 As indicated in the travaux préparatoires of the ICSID Convention, the intent behind the counterclaims clause was not the expansion of the jurisdiction of the tribunal.6 Rather, it was to maintain continuity in the ongoing proceedings. This means keeping the same parties and the tribunal engaged in the proceedings that were initiated with the request for arbitration and the original claim, while also incorporating the counterclaim within the same proceedings, without needing to start a separate legal action.7 Indeed, counterclaims are considered as constituting a fundamental element of the respondent state’s right to put forward their case on a par with the investor.8 In this regard, counterclaims enhance procedural economy, ensure consistency in decisions, and thereby facilitate improved administration of justice through the establishment of mutual obligations for the parties.9 Nevertheless, counterclaims are not widely resorted to in investor-state arbitration. While it is typical for a respondent state to incorporate criticisms of the investor’s actions within its defence to claims in investment arbitration, such arguments are seldom presented as counterclaims seeking affirmative relief. The hesitation of states to frame their arguments as counterclaims might stem from their inclination to address affirmative claims within their domestic courts. Additionally, deemed limits to the jurisdiction of international tribunals to hear counterclaims might be a major contributing factor.10 Notably, the use of counterclaims in investment arbitration presents greater challenges in treaty claims when compared to contract claims.11 This is mainly due to the asymmetrical nature of investment treaties, having as their main purpose the protection of investors’ rights.12 On the other hand, contract claims are less problematic since they generally give either party the possibility of asserting claims for breaches made by the other party. These difficulties have contributed to making the upholding of jurisdiction by tribunals over counterclaims rare, and the success of counterclaims even rarer. Indeed, author Ana Vohryzek-Griest has described the history of host state counterclaims as ‘30 years of failure’.13 Against this background, this article will examine issues of jurisdiction and admissibility concerning counterclaims, with a specific focus on the requirements of consent and a connection between the original claim and the counterclaim. In exploring these issues, a number of important decisions will be examined with the purpose of understanding how tribunals have addressed counterclaims based on these criteria. Finally, these insights will be rounded off with some concluding observations on the broader role of counterclaims in investment arbitration. The parties’ consent 2.1. Establishing consent In line with Article 46 of the ICSID Convention and Rule 40 of the ICSID Arbitration Rules, for a tribunal to establish jurisdiction over a counterclaim, there must be the consent of both the host state and the investor. Since it is typically the host state that files the counterclaim, its consent does not usually pose any problems. Indeed, such consent might be included in the relevant investment treaty or in the counterclaim itself. The challenge is then obtaining or determining the existence of the consent of the investor to the counterclaim.14 As mentioned above, ICSID treaty cases with counterclaims differ from ICSID contract cases with counterclaims. Contracts that include an ICSID arbitration clause are bilateral, where both parties agree to fulfil the obligations specified in the contract and consent to ICSID arbitration if disputes arise. Therefore, in ICSID contract cases, the obligations and consent to arbitration are based solely on the contract between the host state and the investor itself.15 As such, the consent of the investor to any counterclaims raised by the host state is easily ascertainable. On the other hand, the legal relationship between the parties in treaty cases is not strictly bilateral. In fact, a key feature of treaty counterclaims is the involvement of three parties: a) the investor’s home state; b) the host state; and c) the investor. Unlike in contract cases where the investor’s obligations, and therefore the basis for the counterclaims, are clearly outlined in the contract itself, counterclaims in treaty cases depend on identifying obligations imposed on the investor under the relevant investment treaty. This may prove difficult given that investment treaties often primarily focus on obligations for the host state. Hence, in treaty cases, consent to arbitration stems from the treaty and the investor’s arbitration request, not a contract.16 The question that arises here is whether the investor’s consent to arbitration, as expressed through the arbitration request, also amounts to consent to counterclaims. It is, however, difficult to imagine why an investor would agree to open themselves up to counterclaims at the stage of submitting the arbitration request, unless they would have given such consent in advance.17 Establishing the investor’s consent to counterclaims is not just a theoretical issue; it can have practical implications for the validity, recognition, and enforcement of the resulting award. Indeed, one of the grounds for annulling an ICSID award, as stated in Article 52 of the ICSID Convention, is the tribunal’s manifest excess of powers. If a tribunal adjudicates a claim outside the scope of the parties’ consent, it may be considered to have manifestly exceeded its authority.18 Nevertheless, none of the provisions under the ICSID Convention specify the manner in which the existence of the investor’s consent in treaty cases should be established. There are three options to consider in relation to this. The three options propose that consent can be secured or determined through: a) the investor’s explicit consent when filing a claim; b) the treaty’s language implying mutual consent for both claims and counterclaims; or c) the investor’s initiation of arbitration automatically implying consent to counterclaims. The first option is that the investor consents to counterclaims upon the filing of their claim against the state. While this is the clearest option, it is uncertain how the state could secure the investor’s consent to a future counterclaim at this stage.19 The second option is by arguing that the investment treaty expressly provides for the consent of both parties to the treaty to the submission of both claims and counterclaims. In the absence of such express provision, it can alternatively be argued that consent could be implied from the language of the treaty’s consent clause, where the use of phrases such as “any dispute” or “all disputes” could be taken to mean that consent is given in relation to counterclaims too. This analysis was in fact made in Saluka v. Czech Republic (“Saluka”)20 and Paushok v. Mongolia (“Paushok”).21 In this option, the consent by the state in the treaty to the submission of both claims and counterclaims to ICSID arbitration, then becomes the investor’s consent with their submission of a request for arbitration. This approach is based on the idea that the arbitration agreement has two instruments; an offer and an acceptance, as highlighted in Roussalis v. Romania (“Roussalis”).22 First, there is an offer to resolve investment disputes through claims and counterclaims under ICSID arbitration – which offer is materialised through the investment treaty entered into between the host state and the investor’s home state. Second, there is an acceptance by the investor of the offer to resolve the dispute through ICSID arbitration – which acceptance materialises through the submission for the request for arbitration.23 The core issue with this approach is determining specifically whether the investor’s readiness to engage in ICSID arbitration by filing a claim also implies their consent to the submission of counterclaims by the host state. Two primary concerns arise in addressing this issue. The first pertains to the clarity of the treaty’s language, and particularly to whether the treaty unambiguously states that disputes can be presented as both claims and counterclaims, or whether the treaty’s wording could be considered as indirectly encompassing both claims and counterclaims. The second concern questions whether the investor needs to explicitly state their consent for the host state to submit a counterclaim.24 The third option for establishing the investor’s consent is based on the premise that the state and the investor both give separate consents for arbitration, in the treaty and in the request for arbitration. This option suggests that even if the treaty’s wording is not very clear, the simple act of initiating the arbitration process implies the investor’s consent to any counterclaims that may be raised by the respondent state.25 Therefore, according to this option, and as held in Goetz v. Burundi II (“Goetz II”)26, the language of the treaty is not very important.27 Moreover, as outlined by Professor Michael Reisman in his dissenting opinion in Roussalis, the necessary consent would be ipso facto imported upon the institution of ICSID arbitration by the investor.28 The main concern with this approach is whether ICSID tribunals would feel comfortable with accepting that an investor’s consent to counterclaims is automatically incorporated through the initiation of the arbitration process, without a detailed interpretation of the treaty.29 In fact, a possible interpretation of Article 25 of the ICSID Convention, which requires that the disputing parties provide written consent to submit their dispute to ICSID arbitration, is that, under Article 46 of the ICSID Convention (which is based on Article 25 of the ICSID Convention), consent to the submission of an ICSID counterclaim must also be explicit and in writing, rather than implied.30 2.2. ICSID case law on consent in investment treaty counterclaims 2.2.1. Early ICSID treaty cases In early ICSID treaty cases involving counterclaims – such as Genin v. Estonia31, Mitchell v. Democratic Republic of the Congo32, and Desert Line v. Yemen33 – tribunals refrained from examining whether the counterclaims met the jurisdictional requirements of the ICSID Convention.34 This is despite their clear obligation to do so, as outlined in Article 46 of the ICSID Convention and the Convention’s travaux préparatoires.35 On the other hand, the tribunals in Sempra v. Argentina36 (“Sempra”) and Hamester v. Ghana37 (“Hamester”) began to explore this issue more deeply, setting the stage for later, more detailed analysis. The tribunal in Sempra expressly referred to its obligation to examine whether the counterclaims met the jurisdictional requirements of the ICSID Convention while dealing with Argentina’s arguments regarding the losses it expected the investor to bear. The tribunal stated that Argentina had the right to raise a counterclaim, provided that any allegations fell within the tribunal’s jurisdiction and could potentially constitute a breach of the relevant bilateral investment treaty (“BIT”). However, the tribunal observed that Argentina did not exercise this right to submit a counterclaim. Moreover, in Hamester the tribunal briefly considered whether the parties’ consent to ICSID arbitration under Article 46 of the ICSID Convention might also include consent to counterclaims by the host state. Although Ghana had not provided enough legal foundation for its counterclaim, the tribunal hinted that, based on a structural reading of Article 12 of the Germany-Ghana BIT, the possibility of hearing the counterclaim existed.38 The tribunal first recognised that the arbitration clause in Article 12(1) of the BIT was limited to disputes concerning the treaty obligations of one party (the host state) in relation to an investment of a national or company of the other party (the home state). However, it also acknowledged that Articles 12(3) and (4) of the BIT, through the use of the phrase ‘aggrieved party’, allow either party, including the host state, to submit disputes to arbitration.39 Although the tribunal ultimately denied jurisdiction over the counterclaim, it preliminarily analysed the scope of consent to arbitration from the BIT’s language. This suggests that the tribunal deemed that the counterclaim could potentially have been heard based on an analysis of the relevant BIT provisions, and not due to any implicit or automatic right to submit counterclaims.40 Sempra and Hamester serve as a significant prelude to the more recent and pivotal ICSID treaty counterclaim cases. Since 2011, investment treaty cases have thoroughly examined the jurisdictional requirements for hearing counterclaims. A review of such cases, nevertheless, shows that the options for establishing the investor’s consent discussed in Section 2.1 have led to diverging interpretations by tribunals as to whether general consent to ICSID arbitration could be interpreted as also constituting ipso facto consent to counterclaims. The tension principally lies between: a) the view held in Roussalis, Saluka, Paushok, and Inmaris v. Ukraine (“Inmaris”)41 that the presence, or otherwise, of consent to counterclaims in the arbitral agreement necessitates a case-by-case examination; and b) the view held in Goetz II where the doctrine of ipso facto importation of consent is followed. This tension between interpretations will be more effectively illustrated in the following sections through a discussion of primary cases on the matter, namely Roussalis and Goetz II. 2.2.2. Roussalis v. Romania In Roussalis, the majority of the tribunal found that the parties had not consented to having the state’s counterclaims arbitrated. This decision was based on the narrow wording of the dispute resolution clause of the Greek-Romanian BIT. The tribunal held that through the wording ‘disputes… concerning an obligation of the latter’,42 Article 9(1) of the Greek-Romanian BIT limited the jurisdiction of the tribunal to claims brought by investors with regards to obligations of the host state. Because of this, it was found that counterclaims by the respondent state with regards to obligations of the investor were not provided for under the underlying BIT.43 The tribunal also held that when the relevant BIT places obligations solely on the contracting states and designates the BIT itself as the applicable law, the tribunal lacks jurisdiction over counterclaims.44 It clarified that for its jurisdiction to extend towards state’s counterclaims, ‘the arbitration agreement should refer to disputes that can also be brought under domestic law.’45 Moreover, it was held that the presence of an umbrella clause in the BIT did not alter this stance.46 As a result, the tribunal rejected jurisdiction over the counterclaim. In this case, the tribunal meticulously adhered to the principles of textual interpretation, interpreting terms within the underlying BIT based on their ordinary meanings.47 However, one arbitrator, Professor Reisman, issued a dissenting opinion arguing that the tribunal should have recognised its jurisdiction to hear the counterclaim. Reisman noted: [I]n my view, when the States Parties to a BIT contingently consent, inter alia, to ICSID jurisdiction, the consent component of Article 46 of the Washington Convention is ipso facto imported into any ICSID arbitration which an investor then elects to pursue.48 Moreover, Reisman highlighted the importance of recognising that the tribunal’s jurisdiction over the counterclaim benefits both the respondent state and the investor. He argued that by rejecting ICSID jurisdiction over counterclaims, a neutral tribunal, chosen by the investor, essentially compels the respondent state to pursue its claims in its domestic courts, where the investor, initially seeking an external forum, becomes the defendant. This could lead to situations where, following an adverse judgement, the investor initiates another BIT claim. In Reisman’s opinion, apart from resulting in added costs and inefficiencies, such outcomes seem counterintuitive to the purpose of international investment law.49 Considering all this, one notes that while the majority of the tribunal in Roussalis based its decision with regards to jurisdiction primarily on the phrasing of the dispute resolution clause of the underlying BIT, the dissenting arbitrator relied on Article 46 of the ICSID Convention and emphasised broader policy considerations.50 2.2.3. Goetz v. Burundi II Shortly after the decision in Roussalis, Goetz II sparked a new debate. This is largely because both cases dealt with the same issue but reached completely different outcomes. The Goetz II tribunal adopted Professor Reisman’s approach – relating to the doctrine of ipso facto importation of consent.51 In this case, the tribunal determined that Burundi’s counterclaim satisfied the requirements under Article 46 of the ICSID Convention and Rule 40 of the ICSID Arbitration Rules. It reasoned that by entering into the BIT, which includes in its Article 8 a provision for the settlement of disputes through ICSID arbitration, Burundi accepted that disputes would be settled according to the conditions and procedures contained in the ICSID Convention. This encompasses presenting ancillary claims or counterclaims during the proceedings. The tribunal further held that by accepting the offer to arbitrate, the claimants also accepted the same framework.52 The tribunal emphasised that the absence of a provision in the BIT explicitly empowering the tribunal to examine counterclaims was irrelevant. Citing Professor Reisman’s dissenting view in Roussalis, it affirmed that when state parties to a BIT consent to ICSID jurisdiction, the consent element of Article 46 of the ICSID Convention is automatically applied to subsequent ICSID arbitrations pursued by the investor.53 The tribunal also concluded that diversion from this approach would contradict both the letter and the spirit of the ICSID Convention. This is because it would encourage a host state to resort to domestic courts for settling counterclaims that relate to the same dispute presented before the ICSID tribunal by the investor. In turn, this could compel dissatisfied investors to challenge the judgements obtained by states in this manner through fresh requests for arbitration, which would complicate the settlement of investment disputes.54 Given this rationale, the tribunal affirmed its jurisdiction over the counterclaim and held it admissible. 2.2.4. Comparing the diverging interpretations in Roussalis and Goetz II From a strict textual analysis, the BIT in Goetz II appears to offer more flexibility for a tribunal to determine its jurisdiction over the host state’s counterclaims than the one in Roussalis. The Belgium-Burundi BIT holds that the state parties consent to ‘any’ investment dispute, implying that this encompasses counterclaims directly related to the original dispute’s subject matter.55 Contrastingly, there were challenges to reaching a similar conclusion as the one in Goetz II when interpreting the language of the Greek-Romanian BIT. Specifically, such BIT raises questions about whether initiating arbitration under it also means consenting to the tribunal’s jurisdiction to consider counterclaims from the host state related to obligations owed by the investor.56 Having said this, the Goetz II tribunal did not cite the contrasting treaty language between the Belgium-Burundi BIT and the Greece-Romania BIT as justification for its conclusions and departure from Roussalis.57 Indeed, while the majority in the Roussalis tribunal considered that Article 9(1) of the Greece-Romania BIT restricts jurisdiction to claims by investors concerning obligations of the host state,58 the Goetz II tribunal grounded its jurisdiction on Article 46 of the ICSID Convention and Rule 40 of the ICSID Arbitration Rules.59 This divergence is noteworthy, and the trajectory of this issue in the future remains uncertain. Having said this, so far, most tribunals appear to have preferred the approach of examining whether the treaty provides for consent to counterclaims by analysing its language.60 The connection between the claim and the counterclaim 3.1. The requirement of a close connection Apart from the consent requirement, it is generally accepted that there must be a connection between the claim and the counterclaim in an investment arbitration. In this regard, Article 46 of the ICSID Convention and Rule 40 of the ICSID Arbitration Rules require that a counterclaim arises ‘directly out of the subject-matter of the dispute’.61 This requirement is clarified in the Notes to the ICSID Arbitration Rules, which hold that: [t]he test to satisfy this condition is whether the factual connection between the original and the ancillary claim is so close as to require the adjudication of the latter in order to achieve the final settlement of the dispute.62 A distinction is not always drawn by tribunals as to whether the connection requirement is a jurisdictional or admissibility requirement. Nevertheless, as will be discussed, various decisions have established this requirement as one of the prerequisites for the acceptance of jurisdiction by a tribunal over a counterclaim63 or for the counterclaim to be deemed admissible. 3.2. Establishing a close connection 3.2.1. Challenges in establishing a close connection Assessing whether a counterclaim arises directly from the subject-matter of the dispute involves first identifying the core subject-matter of the dispute and then determining whether the counterclaim is connected to that same subject-matter. To identify the subject-matter, a logical approach is to analyse the dispute and pinpoint the investments at issue in such dispute. This may include various types of assets typically outlined in investment treaties, such as contracts, concessions, shares, and interests in companies.64 Certain counterclaims make it more straightforward for the tribunal to determine that they are closely connected to, or that they arise directly out of the subject-matter of, the original dispute. In fact, the challenge of establishing whether the counterclaim stems from the subject-matter of the original dispute is generally straightforward when the dispute involves a contract allegedly breached by the host state, and the counterclaim asserts that it was, in fact, the investor who breached the contract. Similarly, if the counterclaim relates to damages or costs arising from alleged non-compliance with a contract relied on by both parties, the link is clear. These scenarios were indeed evident in Inmaris and Goetz II. In Inmaris, the tribunal noted that the respondent’s counterclaim for costs incurred in maintaining a vessel during the winter months in Ukraine was tied to the original dispute submitted by the claimant, which concerned a commercial use agreement over a vessel.65 As such, it was clear that the counterclaim arose directly from the subject-matter of the original dispute.66 In Goetz II, both the claim and the counterclaim were connected by a common instrument: a bank operating certificate. The claimant argued that the unfair revocation of the certificate violated the investment treaty, while the respondent counterclaimed that the claimant’s bank had failed to meet its obligations under the same certificate. Consequently, the tribunal found a direct link between the subject-matter of the dispute and the counterclaim, both revolving around the bank operating certificate.67 However, the complexity increases when the dispute involves an ICSID treaty claim rather than an ICSID contract claim, and the counterclaim is not based on an instrument, such as a contract, already invoked by the investor.68 Tribunals encounter even more difficulty when the counterclaims raised by the state respondent allege breaches of domestic law. In fact, the decisions of tribunals on this matter have been diverse. As will be explored in more detail in the following section, in cases like Roussalis, Saluka, and Paushok, the tribunals held either that; a) the dispute and the counterclaim were distinct, or b) there was a failure to meet the close connection criterion when the respondent states alleged breaches of their domestic laws.69 3.2.2. The examination of the connection requirement by tribunals Although Saluka is a UNCITRAL case, its relevance to the current discussion stems from its extensive citation in other decisions concerning the connection requirement for counterclaims and the substantial criticism it garnered. In Saluka, the tribunal rejected jurisdiction over the counterclaim based on a lack of a close connection between the original claim and the counterclaim.70 Additionally, it declined jurisdiction as the counterclaim related to obligations under Czech law rather than the underlying BIT,71 and because the Share Purchase Agreement allegedly breached referred to a different forum.72 In elucidating that a close connection is a ‘condition customarily governing the relationship between claims and counterclaims’,73 the tribunal highlighted that this requirement is a prevalent legal principle found in the ICSID Convention, the UNCITRAL Rules, and the Iran-US Claims Settlement declaration, even though these instruments employ distinct counterclaim terminology.74 On this basis, it relied heavily on previous decisions by ICSID tribunals and the Iran-US Claims Tribunal, despite that the arbitration was governed by the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules.75 Based on the arbitration provision within the relevant BIT, the tribunal determined that the parties consented to the bringing of counterclaims for its consideration. However, it concluded that the specific disputes prompting the respondent’s counterclaim were either addressed by a distinct arbitration agreement within the parties’ contractual agreement or lacked a close enough connection to the subject matter of Saluka’s original claim.76 Consequently, the tribunal ruled that it lacked jurisdiction over those specific counterclaims. The restrictive approach taken in Saluka faced criticism, mainly due to the tribunal’s heavy reliance on the rationale set out in Klöckner v. Cameroon (“Klöckner”). In Klöckner, the tribunal had concluded that a close connecting factor existed between the claim and the counterclaim since their subject-matters were ‘indivisible’ and ‘interdependent’.77 Taking a straightforward interpretation and by endorsing the terminology used in Klöckner, the tribunal in Saluka determined that the dispute underlying the counterclaim should be resolved using Czech law procedures rather than procedures arising from treaty-based investment protection. This decision was taken because the counterclaim was not considered as: a) forming an ‘indivisible whole’ with the original claim; b) invoking obligations that shared with the original claim ‘a common origin, identical sources, and an operational unity’; or c) being ‘interdependent’ with the original claim for the purposes of achieving a singular objective.78 Another reason for the criticism directed towards Saluka was that the UNCITRAL Rules which governed the proceedings did not include the specific requirements of indivisibility and interdependence as highlighted in Klöckner,79 making the test applied in Saluka too stringent. As will be discussed in Section 3.3., insisting on strict legal unity between the claim and the counterclaim for the purposes of the connection requirement seems unwarranted when taking into consideration the predominant unilateral nature of obligations within investment treaties.80 This is why critiques of Saluka argue that the tribunal should have prioritised the terms of the investment treaty, which refer to claims ‘concerning an investment’.81 When considering such wording, one notes that there is no indication that a stricter interdependence test with the original claim is essential.82 Therefore, the broad declarations from Klöckner should not have been viewed as a ‘general expression of the law’.83 Notwithstanding the criticisms received, the principles established in Saluka still influenced subsequent rulings. For example, the rationale of the Saluka tribunal was extensively cited in Paushok. In this case, the arbitrators determined that they must examine the jurisdiction to entertain counterclaims based on whether there exists a close connection between the counterclaims and the original claim, or whether the counterclaims fall under the general laws of the respondent state.84 The view taken in Paushok was that a counterclaim rooted in a host state’s domestic law cannot be closely linked to an investor’s claim. Therefore, it was found that there is no justification for simultaneously addressing such a claim and counterclaim together.85 On this basis, the tribunal found no close connection86 and, as a result, declined jurisdiction over the counterclaims. The same approach was also followed by the tribunal in Amto v. Ukraine50 (“Amto”). In this case, the tribunal noted that its jurisdiction over a state party’s counterclaim under an investment treaty depends on the specific dispute resolution provisions of the treaty, the nature of the counterclaim, and the connection between the counterclaims and the claims in the arbitration.50 The tribunal highlighted that, according to Article 26(6) of the Energy Charter Treaty, the applicable law includes the treaty itself, along with the relevant rules and principles of international law. Therefore, it held that for the counterclaim to be successful it must be based on the same legal basis.50 3.3. The factual and legal basis for the connection between the claim and the counterclaim From the above discussion, it is clear that according to Saluka, Paushok, and Amto the connection between the claim and the counterclaim must not only be on a factual basis, but also on a legal basis, meaning that the claim and the counterclaim must arise out of the same legal instrument or cause of action.90 However, it is noted that while the investor’s claim is usually based on a breach of a treaty obligation, counterclaims are often based on the investor’s violation of contractual provisions or the law of the host state. Since the obligations in investment treaties are mostly unilateral, states usually have no other choice than to base their counterclaims on a different source.91 This means that legal connectedness rarely exists in practice.92 Therefore, a strict application of the criteria for admitting counterclaims in this manner, that is, by requiring an indivisible connection between a claim and a counterclaim on the basis of both facts and law, creates a problem. This makes the connection requirement too stringent, and it will almost be impossible for the tribunal to admit a state counterclaim in investment treaty arbitration by following this approach. Fortunately, it seems that both arbitral practice and scholarship have shifted to a point where strict legal identity between claims is no longer necessary for the requirement of a close connection to be fulfilled.93 According to one view, what tribunals should deal with is counterclaims related to the same investment, this being the subject-matter of the dispute.94 This appears to have indeed been the approach in Goetz II, Urbaser v. Argentina95 (“Urbaser”), and Burlington v. Ecuador96 (“Burlington”). In Goetz II, as discussed above, the tribunal determined that the counterclaim stemmed from the same bank operating certificate, which was also central to the investment under contention, directly linking it to the dispute’s subject matter.97 The same approach was followed in Urbaser, wherein the respondent raised a counterclaim that was not based on the BIT governing the claimant’s claim, but instead relied on human rights law, specifically the international right to water.98 In this case, the tribunal found that it had jurisdiction to hear the counterclaim and deemed it admissible on the basis of the existence of a factual connection between the original claim and the counterclaim, both of which revolved around the same investment, or the alleged lack of investment, in relation to the same concession.99 Here, the tribunal also emphasised that it would be entirely inconsistent to decide on the claimant’s claim concerning their investment in one manner and then address the counterclaim related to the same investment through a separate proceeding in a different manner.100 Furthermore, it was stressed that such a potential inconsistency in outcomes is incompatible with the principle of reasonable administration of justice.101 Similarly, in Burlington, the tribunal confirmed that the respondent’s counterclaims satisfied the requirements of Article 46 of the ICSID Convention since they ‘arose directly out of the subject-matter of the dispute, namely Burlington’s investment”.102 An alternative view suggests that the close connection criterion is fulfilled when there exists a factual nexus between the original claim and the counterclaim.103 This view is supported by Pierre Lalive and Laura Halonen, who hold that: there is no reason to imply a requirement of a legal connection into the term ‘subject-matter’… It should be enough that the claims and counterclaims arise directly out of the same subject-matter as a matter of fact.104 To bolster their stance, Lalive and Halonen cite the Notes to the ICSID Arbitration Rules which state that the connection requirement is satisfied when there is a close factual connection between the original claim and the counterclaim.105 This view is also shared by Zachary Douglas who maintains that ‘the scope of a tribunal’s jurisdiction to determine counterclaims by the host State ultimately depends upon a factual nexus between the dispute submitted by the claimant and the counterclaim’.106 This perspective, therefore, aligns more closely with the wording of Article 46 of the ICSID Convention.107 Conclusion The issue of counterclaims in investment arbitration remains complex and contentious, as demonstrated by the evolving jurisprudence and ongoing policy debates. While it is clear that respondent states have the right to raise counterclaims, successfully doing so – both in terms of jurisdiction and on the merits – has been rare. The jurisprudential landscape underscores two pivotal criteria that tribunals must grapple with to assert jurisdiction over a counterclaim: a) the mutual consent of the parties involved and b) a close connection between the original claim and the counterclaim. However, the interpretation of these requirements, particularly in treaty cases, exhibits notable discrepancies across tribunals.108 A significant determinant for tribunals’ interpretations lies in the wording of individual treaties and the breadth of their dispute resolution clauses. The differing approaches in cases such as Roussalis and Goetz II highlight how tribunals’ interpretations of treaty language can greatly influence the fate of a counterclaim. However, the inherent asymmetry of investment treaties, which primarily focus on protecting the rights of investors, is a key challenge in this regard. Indeed, this imbalance makes it difficult for states to bring counterclaims, as they often lack treaty provisions that impose obligations on investors. Even when such provisions exist, limitations in the treaty’s jurisdictional scope – whether ratione materiae or ratione personae – often prevent tribunals from hearing counterclaims. Apart from this, the most challenging conundrum emerges when one considers broader implications of hearing the counterclaims, such as certain policy considerations. In this regard, it is noteworthy that the investor-state dispute resolution (“ISDS”) system faces increasing scrutiny for its perceived tilt in favour of investors, constraining states’ possibility of asserting counterclaims effectively.109 To recalibrate this perceived imbalance, a plausible solution entails revising existing treaties. By infusing explicit provisions that allow counterclaims and detail investor obligations, a more equitable framework might emerge. Yet, such treaty modifications demand meticulous deliberation and are inevitably time intensive. As this evolution unfolds, it is paramount to heed esteemed voices like Professor Reisman’s, who underscores the significance of policy nuances. Amidst this backdrop, the intrinsic merits of counterclaims – fostering procedural efficiency, bolstering legitimacy, and upholding the sanctity of the rule of law – should remain central to deliberations by tribunals. The inclusion of counterclaims in investment arbitration could potentially enhance the legitimacy of the ISDS system by allowing both parties to present their claims and avoid inconsistencies in parallel proceedings. Nevertheless, it is essential to navigate this matter with caution, and keep in mind that such policy considerations should not be given priority over clear treaty language preventing or limiting counterclaims.110 It is also relevant to note that, on the other side of the coin, there are significant policy arguments for limiting counterclaims by states in investment arbitration. Since state claims do not typically arise from obligations in BITs (since these do not generally place direct obligations on investors), counterclaims might be viewed as circumventing carefully negotiated contractual dispute resolution provisions. Moreover, counterclaims could draw tribunals into disputes governed primarily by local law rather than international law, raising concerns about tribunals’ legitimacy, as they may lack the same expertise in national law as local courts. Additionally, allowing extensive counterclaims could deter investors from pursuing arbitration against states, thereby potentially undermining the very purpose of BITs as a tool to reassure investors by offering them a reliable forum to bring their claims when disputes arise.111 In conclusion, while counterclaims offer a potential means to correct the perceived imbalance in the ISDS system, their broader adoption requires careful treaty drafting and consideration of both the procedural and substantive challenges they present. The balance between efficiency, fairness, and the risk of undermining the ISDS system’s legitimacy will remain at the heart of this debate. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this article but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties discussed herein. This article was first published in ‘ID-Dritt’ in 2025. 1 Anna De Luca and Crina Baltag, ‘Counterclaims in Investment Arbitration: Reflections on UNCITRAL WG III Reform’ (Kluwer Arbitration Blog, 5 November 2021) accessed 24 October 2024. 2 Elise Ruggeri Abonnat, ‘Counterclaims’ (Jus Mundi, 31 July 2023) accessed 24 October 2024. 3 Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes Between States and Nationals of Other States (opened for signature 18 March 1965, entered into force 14 October 1966) 575 UNTS 159 (ICSID Convention), art 46. 4 ICSID, Rules of Procedure for Arbitration Proceedings (Arbitration Rules), rule 40. 5 Anne K. Hoffmann, ‘Chapter 36: Counterclaims’, in Meg Kinnear, Geraldine R. Fischer, et al. (eds), Building International Investment Law: The First 50 Years of ICSID (Kluwer Law International 2015) 505, 508. 6 ICSID, History of the ICSID Convention. Documents Concerning the Origin and the Formulation of the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States, Washington DC, ICSID, Vol. IV, 160; José Antonio Rivas, ‘ICSID Treaty Counterclaims: Case Law and Treaty Evolution’ in Jean E. Kalicki and Anna Joubin-Bret (eds), Reshaping the Investor-State Dispute Settlement System: Journeys for the 21st Century (Nijhoff International Investment Law Series 2015) 791. 7 ICSID (n 6) 103; Rivas (n 6) 781. 8 Crina Baltag and Ylli Dautaj, ‘Regime Interaction in Investment Arbitration: Counterclaims’ (Kluwer Arbitration Blog, 11 January 2022) accessed 24 October 2024. 9 ibid. 10 Jean E. Kalicki, ‘Counterclaims by States in Investment Arbitration’ (IISD, 14 January 2013) accessed 24 October 2024. 11 Ruggeri Abonnat (n 2). 12 ibid. 13 Ana Vohryzek-Griest, ‘State Counterclaims in Investor-State Disputes: A History of 30 Years of Failure’ (2009) 15 International Law: Revista Colombiana de derecho Internacional 83. 14 Rivas (n 6) 782. 15 ibid., 780. 16 ibid. 17 ibid., 782. 18 Hoffmann (n 5) 508. 19 Rivas (n 6) 782. 20 Saluka Investments B.V. v. Czech Republic, UNCITRAL, Decision on Jurisdiction over the Czech Republic’s Counterclaim (7 May 2004) (Saluka v. Czech Republic), para 39. 21 Sergei Paushok and others v. The Government of Mongolia, UNCITRAL, Award on Jurisdiction and Liability (28 April 2011) (Paushok v. Mongolia), para 689. 22 Spyridon Roussalis v. Romania, ICSID Case No ARB/06/01, Award (7 December 2011) (Roussalis v. Romania), para 866. 23 Rivas (n 6) 783. 24 ibid. 25 ibid. 26 Antoine Goetz and others v. Republic of Burundi, ICSID Case No ARB/01/2, Award (21 June 2012) (Goetz v. Burundi II), para 278. 27 ibid., para 279. 28 Spyridon Roussalis v. Romania, ICSID Case No ARB/06/1, Declaration of Professor W. Michael Reisman (28 November 2011) (Roussalis v. Romania, Declaration of Prof. Reisman). 29 Rivas (n 6) 784. 30 ibid 31 Genin v. Estonia, ICSID Case No ARB/99/2, Award (25 June 2001). 32 Mitchell v. Democratic Republic of the Congo, ICSID Case No. ARB/99/3, Excerpts of Award (9 February 2004). 33 Desert Line v. Yemen, ICSID Case No. ARB/05/17 (6 February 2008). 34 Rivas (n 6) 793. 35 ICSID, History of the ICSID, Vol. II, 810. 36 Sempra Energy Int’l v. Argentine Republic, ICSID Case No. ARB/02/16, Award (28 September 2007). 37 Gustav F W Hamester GmbH & Co KG v. Republic of Ghana, ICSID Case No. ARB/07/24, Award (18 June 2010) (Hamester v. Ghana). 38 Rivas (n 6) 796. 39 Hamester v. Ghana, paras 353-354. 40 Rivas (n 6) 797 41 Inmaris Perestroika Sailing Maritime Services GmbH and others v. Ukraine, ICSID Case No ARB/08/8, Excerpts of Award (1 March 2012) (Inmaris v. Ukraine). 42 Greece-Romania BIT (23 May 1997), art 9(1). 43 Roussalis v. Romania, para 869. 44 ibid., paras 870-871. 45 ibid., para 871. 46 ibid., para 873. 47 Rivas (n 6) 801. 48 Roussalis v. Romania, Declaration of Prof. Reisman. 49 Roussalis v. Romania, Declaration of Prof. Reisman. 50 Hoffmann (n 5) 507. 51 ibid., 515. 52 Goetz v. Burundi II, para 278. 53 ibid., para 279. 54 ibid., para 280. 55 Rivas (n 6) 803. 56 ibid. 57 ibid. 58 Roussalis v. Romania, para 869. 59 Goetz v. Burundi II, para 280. 60 Rivas (n 6) 809. 61 ICSID Convention, art 46; Arbitration Rules, rule 40. 62 Notes to the ICSID Arbitration Rules (1968), Note B (a) to Rule 40, reprinted in 1 ICSID Reports 63, 100 (1993). 63 Hoffmann (n 5) 513. 64 Rivas (n 6) 784. 65 Inmaris v. Ukraine, paras 270, 432. 66 Rivas (n 6) 810. 67 Goetz v. Burundi II, para 285. 68 Rivas (n 6) 785. 69 ibid. 70 Hoffmann (n 5) 513. 71 Saluka v. Czech Republic, paras 47-82; Rivas (n 6) 805. 72 Saluka v. Czech Republic, paras 47-82; Christoph H. Schreuer and others, The ICSID Convention: A Commentary (Cambridge University Press 2009) 752. 73 Saluka v. Czech Republic, paras 47-82. 74 ibid., para 76. 75 Mees Brenninkmeijer and Fabien Gélinas, ‘Counterclaims in Investment Arbitration: Towards an Integrated Approach’ in Meg Kinnear and Campbell McLachlan (eds), ICSID Review – Foreign Investment Law Journal (2023) 38 Oxford University Press 567. 76 Saluka v. Czech Republic, para 61; Hoffmann (n 5) 513. 77 Klöckner Industrieanlagen-Anlagen GmbH and others. v. United Republic of Cameroon and Sociėtė Camerounaise des Engrais, ICSID Case No ARB/81/2,Award (21 October 1983), paras 17 and 65. 78 Saluka v. Czech Republic, para 79; Brenninkmeijer and Gélinas (n 75). 79 Pierre Lalive and Laura Halonen, ‘On the Availability of Counterclaims in Investment Treaty Arbitration’ (2011) 2 CYIL 141; Zachary Douglas, The International Law of Investment Claims (1st edn, Cambridge University Press 2009) 260-263; Hoffmann (n 5) 513. 80 Lalive and Halonen (n 79). 81 ibid.; Dafina Atanasova, Adrián Martínez Benoit and Josef Ostřansky, ‘The Legal Framework for Counterclaims in Investment Treaty Arbitration’ (2014) 31 J Intl Arb 357, 381. 82 Atanasova, Martínez Benoit and Ostřansky (n 81) 383. 83 ibid. 84 Paushok v. Mongolia, para 693. 85 Brenninkmeijer and Gélinas (n 75). 86 Paushok v. Mongolia, paras 694-699. 87 Limited Liability Company AMTO v. Ukraine, SCC Case No. 080/2005, Final Award (26 March 2008). 88 ibid., para 118. 89 ibid. 90 Saluka v. Czech Republic, paras 79-80; Paushok v. Mongolia, para 693; Hoffmann (n 5) 514. 91 Brenninkmeijer and Gélinas (n 75). 92 Yiduo Gong, Jiang Hong and Ying Wu, ‘Counterclaims’ (Lexology, 21 July 2023) accessed 24 October 2024. 93 Brenninkmeijer and Gélinas (n 75). 94 ibid. 95 Urbaser S.A. and Consorcio de Aguas Bilbao Bizkaia, Bilbao Biskaia Ur Partzuergoa v. The Argentine Republic, ICSID Case No ARB/07/26, Award (8 December 2016) (Urbaser v. Argentina). 96 Burlington v. Ecuador, ICSID Case No ARB/08/5, Decision on Counterclaims (7 February 2017) (Burlington v. Ecuador). 97 Goetz v. Burundi II, para 285; Brenninkmeijer and Gélinas (n 75). 98 Urbaser v. Argentina. 99 ibid., para 1151. 100 ibid. 101 ibid. 102 Burlington v. Ecuador, para 62. 103 Brenninkmeijer and Gélinas (n 75). 104 Lalive and Halonen (n 79) (emphasis added). 105 Notes to the ICSID Arbitration Rules (1968), Note B (a) to r 40, reprinted in 1 ICSID Rep 63, 100. 106 Zachary Douglas, ‘The Enforcement of Environmental Norms in Investment

Small Initiatives Support Scheme renewed with €180,000 budget for 2026 projects

The Small Initiatives Support Scheme (SIS), a key funding mechanism for voluntary organisations, has been renewed for another year. This scheme, administered by the Malta Council for the Voluntary Sector (MCVS), aims to support applicants seeking funding for small-scale projects that have the potential to make a meaningful impact. The scheme is designed to foster collaboration among voluntary organisations, encourage volunteering—particularly among youth—and support voluntary organisations as an important part of civil society. Who may apply For the current year, the scheme is allocated a budget of €180,000, with eligible organisations able to apply for grants ranging from €2,000 to €5,000 per project. Projects are expected to align with one or more of the scheme’s priority areas, which include volunteering; poverty and social inclusion (with special emphasis on the inclusion of migrants, disabled young people, and other marginalised minorities); education; arts and culture; sports; and research in the aforementioned areas, enabling voluntary organisations to become more effective and relevant to the needs of society. Applicants must be enrolled voluntary organisations and compliant with the Office of the Commissioner for the Voluntary Sector. Projects must be completed within a 12-month period, starting from 1st March 2026 to the 28th February 2027. Proposals should be new and must not be a continuation, repetition, or extension of previous projects. Only one application per organisation is permitted. The applying voluntary organisation must have an annual turnover below €250,000 and no pending projects with MCVS. Application process Applications are subject to a structured evaluation process, including an eligibility check and scoring by independent evaluators. Projects must score at least 65% to be considered for funding. An Evaluation Committee decides on the projects to be granted funding based on their ranking and the available budget. Unsuccessful applicants may appeal the decision within five working days. An Appeals Board is appointed to decide appeals, and their decisions are final and may not be contested. Funding Eligible costs include direct project expenses and limited amounts for staffing, hospitality, marketing, infrastructure, and indirect (administrative) costs, all subject to specific caps. The funding is disbursed in three stages: an initial 60% within 30 days of the signing the grant agreement; 20% following the submission of a satisfactory interim report; and the final 20% upon project completion and submission of satisfactory final report. Co-financing and in-kind contributions are allowed, but double funding from other governmental or EU sources is strictly prohibited. Furthermore, the project must not be purely a fundraising event nor intended for profit-making purposes. Applicants must demonstrate that they have adequate financial resources to cover expenses until reimbursement is made, which occurs after the evaluation of the interim or final report and supporting documentation. They must also provide evidence of sufficient personnel, skills, and expertise to successfully carry out the proposed project. Funded projects may be audited for up to two years from the date of signing of the grant agreement, and in cases of non-compliance or underutilisation of funds, MCVS reserves the right to recover the grant. Submission of applications Applications will be accepted between Wednesday, 28 May and Wednesday, 9 July (12:00 PM), via vofunding.org.mt. Information sessions will be held to assist and provide guidance to applicants.

MFSA amendments to FIR/02 and FIR/03: Participation in payment systems and DORA alignment

The Malta Financial Services Authority (“MFSA”) has revised Chapter 2 of the Financial Institutions Rulebook (“FIR/02”) and Chapter 3 of the Financial Institutions Rulebook (“FIR/03”) to reflect recent regulatory developments at European level. These updates, which were published on 28 May 2025 pursuant to an MFSA circular, are intended to: implement changes introduced in Directive (EU) 2015/2366 (the “PSD2”) by way of Regulation (EU) 2024/886 (the “Instant Payments Regulation”) in relation to participation in designated payment systems; and further align the financial institutions regulatory framework with Regulation (EU) 2022/2554 (the “DORA Regulation”) and the updated Guidelines on ICT and Security Risk Management (EBA/GL/2025/02) issued by the European Banking Authority (the “EBA”).  FIR/03 amendments on financial institutions’ participation in payment systems In transposing Article 35a of the PSD2, which was recently implemented through the Instant Payments Regulation published in the Official Journal of the EU in March 2024, the amendments to FIR/03 introduce a new section under Rule R3-3.6 which sets out the regulatory requirements and expectations for licence holders requesting participation in a designated payment system. The newly inserted provisions require that, in requesting participation and when participating in a payment system, licence holders must have in place: a description of the measures taken for the safeguarding of clients’ funds; a description of the governance arrangements and internal control mechanisms for the payment or electronic money services provided, including ICT-related arrangements in line with Articles 6 and 7 of the DORA Regulation, amongst others; and a winding-up plan tailored to the size and business model of the institution. Where the financial institution safeguards clients’ funds by depositing such funds in a credit institution or by investing in secure, liquid, low-risk assets, the description in point (i) above must contain, among other things, a description of the administration and reconciliation process to ensure that client funds are insulated in the interest of the clients against the claims of other creditors of the institution and a description of the investment policy to ensure the assets are liquid, secure and low-risk, as may be applicable. In cases where safeguarding is ensured through insurance or a comparable guarantee, the description of measures shall contain information on the duration and the terms of renewal of the coverage and a confirmation of the provider’s independence from the group. The governance arrangements and internal control requirements referred to in point (ii) above extend to the detailed mapping of risks, the implementation of procedures for periodical and permanent controls, accounting frameworks, the identification of responsible persons for control functions, and appropriate oversight of outsourcing arrangements and group-level governance where applicable, amongst other elements. Additionally, the winding-up plan in point (iii) above shall outline the mitigation measures to ensure the orderly execution of outstanding transactions and the termination of client contracts in the event of failure. All licence holders seeking to participate in a payment system are required to perform a self-assessment confirming compliance with the above-mentioned requirements. This must be documented in a report addressed to the relevant payment system and accompanied by a signed declaration from the financial institution’s Board of Directors. A copy of the declaration must also be submitted to the MFSA. Furthermore, all licence holders already participating in a payment system as of 9 April 2025 are similarly required to undertake such a self-assessment and comply with this new procedure and provide an update on the progress made to the MFSA by 9 June 2025. The MFSA may also request that the self-assessment be counter-signed by an independent third-party auditor. Licence holders must also notify the MFSA and the relevant payment system of any key changes to the information previously submitted.  FIR/02 and FIR/03 amendments on ICT and security risk management In parallel, the MFSA has also updated FIR/02 to remove the reference to the EBA Guidelines on ICT and Security Risk Management given that the FIR/02 is applicable to financial institutions licensed to provide the services listed in the First Schedule to the Financial Institutions Act (Chapter 376 of the laws of Malta) other than payment services and the issuance of electronic money (in this respect, the following MFSA Circular issued in October 2024 refers). In this context, the MFSA has removed the reference to the EBA Guidelines from FIR/02 and retained instead the reference to its own Guidance on Technology Arrangements, ICT and Security Risk Management, and Outsourcing Arrangements. Further to the above, a new rule has been introduced within FIR/03 requiring payment institutions and electronic money institutions to comply with the EBA Guidelines on ICT and Security Risk Management referred to above which were recently revised to account for the application of the DORA Regulation (EBA/GL/2025/02). The latest revisions to the EBA Guidelines are aimed at ensuring that firms maintain a robust framework for managing ICT and security risks in a manner that complements and supports the overarching objectives of the DORA Regulation, while providing regulatory clarity at national level on the applicable standards.

ID-DRITT XXXV – Clean titles & cross-border conflicts: Resolving the international effects of judicial sales of ships

Introduction In today’s rapidly evolving global economy, ships are identified as key industry players by virtue of their day-to-day cross-border voyages making them one of the most essential and volatile economic units. The invaluable nature of shipping must not be underestimated, especially considering that it transports about 90% of global trade whilst simultaneously being the least environmentally harmful mode of transportation, as held by the International Maritime Organization (“IMO”).1 One crucial factor to be considered is the international character of maritime law since it is within every ship’s lifetime that it will be owned, chartered and/or used by people from different jurisdictions.2 Therefore, it is important to note that the ship will be subject to the laws of the flag State, to be analysed on a case-by-case basis. The unique nature of ships can be seen in Malta’s own legislation, where they are classified as ‘a particular class of moveable property which are separate and distinct assets from any other asset within the estate of their owners…’.3 Another unique aspect of ships is that they are often used as a security interest, however this does not come without its pitfalls. Given the transnational nature of ships, often is the case that purchasers of second-hand ships through a judicial sale encounter obstacles in other jurisdictions with its recognition and enforcement. Before the introduction of the United Nations Convention on the International Effects of Judicial Sales of Ships4 (“Convention”), there was a vacuum on the uniform interpretation of the effects of a judicial sale in an attempt to avoid conflict. Naturally, such a risk would seriously jeopardise the strength of the security allocated to the ship whose clean title is being questioned, which is why the Convention was welcomed by the industry with open arms. As a result of the above discussed matters, Section 1 will explore the nature and characteristics of ship arrests, judicial sales under Maltese law along with a comparative analysis of judicial sales in other jurisdictions. Section 2 then delves into how the Convention seeks to aid the industry by enforcing judicial sales and also explores case law concerning challenges faced in the enforcement of a title of ownership, which is obtained clean and unencumbered. This submission has been prepared based on information available as of October 31, 2024 and therefore subsequent developments may affect the accuracy and relevance of the information presented. Section 1: The elements of a judicial sale by auction As mentioned above, a ship can act as a security for obtaining financing through a mortgage registered over the subject ship. The lender (mortgagee) would be able to enforce his rights under the mortgage should the borrower (mortgagor), who would usually be the shipowner, be in default. In such a situation, the mortgagee would be entitled to enforce his rights under the mortgage and proceed to sell the ship. One of the ways in which the ship may be sold is through a judicial sale by auction. 1.1 Arresting of ships to permit the eventual judicial sale Malta’s legislation surrounding ship arrest makes it more than favourable for creditors to enforce their claims over defaulting ships. Re-registration under the Maltese flag following a judicial sale by virtue of recognition of said sale from a foreign jurisdiction is paramount and is one of the factors that makes our flag the largest ship register in Europe. The procedure of a judicial sale by auction under Maltese law may only occur upon obtaining an executive title as held within the Code of Organisation and Civil Procedure5 (“COCP”) via ‘judgements and decrees of the courts of justice of Malta’6 as held under Article 253. In the case of a ship sale, an executive title may be enforced by a ‘judicial sale by auction of movable or immovable property or of rights annexed to immovable property’7 or a ‘warrant of arrest of sea vessels’8 amongst other methods of enforcement including foreign judgements and court approved private sales. The abovementioned mortgage is also considered to be an executive title under Article 253, as held under Article 42(2) of the Merchant Shipping Act (“MSA”).9 With regard to the actual arresting of the ship, recourse under Maltese law comes in two forms; a precautionary and an executive warrant of arrest. Article 855 of the COCP describes that a precautionary warrant of arrest of a sea-going vessel may be issued against all vessels having a length exceeding ten metres which may solely be issued to secure a debt or claims, whether in personam or in rem, which could be frustrated by the departure of the said ship.10 Said claim or debt must not be less than seven thousand Euros (€7,000) for the precautionary warrant to be issued.11 As mentioned above, the claim to be secured can be of an in rem or an in personam nature. An action in rem is one that would be initiated against the ship directly as the primary object of the action. The action in rem prevents a creditor from initiating proceedings against the debtor himself (in personam) and would be against the res itself (the ship). The main characteristic of the action in rem is that it is linked with the content and utility of the maritime security along with the practical necessity for a mechanism of payment of debts when the debtor may be difficult to locate and also considering that the ship moves around the globe out of reach of the courts and does not escape proceedings.12 Where an in rem claim is involved, the creditor must present prima facie evidence that his claim falls under one of the claims listed under Article 742B of the COCP. Upon the issuance of the precuationary warrant of arrest, the creditor must file an application on the merits within twenty days from said date of issuance.13 Following the decision of the First Hall Civil Court (“FHCC”), the precautionary warrant is rendered as an executive title once the twenty day appeal period elapses, following which, the judgement is rendered as a res judicata. If appealed, the executive title will be enforceable after two days from the delivery of the judgement by the Court of Appeal (“CoA”).14 If a creditor is enforcing his claim by means of a registered mortgage, the MSA implies that the mortgage itself is considered to be an executive title ab initio upon default of the mortgagor. However, in practice, the mortgagee would still need to file an application for a precautionary warrant of arrest to be issued to secure the ship, whilst also informing the mortgagor by means of a judicial letter to determine the sum which is certain, liquidated and due.15 The reasoning behind the precautionary warrant of arrest is that it primarily acts as a method of safeguarding creditor interests. Following the ship’s arrest, the next step is for the precautionary warrant of arrest to be converted into an executive one which is done through the filing of a note by the execution creditor in the acts of the precautionary warrant within fifteen days from the judgement becoming a res judicata whereby such note would request to convert it into an executive warrant.16 However, this does not automatically mean that the execution creditor may proceed with the judicial sale of the subject ship as it is still within the Court’s discretion to determine whether it shall order the sale or establish a date by when the debtor is to pay what is owed to the creditor.17 Should the Court approve the judicial sale by auction, then the procedures as laid down in the COCP are to be followed. 1.2 The judicial sale by auction under Maltese law Upon the issuance of an executive warrant of arrest, a ship can be sold through the Maltese courts in one of two ways: 1) a judicial sale by auction or 2) a court approved private sale. Given the topic of this submission, the authors will focus on the judicial sale by auction. Despite both forms of sale being very different from one another, they both result in the ship being sold with a clean title of ownership. Prior to engaging in the judicial auction itself, the sale is to be advertised by means of advertisements placed in two newspapers, one in English and another in Maltese, with the aim of attracting interested bidders.18 One of the risks associated with the judicial sale by auction is that there is a lack of reserved price, which is a concern to competing creditors as the ship may be sold for less than its current market value. Whereas Article 319(5) stipulates that ‘no offer may be accepted if such offer is less than sixty (60%) of the value at which the movable or immovable property or the going concern has been appraised’, the second proviso dictates that this “safety net” does not apply to ships exceeding ten metres in length. This uncertainty in the purchase price results in the proceeds of the sale potentially not being able to satisfy all creditor claims. Due to the lack of control over the purchase price, legislators introduced the court approved private sale in 2006, which offers creditors more assurance since the fear of uncertainty on the purchase price is eliminated as there would be mutual agreement between the parties beforehand on the price. To facilitate agreement between the parties on the purchase price, along with the application, the creditor must also submit two valuations from independent and reputable valuators. Within said application, the execution creditor must also include evidence that the ‘private sale is in the interest of all known creditors and that the price offered by the proposed buyer is reasonable with the circumstances of the case’19 and is within acceptable range of the valued price of the ship. 1.3 Judicial sales in other jurisdictions: Singapore and Panama Before discussing the Convention in detail, one must compare and contrast how judicial sales by auction operate in other jurisdictions; namely Singapore and Panama. As at the writing of this submission, only Singapore has signed the Convention,20 whereas Panama has yet to do so.21 Placing the spotlight on Singapore, there are three primary bodies of legislation which speak on judicial sales of ships namely: the Admiralty and Maritime Law Act22 (“AMLA”), the Supreme Court of Judicature Act23 (“SCJA”) and the Merchant Shipping Act24 . The AMLA specifies that in the exercise of its admiralty jurisdiction, the General Division of the High Court orders any ship, aircraft or other property sold, the General Division of the High Court shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any question arising as to the title of the proceeds of the sale. Similarly to Malta, in Singapore an action in rem may (whether or not the claim gives rise to a maritime lien on that ship) be brought in the General Division of the High Court against that ship, if at the time when the action is brought the relevant person is either the beneficial owner of that ship as respects all the shares in it or the charterer of that ship under a charter by demise or any other ship of which, at the time when the action is brought, the relevant person is the beneficial owner as respects all the shares in it.26 This echoes what is held under Article 742D of the COCP. Whereas the SCJA does not directly reference judicial sales, it nonetheless mentions enforcement orders for the seizure and sale of property and which property may not be subject to such seizure and sale.27 Although not directly related to judicial sales by auction, similarly to Article 358 of the COCP, which speaks on court approved private sales, Singapore’s Merchant Shipping Act lays down that the order of the court is to contain a declaration vesting in some person named by the court the right to transfer that ship or share, and that person is thereupon entitled to transfer the ship or share in the same manner and to the same extent as if that person were the registered owner thereof.28 The procedure of a judicial sale by auction is governed by the Rules of Court29, a subsidiary legislative act under the SCJA, which dictate that upon a creditor obtaining a favourable judgement, they are to apply to the courts to request an auction. Similarly to the provisions under the COCP, the sale is auctioned in newspapers to attract interested bidders, with the difference that after the ship has been sold, the courts may order that within fourteen days following the sale, a notice is published which states that: The ship was sold by order of the court by means of an action in rem and such action is identified; The specified amount of proceeds of the sale have been deposited in court; The ranking of claims will not be determined until after the expiration of the period30 specified in the order of the sale; Any creditor with a claim against the ship on which the person intends to proceed to judgement should do so before the expiration of that period.31 On the other hand, Panama is not yet a signatory to the Convention as at the writing of this submission. Despite not being a party to the Convention, Panama, as the second-largest register globally in terms of registered tonnage,32 is still a party to key international conventions such as the International Convention on the Arrest of Ships.33 Panamanian legislation which governs the arrest of ships and the eventual judicial sales is Law No. 8 of 1982.34 Said law dictates that the order of arrest is served upon the person in charge and has custody of the vessel and in the proceedings to enforce one’s claims, such service is deemed to constitute service of process upon the defendant.35 Upon obtaining a favourable judgement, the execution creditor may proceed with the judicial sale of the vessel, where in the case of a Panama-registered vessel, the Court shall obtain details of all registered mortgages, encumbrances or arrests along with her cargo and freight.36 The Court shall then hold a meeting between all other claimants and shall order the publication of an edict in a local newspaper for five days and for ten days at the Public Registry of Property of Vessels (“PRV”) of the Panama Maritime Authority.37 Once fifteen days elapse from the expiry of the PRV’s publication, the vessel may be sold via judicial sale whereby the funds are to be deposited in the name of the Court into a non-interest-bearing account with the Banco Nacional de Panama.38 Article 522 of Panama’s Maritime Code lays out the procedure to be abided by in special proceedings for the enforcement of mortgages, whereby the claim must be accompanied by prima facie evidence of its existence, specifically the registration of the vessel and the mortgage affecting it, and the amount secured by said mortgage.39 A judgement is then delivered on the claim not more than thirty days from when it was presented. A notable difference from the judicial sale procedure from Malta is that in Panama, the Court shall fix three different dates, where each date shall not be less than five but not more than ten days apart from one another.40 On the date when the vessel is first offered for sale, she may not be sold for less than three-quarters (¾) of her estimated market value, where if no adequate bid is made, a fresh notice is published, and another auction takes place on the second scheduled date. During the second auction, the vessel may not be sold if an offer of at least half of her appraised value is made, in the absence of which, the third and final auction is held, where the vessel is sold to the highest bidder without a minimum price threshold.41 For a bid to be deemed valid for the purposes of the judicial sale by auction, bidders must deposit five percent of the market value price of the vessel. This only applies to interested bidders who are not creditors since they are entitled to place bids against their credits and ensures the legitimacy of the bids placed and that only credible bidders may participate. If a bid is successful, the deposit is deducted from the purchase price whereas if the bid is not the winning one, the deposit is returned to the bidder.42 This section has outlined the basic process of ship arrest and judicial auction, both locally and internationally, while emphasizing the role of the Convention in aiding potential bidders and new shipowners. Although domestic law is crucial in conducting judicial sales, it would be fruitless if the sale’s effects are not globally recognized. The following section examines case law which shows issues encountered in the past, along with the Convention’s key provisions, highlighting its essential role in the international shipping industry. Section 2: A Call For an International Intervention The judicial sale of ships is a mechanism through which a creditor can seek to satisfy his claim against a ship or a shipowner. Considering the special nature of ships as a security interest and that they are constantly operating on a transnational basis, various intricacies may arise when one purchases second hand tonnage via a judicial sale and when such person seeks to obtain its recognition in another jurisdiction. The purpose of a judicial sale is two-fold: a) the proceeds from the sale are used to satisfy claims against the ship and b) the new owner obtains a clean title to the ship, free from any encumbrances. This second limb has been the subject of controversy as evidenced in jurisprudence for the simple reason that there is no uniform interpretation with regard to the effects of a judicial sale and thus may give rise to conflicting scenarios in different jurisdictions. If there are doubts as to the effects of a judicial sale on an international scale, the value of the security represented by the ship would be heavily affected. This is why the recognition of judicial sales on a cross-border basis is crucial for the modern shipping industry. While there are other foreign judgements which highlight the difficulties faced by practitioners in these situations, one particular case before the Maltese courts has added further fuel to an ever-growing flame. The judgements in question relate to the saga revolving the M.V. Bright Star (previously named the M.V. Trading Fabrizia). 2.1 The M.V. Bright Star Conundrum In this contribution the authors will specifically consider the following decisions in the following chronology: Marlon Borg as special mandatary for and on behalf of Jebmed S.r.l vs M.V Bright Star, delivered by the FHCC on the 12 July 2018 and of the CoA on the 8 February 2019,43 (hereinafter the judgment will be referred to as the “Bright Star I”); and Dr. Ann Fenech, as special mandatary for and on behalf of Bluefin Marine Limited and the ship ‘M.V Bright Star’ vs Jebmed S.r.l delivered by the First Hall Civil Court on the 14 January 2020 and 27 May 2021 and both confirmed on appeal by the CoA on the 12 January 202343 ((hereinafter the judgment will be referred to as the “Bright Star II”). By way of initial background, the Malta-flagged ship, M.V. Bright Star was owned by Capitalease S.p.A. A ship mortgage was registered with the Maltese Ship Registry against the ship and in favour of Jebmed S.r.l (“Jebmed”). The shipowner defaulted on the mortgage and Jebmed rendered the mortgage an executive title under Article 42 of the MSA and Article 253 et seq of the COCP.45 In June 2017, the ship was arrested in Jamaica and a judicial sale by auction was ordered on the request of, inter alia, Jebmed. In January 2018, the ship was acquired by Bluefin Marine Limited (“Bluefin”), for a price of $10,300,000. Subsequently the Jamaican court issued (i) a bill of sale stating that “the ship above particularly described has been freed from all liens and encumbrances and debts whatsoever…” and (ii) a certificate of sale certifying that the ship was sold to Bluefin “free of all mortgages, liens and encumbrances whatsoever”. Notwithstanding the above, while the ship, now named MV Bright Star, was taking on bunkers in Maltese waters, Jebmed filed for an executive warrant of arrest over the ship on the strength of the mortgage in its favour, which warrant was duly accorded by the court on 19 June, 2018. In this regard, reference should be made to Article 37D(1) (proviso) of the MSA which provides that: where a ship has been sold pursuant to an order or with the approval of a competent court within whose jurisdiction the vessel was at the time of the sale, the interest of the mortgagees as well as of any other creditor in the ship shall pass on to the proceeds of the sale of the ship… Therefore, considering the above, following the judicial sale in Jamaica, Jebmed’s rights would have been against the proceeds which arose from the judicial sale in Jamaica, and not against the ship itself on the basis of the mortgage. Immediately following the issuance of the executive warrant of arrest, Bluefin made an application for a counter-warrant which was duly accepted following the deposit of a sum in the amount of €779,346.61 with the court (the “Sum Deposited”). Thereafter, the arrest warrant was lifted, and the ship was allowed to set sail.46 Subsequently, Bluefin filed an action arguing inter alia that the executive warrant of arrest ran contrary to Article 37D(1) of the MSA (cited above) and therefore requested its revocation under Article 281 of the COCP on the basis that the reason for the issuance of the warrant, being the executive title under the mortgage did not subsist. The FHCC rejected the application on procedural grounds noting that the ship had to file separate proceedings in order to impugn Jebmed’s executive title.48 Bluefin, filed an appeal from this decree. The CoA had to consider whether the ship could rely on the remedy provided under Article 281 of the COCP47 on the basis that following the judicial sale in Jamaica, Jebmed’s rights were no longer secured by the mortgage and accordingly it no longer had an executive title to rest upon. The ship reiterated that pursuant to the judicial sale, the ship was sold free and unencumbered, and in terms of the proviso of Article 37D(1), the mortgagee’s rights were against the proceeds of the sale, not the ship. The ship also referred to an order issued by the Jamaican Court which confirmed that a sum of $3,000,000 from the proceeds of the judicial sale were set aside to protect Jebmed’s claims.49 In a decree delivered on the 8 February 2019, the CoA was of the view that while pursuant to the proviso of Article 37D(1), a ship sold via a judicial sale clears the ship from any mortgage, it must also be shown that the rights and interests of a mortgagee would pass to the proceeds from the judicial sale. The CoA was not satisfied that in this case, Jebmed’s rights passed onto the proceeds of the Jamaican judicial sale and therefore it could not recognise the judicial sale in Jamaica as conferring a clean and unencumbered title. This reasoning was based on Jamaican law, under which the mortgage was not immediately enforceable as an executive title. The mortgagee had to prove its claim in Jamaican courts, where the mortgage served only as evidence of the claim, unlike under Maltese law. Secondly, the CoA was of the view that the mortgage was not privileged over other claims under Jamaican law.50 Unfazed by this, Bluefin filed separate ad hoc proceedings in the hope of righting the wrong caused by the judgment in the Bright Star I. In a nutshell Bluefin requested the FHCC to (i) declare the arrest null and void, (ii) order the release of the Sum Deposited in its favour and (iii) liquidate damages caused by the issuance of the warrant of arrest. In its reply, Jebmed in primis, raised the plea of res judicata, arguing that the merits of the new case instituted by Bluefin were already definitely decided up on by decrees delivered by the FHCC and the CoA in the Bright Star I and therefore the FHCC could not entertain the same merits in this case. In its preliminary judgment on the 14 January 2020 dealing with this defence, the FHCC noted that proceedings instituted under Article 281 of the COCP are meant to consider whether the execution of an executive title is valid or not rather than considering whether the merits of the executive title are valid. Various judgments have held that the revocation of an executive warrant under Article 281 of the COCP is aimed at finding any form of irregularity in the executive warrant itself and not the executive title on the basis of which it was issued. Considering the above, the FHCC held that while proceedings for the revocation of the executive warrant of arrest have already been brought and decided upon, this latter case brought by Bluefin relates to the actual merits of the issuance of the executive warrant of arrest, a matter which has not been adjudicated. Accordingly, it rejected the plea.51 Moving ahead to the judgment on the merits of Bright Star II, the Court noted that the merits revolved around a simple (yet loaded) question: did the judicial sale of the ship in Jamaica extinguish Jebmed’s right to arrest the vessel in Malta on the basis of the same credit which is reserved for Jebmed in Jamaica? Jebmed argued that the judicial sale did not have the effect of extinguishing the mortgage because the courts in Jamaica did not recognise its executive title.52 The FHCC was of the view that the proviso to Article 37D(1) of the MSA was clear enough to extinguish any doubt. While Article 37D(1) stipulates that a mortgage is not discharged until it is settled, the proviso is an exception to this rule which ensures that when a ship is sold via a judicial sale by a competent court, the rights of the mortgagee are transferred to proceeds from the judicial sale. The FHCC was satisfied that the judicial sale was properly conducted in accordance with the laws of Jamaica and while it recognised the existence of the mortgage, it reserved an amount from the proceeds of the sale in favour of Jebmed.53 The FHCC went on to comment that it is crucial that there is no doubt in the title afforded to a new ship owner pursuant to a judicial sale as otherwise, this could be catastrophic to international maritime trade.54 On the basis of the above the FHCC held that the arrest was illegal and that the Sum Deposited should be released in favour of Bluefin. In addition, the FHCC ordered the payment of €33,692 in damages. This decision was confirmed by the CoA on the 12 January 2023. While the sage revolving the Bright Star case ended with a victory for the new shipowner, the time as well as costs and damages incurred to get to the finish line are causes for concern. This has further strengthened the call for international intervention to resolve such issues once and for all. As expressed by Mr Justice Hewson in the Acrux,56 the courts must recognise ‘proper sales by competent Courts of Admiralty, or prize, abroad – it is part of the comity of nations as well as a contribution to the general well-being of international maritime trade’.57 2.2 The Lead Up to the Convention While rules on ship arrest have seen substantial harmonization, the same cannot be said for judicial sales of ships. Efforts to unify rules on recognizing and enforcing maritime liens and mortgages have attempted to include judicial sales but have not succeeded. The debate started in 2008, when Henry Li suggested that the Comité Maritime International (“CMI”) should undertake a study on the recognition of foreign judicial sale of ships and the difficulties being faced by creditors and/or new shipowners when seeking to enforce a judicial sale in another jurisdiction. A critical turning point occurred in 2014 when the CMI adopted a first working draft of the Draft International Convention on Foreign Judicial Sales of Ships and their Recognition (“Beijing Draft”).58 The CMI’s next step was to present the Beijing Draft to an international body in order to translate it into an international treaty. This was no small task, as the IMO Legal Committee initially rejected a proposal by the CMI, China, and South Korea to include the Beijing Draft on its agenda for developing an international convention on the foreign judicial sale of ships and their recognition.59 The CMI sought other potential avenues for the adoption of the Beijing Draft and in July 2017, it approached the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (“UNCITRAL”) to have this work incorporated on its working agenda. The Commission of UNCITRAL (“Commission”) requested the CMI to organise a high-level technical colloquium in order to bring together major stakeholders affected by the project and discuss the relevance of adopting an international instrument which would introduce a substantial degree of stability and uniformity in this sector of maritime trade.60 The colloquium, which took place in Malta in February 2018, resulted in the following key findings: the “lack of legal certainty in relation to the clean title which a judicial sale is intended to confer on a buyer” has led to problems in the de-registration process in the country of the former flag; the lack of legal certainty created obstacles in respect of the clearance of all former encumbrances and liens, which in turn created a risk of costly and lengthy proceedings, thereby interrupting trade and shipping; and agreement across all sectors represented at the colloquium that the gap is to be filled from a legal perspective by providing an instrument on the recognition of judicial sales of ships.61 The findings of the colloquium were presented by the Government of Switzerland to the Commission where it was noted that that the lack of recognition of the judicial sale of ships had the potential to affect many areas of international trade and commerce, not simply the shipping industry. Following deliberations by the Commission it was agreed that the topic of judicial sale of ships should be added to the work programme of the Commission.62 Following numerous sessions, the Commission considered the final draft of the Convention and approved the final text on the 30 June, 2022. The general assembly of the United Nations subsequently adopted the Convention on 7 December, 2022 by its resolution 77/100. 2.3 Walking through the salient provisions of the Convention The Convention revolves around the concept that a judicial sale conducted in one State Party which has the effect of conferring clean title onto the purchaser, has the same effect in every other State Party. It further prescribes additional rules which establish how a judicial sale is given effect after completion. While the Convention is concerned with the international effects of a judicial sale, how such a judicial sale is conducted and the effects of judgements in respect of such sales remain within the remit of the national law of State Parties. This is clearly outlined in Article 1 of the Convention63 and throughout. Definitions: Article 2 of the Convention defines certain key terms which, interestingly enough, are not presented in alphabetical order but in the order of prominence of the defined term vis-à-vis the operation of the Convention. For the purposes of this submission, the key terms will be considered. The term “judicial sale of a ship” is used throughout the Convention as it defines the scope of the application of the Convention and the focus of the substantive provisions. The Convention separately defines the terms “judicial sale” and “ship”. The term “judicial sale” is defined as any sale of a ship: which is ordered, approved or confirmed by a court or other public authority either by way of public auction or by private treaty carried out under the supervision and with the approval of a court; and for which the proceeds of sale are made available to the creditors.64 Of note are two principal features: despite differences in procedure among legal systems, a judicial sale is conducted with the involvement of a court; and a judicial sale is essentially a device that supports the enforcement of private right. A ship is then defined as ’any ship or other vessel registered in a register that is open to public inspection that may be the subject of an arrest or other similar measure capable of leading to a judicial sale under the law of the State of judicial sale.’65 While the term ”judicial sale” delimits the scope of the Convention to the rights and procedures involved in the forced disposal of an asset, the term ”ship” further delimits the scope of the Convention by reference to the type of asset involved. The legal definition of a “ship” varies across jurisdictions and is influenced by the context in which the term is applied. International efforts to establish a clear definition have fallen short, and the Convention does not provide such a definition. Instead, the term “ship” is intended to be broad, allowing for a wide range of vessels to fall under the Convention’s jurisdiction without any restrictions. The Convention goes on to define ”clean title” which is central to the whole purpose of the Convention. Simply put, clean title means a title which is free and clear of any mortgage or hypothèque66and of any charge.67 The term “title” pertains to the ownership rights in the ship that belong to the purchaser and is considered “clean” when all other property rights previously held by another person before the judicial sale—such as encumbrances or rights “in re aliena“— are eliminated. Additionally, all existing mortgages, liens, or charges would no longer apply to the ship. Operative Articles: Having considered the definitions of some of the key terms used in the Convention, attention will now shift to the Convention’s principal operative articles. International effects of a judicial sale While this article comes later on in the Convention, it is useful to consider and understand the implications of this article first as the remaining operative articles gravitate around it. Article 6 reads as follows: ‘A judicial sale for which a certificate of judicial sale referred to in article 5 has been issued shall have the effect in every other State Party of conferring clean title to the ship on the purchaser.’68 This article contains the basic rule of the Convention in that a judicial sale conducted in one State Party which has the effect of conferring clean title on the purchaser has the same effect in every other State Party. Therefore by way of illustration, where under the national law of a State Party, a ship sold by way of judicial sale confers clean title, and the judicial sale is conducted in accordance with the upcoming provisions of the Convention, Article 6 of the Convention shall operate to ensure that the clean title conferred by the judicial sale has the same effect in any other State Party. Article 6 is triggered by the issuance of the certificate for the judicial sale under Article 5. It requires no special procedure to give effect to the foreign judicial sale, such as confirmation by a competent court in the State in which the effects are sought to be produced. The judicial sale produces its effects automatically, i.e. by operation of law.69 Scope of application of the Convention As mentioned earlier on in this contribution, the Convention is concerned with the effects of a judicial sale. Article 3 goes on to delimit the scope of the Convention, which states that This Convention applies only to a judicial sale of a ship if: The Judicial Sale is conducted in a State Party; and The ship is physically within the territory of the State of judicial sale at the time of that sale.70 The scope of the Convention is closed in two senses; it is closed geographically since the Convention applies only among States which have signed the Convention. Unfortunately, this general principle under international law can limit the protection afforded by the Convention in cases where for example, a ship is sold by way of judicial sale in a State Party however the ship is registered in a jurisdiction that is not a party to the Convention. The latter would not be bound to recognise the effects of such a judicial sale and refuse to act upon the presentation of a valid certificate of judicial sale issued under the Convention. Secondly, the Convention requires the ship’s physical presence to be within the State of the judicial sale. Whilst in practice, a ship is typically arrested before sale proceedings are initiated, the Convention requires that the ship is within the territory of the State of judicial sale, ‘at the time of the sale’71 and not during the process itself. This requirement underpins the importance of having a connection between the court under whose jurisdiction the ship is sold and the ship. The Convention does not define the time of judicial sale since this can vary from one State Party to another. What the Convention seeks to protect is the ship’s presence at the final stage of the judicial sale process when the ship is successfully bought and legal title vests with the buyer. Notice of judicial sale As hinted to above, the Convention is not interested in harmonising how a judicial sale is conducted, and this is clearly laid out in Article 4(1) which provides that the judicial sale shall be conducted in accordance with the law of the State of judicial sale, which shall also provide procedures for challenging the judicial sale prior to its completion and determine the time of the sale for the purposes of this Convention. Therefore, as an example, a Maltese court dealing with a judicial sale, either via auction or via private sale, would still follow the procedure provided under the COCP.72 Notwithstanding the above, the Convention requires that notice of judicial sale is given prior to it taking place. Failure to give notice would vitiate any certificate of judicial sale issued under the Convention.73 In this very limited instance, the Convention is imposing a procedural requirement on State Parties which strikes a balance between due process towards creditors and the expediency required in a judicial sale in order to secure its international effect. Article 4(3) of the Convention goes on to prescribe certain classes of ”persons” to be notified of the judicial sale including: The ship registry where the ship to be sold is registered (even if the flag State is not a Party); Holders of any registered mortgage or hypothèque; Holders of any maritime lien provided they have notified the court conducting the judicial sale; The current shipowner; In case of a bareboat charter: The bareboat charterer; and The ship registry where the bareboat charter is registered. The above list is not exhaustive, and the law of the State Party may very well prescribe additional classes of ”persons” to be notified. While the Convention imposes the basic need for notification, the manner and form of notification is a matter of national law to determine.74 Therefore, the law of the State of the judicial sale would determine any applicable notice periods, the method of notification and the form of the notice. A copy of the notification is to be published on a local newspaper and transmitted to a repository being either the IMO Secretary General or to any other institution named by UNCITRAL.75 Upon receipt of the notice, the repository must make it available to the general public.76 The certificate of judicial sale As inferred from Article 6 of the Convention, the certificate of judicial sale plays a central role in the overall operation of the Convention’s regime. Article 5 of the Convention provides that Upon completion of a judicial sale that conferred clean title to the ship under the law of the State of judicial sale and was conducted in accordance with the requirements of that law and the requirements of this Convention77, the court or other public authority that conducted the judicial sale or other competent authority of the State of judicial sale shall, in accordance with its regulations and procedures, issue a certificate of judicial sale to the purchaser.78 As clearly indicated, a certificate of judicial sale is to be issued by the court conducting the judicial sale where: (1) the judicial sale conferred clean title under the national law of the State Party, and (2) the judicial sale was conducted in accordance with the provisions of the Convention. While the certificate of judicial sale does not serve as evidence of clean title, it serves to trigger the operation of Article 6, and further triggers additional safeguards catered for under Article 7, which deals with registration and Article 8, which deals with the prohibition of arrest. The Convention provides for a template certificate to be issued by the court or public authority conducting the judicial sale containing certain minimum information.79 This is not uncommon as other international conventions encourage the use of standard certificates to promote standardization and greater acceptance when presented to other ship registries. As a crucial component of the Convention, the certificate of judicial sale and any translation thereof are exempt from legalization or other similar formality80 such as an apostille under the Hague Convention Abolishing the Requirement of Legalisation for Foreign Public Documents.81 Effectively, this ensures that registries or other competent authorities in another State Party do not require a foreign certificate of judicial sale to be legalized or apostilled as a condition for taking action under the Convention. Actions to be taken by the Registry The Convention seeks to identify actions to be taken by the competent authorities in the flag State to realise the effects of a judicial sale. Upon presentation of the certificate of judicial sale, the ship registry of a State Party is to: Delete from the register any mortgage or hypothèque and any registered charge attached to the ship that had been registered before completion of the judicial sale; Delete the ship from the register and issue a certificate of deletion for the purpose of new registration; Register the ship in the name of the new purchaser (on the understanding that the ship and the person in whose name the ship is to be registered meet the requirements of the law of the flag State); and Update the register with any other relevant particulars in the certificate of judicial sale.82 The Convention recognises that at the time of the judicial sale, the ship may be registered as a bareboat charter. While the judicial sale does not prohibit the bareboat charterer from exercising his right against the previous owner for a breach of contract, the purchaser from the judicial sale is not bound to honour the bareboat charter agreement.83 Article 7(2) provides that at the request of the purchaser and upon presentation of the certificate of judicial sale, the registry of a State Party in which the ship was registered as a bareboat charter is to delete the ship from the bareboat charter register and issue a certificate of deletion.84 Article 7 is subject to the public policy exception under Article 10 of the Convention which provides that the judicial sale of a ship does not have the effect provided in Article 6 in another State Party other than the State where the judicial sale took place if a court in such other State Party determines that the effect would be manifestly contrary to the public policy of such other State Party.85 While matters of public policy can differ between State Parties, Article 10 requires that the effect of the judicial sale in the State concerned is to be ”manifestly contrary” to public policy.86 This sets a high threshold, which is designed to avoid an abusive or overly expansive application of the public policy exception and requires a compelling reason as to why giving effect to the foreign judicial sale is contrary to an identified matter of public policy.87 No arrest of the ship following a judicial sale It is a well-founded principle under the international conventions harmonising the rules on arrest of ships that a ship may be arrested in respect of a maritime claim only if the person who owns the ship at the time of arrest is the person who owned the ship at the time the claim arose, unless the maritime claim is secured by a maritime lien or is based on a mortgage, hypothèque or charge of similar nature. Ergo, where a judicial sale affords the purchaser a clean title, it follows that the ship should not be subject to arrest for any maritime claim or maritime lien arising prior to the judicial sale.88 As such Article 8(1) of the Convention provides that if an application is made before a court in a State Party to arrest a ship for a claim arising prior to a judicial sale of the ship, the court is to dismiss the application upon presentation of the certificate of judicial sale. In addition, if a ship is arrested or any similar injunction is taken against the ship, the court is to order the release of the ship upon presentation of the certificate of judicial sale. Similar to Article 7, the safeguard under Article 8 is also subject to the public policy exception under Article 10.89 Entry into Force Critically, the Convention will only enter into force 180 days following the deposit of the third instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession. As at time of writing, the Convention has only been ratified by El Salvador, and therefore not yet in force. Conclusion Malta, striving to enhance its standing as a top maritime jurisdiction, signed the Convention on 19 June, 2024. This positions Malta among the States aligning with the Convention’s goal of providing uniform rules and international recognition of judicial sales. Though the Convention only applies between State Parties, the concept of a “closed” regime could weaken its impact if not widely adopted, it aims to ensure judicial sales of ships are recognized and enforced across jurisdictions. One must not allow this thought to detract from its ultimate goal; to establish uniform rules and to give international effects to judicial sales of ships sold free and unencumbered as this benefits shipowners, financiers, creditors and purchasers by reducing legal uncertainty. The judicial sale of ships plays a critical role in international maritime law by facilitating dispute resolution, debt settlement and efficient redistribution of maritime assets. Malta’s legal framework already offers strong protections for creditors and buyers during such sales, however, the international nature of shipping requires broader recognition, which the Convention seeks to address by harmonizing laws across countries, offering greater legal certainty. For Malta, the eventual ratification of the Convention would reinforce its legal framework, ensuring that judicial sales of ships conducted in Malta are recognized internationally, boosting its appeal as a global maritime hub. Additionally, Malta’s adoption would support its commitment to harmonizing international maritime laws and protecting its national interests in the global maritime community. Ultimately, while Malta’s current laws are robust, the Convention enhances its international reach and strengthens legal certainty for cross-border transactions. Ultimately, the success of the Convention will rely on its widespread adoption by other maritime nations. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this article but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties discussed herein. This article was first published in ‘ID-Dritt’ in 2025. 1 International Maritime Organization, ‘Marine Environment’ (International Maritime Organization)      <https://www.imo.org/en/OurWork/Environment/Pages/Default.aspx> accessed 11 October 2024. 2 David Josph Attard and others, The IMLI Manual On International Maritime Law Volume II Shipping Law (1st edn, Oxford University Press 2016) 152 3 Merchant Shipping Act, Chapter 234 of the Laws of Malta, Article 37A. 4 United Nations Convention on the International Effects of Judicial Sales of Ships (Beijing, 7 December 2022) UNTS. 5 Code of Organisation and Civil Procedure, Chapter 12 of the Laws of Malta. 6 i

Cross-Border Wars: CJEU clarifies jurisdiction rules in BSH v. Electrolux

On 25 February 2025, the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) issued a pivotal ruling in BSH Hausgeräte GmbH v. Electrolux AB (Case C-339/22), addressing jurisdictional issues in cross-border patent litigation. The Court held that a Member State court retains jurisdiction to hear an infringement action under Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1215/2012 (“Brussels I bis Regulation”), even when the defendant challenges the validity of the intellectual property (“IP”) right. Additionally, the ruling sheds light on how disputes involving IP rights registered in non-EU countries – such as Turkey – are to be handled. Background The case originated from proceedings brought before the Swedish Patent and Commercial Court by BSH, a Swedish company, alleging that Electrolux had infringed its European Patent EP1434512 concerning vacuum cleaners. The patent had been validated in several EU Member States and in Turkey. BSH sought an injunction and damages across all relevant jurisdictions. In response, Electrolux disputed the validity of the patent and challenged the jurisdiction of the Swedish court. They argued that under Article 24(4) of the Brussels I bis Regulation, the Swedish court lacked competence to adjudicate the infringement claim because questions of validity and infringement were inseparable and should be heard exclusively by courts with authority over patent validity. This prompted the Swedish appellate court to refer several questions to the CJEU, including: Whether a court competent under Article 4(1) loses jurisdiction over an infringement action if the patent’s validity is contested. Whether the need for a separate invalidity action under national law influences jurisdiction. Whether Article 24(4) applies to patents registered in third countries, such as Turkey. The CJEU’s ruling In making its assessment, the CJEU firmly sided with BSH, delivering a judgment that both narrows and clarifies the interpretation of Article 24(4). The Court emphasised that Article 24(4), which confers exclusive jurisdiction to the courts of the Member State where a patent is registered to determine its validity, must be read narrowly. It is an exception to the general rule in Article 4(1), which grants jurisdiction to the courts of the Member State where the defendant is domiciled. The CJEU held that a court seized under Article 4(1) retains jurisdiction to adjudicate a patent infringement claim, even if the defendant challenges the validity of the patent. Secondly, while that court cannot determine the validity of a foreign patent with erga omnes (universal) effect, it may still rule on infringement claims. Decisions on invalidity made in the context of infringement proceedings have inter partes effect only, meaning that they bind only the parties to the case and do not affect the status of the patent in the jurisdiction of registration. Where there is a credible challenge to validity, the infringement court has the discretion to stay the proceedings pending a decision by the competent court on validity. The court also highlighted the fact that the mere raising of an invalidity defence does not shift jurisdiction; otherwise, Article 24(4) would transform from an exception into a rule, undermining the principle established by Article 4(1). Third-country patents The judgment also addressed the scenario involving third-country IP rights, such as Turkish patents. As Turkey is not covered by the Brussels I bis Regulation, jurisdiction must be assessed under alternative frameworks. These include, specific instruments like the Lugano Convention (Article 73(1)) or bilateral agreements, provisions on lis pendens and related actions (Articles 33 and 34), and general principles of private international law. Under these regimes, a Member State court may still rule on the validity of a third-country patent with respect to the parties only, provided it has jurisdiction over the defendant. However, such a ruling does not affect the legal existence or registration of the patent in the third country itself. Implications The judgment effectively narrows the scope of the CJEU’s earlier decision in GAT v. LuK (C-4/03), decided in 2006, which required a court to decline jurisdiction entirely if patent validity was contested. This change is significant for cross-border IP litigation, particularly concerning European patents. The decision enables rightsholders to consolidate infringement claims in the court of the defendant’s domicile, even when the patent is protected in a number of Member States. In the context of the Unified Patent Court (“UPC”), the ruling reinforces that where a defendant is domiciled in a UPC Member State, the UPC has jurisdiction under Article 71a of the Brussels I bis Regulation. However, a defendant challenging validity must still bring invalidity actions in each Member State where the patent is validated, unless those parts fall under UPC jurisdiction. Where the patent has been opted out of the UPC system, the national court of the defendant’s domicile still holds general jurisdiction for infringement. But again, separate actions must be brought to contest validity in the respective Member States, and a suspension of proceedings may follow if invalidity is raised as a defence. Therefore, this decision has practical implications for how litigants approach venue selection and strategic coordination of infringement and invalidity actions across the EU. Conclusion In conclusion, the Grand Chamber of the CJEU’s judgment in BSH v. Electrolux provides authoritative guidance on the jurisdictional interface between infringement and validity disputes in cross-border IP cases under the Brussels I bis Regulation. It confirms that the existence of a validity challenge does not divest the court of the defendant’s domicile of its jurisdiction to hear an infringement claim. By reinforcing a narrow interpretation of Article 24(4), the ruling ensures that plaintiffs are not deprived of their right to consolidate infringement claims, thereby fostering legal predictability and procedural efficiency. At the same time, it protects the role of competent courts in deciding validity issues, preserving the integrity of national IP registers. The judgment will undoubtedly influence national court practice and strategy in the years to come, including that of the First Hall of the Civil Court in Malta. This will also likely encourage an uptick in cross-border enforcement actions and will shape the procedural landscape of both national IP litigation and proceedings before the UPC. Legal practitioners and rightholders alike will need to recalibrate their strategies in light of this landmark decision. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 11/06/2025.

ESMA publishes final reports on amendments to the Prospectus Regulation and Civil Prospectus Liability

The European Securities and Markets Authority (“ESMA”), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has today released its final reports on the Prospectus Regulation and on civil prospectus liability. The reports set out recommendations designed to support capital markets activity by streamlining regulatory requirements. Prospectus Regulation As part of its efforts to enhance access to the capital markets, the European Commission adopted a legislative package – commonly referred to as the ‘Listing Act’ – to simplify the listing requirements to promote better access to public capital markets for EU companies, in particular SMEs, by reducing the administrative burden on companies that seek a listing or want to remain listed on a trading venue. To this end, ESMA has, on the request of the European Commission, published its final report setting out inter alia proposed amendments to (1) Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/980 and (2) Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/9791. The most relevant amendments for issuers and advisers will be the amendments to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/980 (“CDR 980”) which set out, amongst other things, the relevant disclosure requirements (annexes) to be complied with when drafting a prospectus. A clean version of the updated CDR 980 is available here. Unfortunately, the markup provided by ESMA is not very helpful, as it does not show all the proposed changes to the CDR. It only reflects the additional changes that ESMA is proposing since the publication of its initial consultation paper on 28 October 2024, which itself included a markup of the earlier proposed updates to CDR 980. It would be helpful if ESMA could publish a consolidated markup showing all proposed changes to CDR 980 to allow for a clearer understanding of the full set of amendments. Although ESMA has submitted its final report to the European Commission, it is not immediately clear to us when the proposed amendments to the CDR will enter into force. Civil Prospectus Liability Under the Prospectus Regulation, the European Commission is required to assess whether further harmonisation of the provisions across the European Union on prospectus liability is warranted. If so, the European Commission is to consider amendments to the liability provisions set out in article 11 of the Prospectus Regulation. On this basis, on 6 June 2024, the European Commission mandated ESMA to provide technical advice on civil liability regarding the information given in prospectuses to include an assessment and recommendations on whether further harmonisation should be considered. The European Commission further asked ESMA to compare the civil liability provisions in article 11 of the Prospectus Regulation with those set out in the Markets in Crypto Assets Regulation (MiCAR) and to assess the need for possible alignment with or departure from those provisions. To this end, ESMA’s final report setting out the technical advice on civil prospectus liability includes: a summary of feedback to ESMA’s call for evidence on civil prospectus liability, where many respondents consider the current framework to be sufficiently balanced and argue that no changes are required at present – this includes a section of civil liability in Malta; ESMA’s resulting recommendations; and an update of the relevant sections of ESMA’s 2013 report on prospectus liability addressing civil prospectus liability. The 2013 report can be accessed here. The updated 2025 report can be accessed here. The European Commission is required to present a report to the European Parliament and the Council by 31 December 2025. This report will assess the current regime for prospectus liability and consider whether further harmonisation at EU level may be appropriate. [1] Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/979 of 14 March 2019 supplementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to regulatory technical standards on key financial information in the summary of a prospectus, the publication and classification of prospectuses, advertisements for securities, supplements to a prospectus, and the notification portal, and repealing Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 382/2014 and Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/301.

Chambers Global Practice Guide – Artificial Intelligence 2025

Ganado Advocates is the author of the Malta chapter in the Chambers Global Practice Guide 2025 on Artificial Intelligence (AI). The publication serves as definitive global law guide, offering comparative analyses from global top-ranked lawyers. In this Malta Chapter, the authors provide a comprehensive overview of Malta’s legal and regulatory landscape concerning AI, whilst also examining the general legal framework, commercial applications, sector-specific regulations, and the impact of EU law on AI in Malta. Click here to download the publication.

Key amendments to the Maritime Labour Convention: Strengthening protections for seafarers

The most recent amendments to the Maritime Labour Convention (MLC) of 2006, represent a significant step in strengthening the rights and welfare of seafarers. These changes, adopted at international level during the 110th session of the International Labour Conference have been transposed into Maltese law through Legal Notice 26 of 2025 and published by Transport Malta through the Merchant Shipping Notice No. 190 of the 5th February 2025. The amendments respond to critical issues exposed during the COVID-19 pandemic and reflect a broader commitment to the progressive enhancement of international maritime labour standards. A significant addition to the regulatory framework is introducing a mandatory wage protection system. Under the newly inserted Regulation 19A of the Merchant Shipping (Maritime Labour Convention) Regulations (Subsidiary Legislation 234.51 Laws of Malta), shipowners are now required to ensure that an insurance mechanism or an equivalent appropriate measure is in place to compensate seafarers for monetary losses resulting from the failure of a recruitment or placement service, or the shipowner’s non-fulfilment of contractual obligations under a seafarer’s employment agreement. As outlined under Regulation 1.4 and Standard A1.4 of the MLC, such failures may include, the unlawful charging of recruitment fees to seafarers, the provision of misleading or fraudulent employment information, failure to arrange the agreed placement after a seafarer has incurred related expenses due to administrative negligence. Furthermore, seafarers must be informed, either before or during the engagement process, of their entitlements under this protective scheme. Regulation 54 pursues the same objective of wage protection and affirms that a seafarer’s entitlement to wages is not contingent upon the earning of freight. This provision reinforces the principle that wages are payable under the employment agreement, regardless of the voyage’s commercial outcome. Another important development is the enhancement of onboard nutrition standards. Shipowners must now provide food and drinking water free of charge, ensuring that all meals are balanced, nutritious, and sufficient in both quantity and quality. While the MLC does not prescribe a specific dietary or caloric standard, these requirements are understood to be assessed according to national health guidelines and relevant ILO recommendations, such as those found in the ILO Guidelines on the Training of Ships’ Cooks. Compliance is typically evaluated through a combination of onboard inspections, crew feedback, and documentation of food provisions. Occupational safety requirements have also been reinforced. Shipowners are obliged to provide appropriately sized personal protective equipment to all seafarers. This measure aims to prevent occupational accidents and reflects a greater focus on the suitability and adequacy of protective gear provided onboard. The obligation to report deaths of seafarers occurring on board Maltese-flagged vessels was already established under national law, specifically under the Merchant Shipping Act. The 2025 amendments build upon this framework by introducing an international reporting obligation. Finally, the amendments also address the social dimension of seafarers’ welfare. Shipowners are now required to ensure that recreational facilities support social connectivity. This includes, where available, reasonable access to ship-to-shore telephone communications and internet connectivity. These measures aim to mitigate the psychological strain of long periods at sea and promote mental well-being, an area of concern brought into sharp focus during the COVID-19 pandemic. The amendments introduced to domestic legislation earlier this year, rooted in the outcomes of the 110th Session of the International Labour Conference, entered into force internationally on 23 December 2024, aligning national frameworks with evolving global maritime labour standards. This article was co-authored by Matteo Fugazza.

Acceleration Clauses in Personal Loan Agreements in the context of the Unfair Terms Directive

The general provisions found under Council Directive 93/13/EEC of 5 April 1993 on unfair terms in consumer contracts (the “Unfair Terms Directive”), which is aimed at safeguarding consumer rights in contracts with suppliers, have often been analysed and supplemented by judgments of the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) over the years. Particularly in relation to banking and financial contracts, the CJEU has assessed specific terms in such contracts, including clauses on variable interest rates and foreign currency loans, alleged to be unfair. The CJEU’s ruling in the joint cases of Abanca Corporación Bancaria SA v. WE (C-6/24) and VX (C-231/24), delivered on 8 May 2025 is in fact another judgment added to the list of cases concerning the interpretation of the Unfair Terms Directive, particularly in the context of personal loan agreements. Background and Facts of the Case Abanca Corporación Bancaria SA (the “Bank”) extended two separate personal loan agreements with the two defendants in this case. The terms and conditions of the two loan agreements included a clause granting the Bank the right to initiate a procedure to accelerate the repayment of the full loan in the event of non-payment by the borrowers, hence rendering the outstanding balance due for immediate repayment (the “Acceleration Clause”). In accordance with the loan terms and conditions, one of the conditions which should have subsisted in order for the Acceleration Clause to be considered triggered is that the borrower must have been given notice by the Bank to pay the amount due within one month. In this respect, it is worth noting that Spanish law on mortgage loan agreements explicitly requires that the possibility of a creditor to trigger the acceleration of repayments in case of default is conditional upon the provision by the lender to the borrower of such one-month notice. A similar requirement is however not found under Spanish law applicable to personal loan agreements. The borrowers defaulted in their repayments and the Bank proceeded to initiate the procedure to trigger such Acceleration Clause by bringing two cases in respect of both borrowers before the Juzgado de Primera Instancia No 8 de La Coruña (Court of First Instance No 8, A Coruña, Spain) (the “Referring Court”). In considering whether the Acceleration Clause in the personal loan agreements is an unfair term in accordance with the national law transposing the Unfair Terms Directive, the Referring Court needed to determine which factors it should take into account for the assessment of the unfairness of such a clause. In this regard, the Referring Court was faced with the question it eventually referred to the CJEU for a preliminary ruling: is an acceleration clause which enables or prevents acceleration within a certain period of time consistent with the Unfair Terms Directive, particularly Article 3(1) thereof (further explained below), or does the possibility of acceleration have to be provided for in national law? The provision under Spanish law applicable to mortgage agreements may have particularly triggered this question brought forward by the Referring Court, since national law does not equally provide for the acceleration of repayments in case of default which would be preceded by a one-month notice. Furthermore, the Referring Court also referred a sequential question on what period of time would be considered reasonable as a condition for the enforcement of such acceleration of repayments. CJEU Considerations General considerations By referring to the primary objective of the Unfair Terms Directive being that of ensuring consumer protection, the CJEU reiterated the notion contemplated by such Directive that the consumer is in a weak position, both in respect of bargaining power and of the level of knowledge. This is evidenced in Article 3(1) of this Directive, which categorises as unfair any contractual terms which has not been individually negotiated where it causes a significant imbalance in parties’ rights and obligations under the contract, to the detriment of the consumer in question. Article 6(1) of the Directive renders such an unfair term to be not binding on the consumer. The CJEU acknowledged that the Unfair Terms Directive only generally defines the criteria which must be considered to render unfair a contractual term that has not been individually negotiated. Previous case law on this matter has highlighted that all circumstances relevant to the conclusion of the contract and to all other terms of the contract must be considered in this respect. The CJEU in fact referred to a previous judgment where it was held that, in determining whether a clause in a contract places the consumer in an unfair detrimental position, national courts must examine whether the option available to the supplier to request the repayment of the total amount due is conditional upon the consumer’s non-compliance with an obligation which is “of essential importance” in the contractual relationship. Amongst other factors, consideration must also be had to the option being provided for in cases where consumer’s non-adherence to legal obligations is serious enough in the context of the duration and amount of the loan. In its consideration of the questions referred, the CJEU noted that the consumers’ obligations that were not complied with (namely, the non-payment of the loan instalments) is essential in the context of the contractual relationship and sufficiently serious in light of the duration and amount of the loan. National law provisions on acceleration In assessing the Referring Court’s question as to whether national law should expressly provide for a consumer’s ability to avoid the accelerated repayment of the loan, the CJEU referred to the assessment which the Referring Court must conduct of the effectiveness and adequacy of the means available to the consumer to avoid the application of such accelerated repayment. In this respect, the CJEU concluded that the absence of a rule under national law specifically applicable to personal loan agreements in this respect is irrelevant to the assessment and does not on its own render the Acceleration Clause unfair within the meaning of the Unfair Terms Directive. Consequently, the possibility for the consumer to avoid the accelerated repayment being set out in the Acceleration Clause in the loan agreement is a factor which is to be considered by the Referring Court in assessing whether such Clause is unfair, and it is therefore unnecessary for national law on personal loan agreements to explicitly provide for this possibility. Adequacy of the one month notice period With respect to the time period afforded to the consumer to pay overdue amounts (i.e. one month) before acceleration is triggered, the CJEU also referred to preceding case law on this matter. The CJEU previously held that, for a limitation period to be considered effective, it must be long enough to allow a consumer to bring an effective action to enforce the rights granted under the Unfair Terms Directive and the consumer must have had the opportunity to become aware of such rights before the limitation period started to run or expired. A further consideration made by the CJEU was the practical implementation of the provision under Spanish law applicable to loan agreements secured by mortgages on immovable property, which provision similarly affords the consumer a period of one month to repay the amounts due. The CJEU noted the relevance of this legal provision, despite the fact that this national law applies to different types of loan agreements. The fact that the one-month period is sufficient in practice to enable the consumer to repay the amounts is to be taken into account, according to the CJEU. The CJEU here expressed its view on the unfairness of the clause allowing the consumer a period of one month’s notice, as it noted that a conclusion by the Referring Court to the effect that such period is an adequate and effective means to enable the consumer to avoid the application of the Acceleration Clause would be plausible. Conclusion Although the CJEU generally leaves it to the discretion of national courts to determine what clauses in consumer contracts should or should not be considered “unfair”, this CJEU ruling sheds light on how fairness is calculated in respect of clauses in loan agreements, particularly where acceleration clauses requiring the immediate repayment of the total loan sums due are concerned. The questions submitted in these joint cases for preliminary ruling also continue to highlight the generality of the Unfair Terms Directive, which is a rather old legal instrument that may now be deemed to require a review to better eliminate grey areas addressed by national courts. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 04/06/2025.

Lexology Panoramic – Financial Services Compliance 2025

Ganado Advocates has contributed to the Malta chapter in the 2025 edition of Lexology Panoramic: Financial Services Compliance. The publication provides valuable local insight into various aspects of the regulatory framework governing financial products and services in Malta, covering enforcement powers, including tribunals and penalties, compliance programmes, crossborder issues, and current trends. Click here to access our contribution and gain insights into financial services compliance in Malta.

Lexology Panoramic – Restructuring and Insolvency guide 2025

Ganado Advocates has contributed to the Malta chapter in the 2025 edition of Lexology Panoramic – Restructuring and Insolvency guide. This publication delves into excluded entities and assets, insolvency regarding public enterprises, protection for large financial institutions, voluntary/involuntary liquidations & reorganisations, corporate procedures for the dissolution of a corporation the conditions for insolvency & the relevant filing procedures, Directors’ duties, powers & liability in such cases, intellectual property assets, personal data restrictions, and employment-related liabilities among other topics Click here to download the publication.

Strengthening Oversight and Innovation in Malta’s Insurance Sector: An overview of the MFSA 2024 Annual Report

The Malta Financial Services Authority (MFSA) has reaffirmed its commitment to robust supervision and regulatory innovation in the insurance sector, as detailed in its 2024 Annual Report. The Authority’s efforts throughout the year focused on enhancing prudential oversight, consumer protection, and regulatory alignment with evolving European standards. A key area of focus was the prudential supervision of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, intermediaries, and retirement schemes. The MFSA conducted targeted inspections, particularly of tied insurance intermediaries, to assess the handling of funds held in fiduciary capacity and compliance with claims reserving processes. These inspections ensured alignment with the Motor Insurance Directive and broader European regulatory standards. The Authority also intensified its scrutiny of newly licensed insurance entities, conducting compliance inspections during their first year of operation to verify adherence to approved business plans and regulatory obligations. Given the cross-border nature of many firms, the MFSA collaborated closely with other national supervisory authorities, including those in the UK, to assess governance arrangements in third-country operations—an increasingly important focus in the post-Brexit regulatory landscape. From a conduct perspective, the MFSA addressed several consumer-centric issues. Reviews of selling practices examined cold calling techniques, AML procedures, and value-for-money assessments, particularly in the context of online sales and sustainability disclosures. The Authority also launched a two-phase review of credit protection insurance (CPI), with the first phase focusing on policy wording and commissions, and the second phase—set for 2025—targeting distribution practices. In terms of regulatory developments, 2024 saw significant legislative and rulebook updates. Amendments to the Insurance Business Act introduced new requirements for motor vehicle liability insurers to contribute to the Protection and Compensation Fund. The MFSA also reissued the Insurance Business (Protection and Compensation Fund) Regulations to transpose key provisions of the Motor Insurance Directive (Directive 2021/2118), ensuring enhanced consumer protection in the event of insurer insolvency. Further reforms included the introduction of Chapter 17 of the Insurance Rules, which clarified procedures for transferring and winding up insurance cells. Updates to the Insurance Distribution Rules and Pension Rules were also implemented to reflect EU directives and feedback from market participants. The MFSA continued to integrate environmental, social, and governance (ESG) considerations into its supervisory framework. In 2024, the Authority launched a Sustainable Finance Programme through its Financial Supervisors Academy, equipping staff with the tools to assess climate-related risks and combat greenwashing. The MFSA also participated in EU-wide initiatives such as the Technical Support Instrument (TSI) and the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS), reinforcing its role in promoting sustainable finance. Overall, the MFSA’s initiatives in 2024 underscore its proactive approach to regulation, responsiveness to market developments, and commitment to safeguarding the integrity and resilience of Malta’s insurance sector.

Understanding the Proposed Critical Medicines Act: A step forward in securing Europe’s medicine supply

Introduction Over the past few years, the European Union has been actively working to overhaul its pharmaceutical legislative framework to better address unmet medical needs, such as those relating to rare diseases, as well as to improve Europe’s competitiveness in the pharmaceutical market and to support innovation. In fact, in April 2023, the European Commission (the “Commission”) had published a new so-called ‘pharma package’ which included proposals for a new regulation and a directive aimed precisely at tackling such issues. Such proposals now have to be negotiated with the European Parliament for a final version of these new rules to be agreed upon. In tandem with such developments, the EU is also trying to tackle the vulnerabilities in Europe’s pharmaceutical supply chains which have caused and continue to cause shortages in essential medicines for patients across the Union. Such concerns have been exacerbated in recent years due to Europe’s experience during the Covid-19 pandemic, and due to ongoing geopolitical unrest in the region and globally. Therefore, on 11 March 2025, the Commission also unveiled a proposal for a new Critical Medicines Act (the “CMA”), which complements the pharma package, and which aims to strengthen the production, supply and accessibility of those critical medicinal products for which insufficient supply would risk or result in serious harm to patients. The proposal also seeks to improve access and security for other ‘medicines of common interest’ for which, in at least three Member States, the market fails to adequately ensure availability and accessibility for patients, in the necessary quantities and forms. The CMA’s approach for tackling such issues is essentially two-fold. Firstly, it introduces measures for supporting and encouraging private investments in projects which would play a role in enhancing the Union’s manufacturing capacity for critical medicinal products. Secondly, it provides for demand-side measures relating to the public procurement of critical medicinal products and medicines of common interest. Strategic projects The CMA outlines specific benefits for projects located within the Union that are designated as ‘Strategic Projects’. Strategic Projects are undertakings aimed at establishing or expanding EU manufacturing capacity for critical medicines, their active substances, or key inputs. A project may qualify as a strategic project if it meets at least one of the following criteria: it creates or increases manufacturing capacity for one or more critical medicinal products or for collecting or manufacturing their active substances; it modernises an existing manufacturing site for one or more critical medicinal products or their active substances to ensure greater sustainability or increased efficiency; it creates or increases manufacturing capacity for key inputs necessary for the manufacturing of one or more critical medicinal products or their active substances; or it contributes to the roll-out of a technology that plays a key role in enabling the manufacturing of one or more critical medicinal products, their active substances or key inputs. The CMA aims to ensure that Strategic Projects designated as such by a Member State would be granted priority status and would benefit from expedited permitting processes. Furthermore, upon request from the project’s promoter, Member States would be obliged to provide administrative and regulatory support. This includes, for example, prioritising inspections for good manufacturing practices at new, expanded or modernised manufacturing sites, and an expedited and streamlined process for any necessary environmental impact assessments. The CMA further permits Member States to prioritise financial support for strategic projects aimed at addressing vulnerabilities in the supply chains of critical medicinal products, provided such vulnerabilities are identified through a formal evaluation and aligned with the strategic guidance issued by the Critical Medicines Group. Such financial support must nevertheless adhere to the state aid restrictions set out in Articles 107 and 108 of the TFEU. In this respect, it is important to note that the European Commission has already issued a working document which provides guidance on how Strategic Projects can receive financial support from Member States while remaining within the bounds of EU state aid rules. Undertakings receiving such financial support must prioritise EU market supply for as long as the product in question remains on the Union List of Critical Medicinal Products. They are also required to use their best efforts to ensure continued availability in the Member States where the product is marketed. Where necessary to prevent shortages, the supporting Member State may require the beneficiary to supply the EU market with the relevant product, active substance, or key input. Additionally, other Member States facing imminent shortages may request the supporting Member State to act on their behalf. The CMA also provides for EU financial support to strategic projects under programmes such as EU4Health, Horizon Europe, and the Digital Europe Programme. However, Article 16 of the proposal limits such funding to the current Multiannual Financial Framework (2021–2027). The absence of long-term EU budget commitments raises concerns about the effectiveness of this provision – especially considering that the investment required to meet the CMA’s strategic objectives is expected to be significant. This is particularly relevant given existing concerns about the profitability of manufacturing medicines within the Union, as well as the potential for increased medicine prices resulting from efforts to reduce dependency on third country suppliers. Mandatory use of most economically-advantageous tender criteria From a public procurement perspective, the CMA introduces a requirement for contracting authorities to apply the most economically advantageous tender criteria, rather than awarding contracts based solely on price, in procurement procedures for critical medicinal products. These award criteria may include factors such as stockholding obligations, supplier diversification, or supply chain monitoring. In addition, the CMA also introduces a preference for EU-based manufacturing. For critical medicinal products identified as vulnerable due to a high dependency on a single or limited number of third countries, contracting authorities are, where justified, required to favour suppliers that manufacture a significant portion of these critical medicinal products within the EU. This measure, while intended to enhance supply security and autonomy, raises concerns regarding its long-term impact on drug prices, as production within the EU may be more expensive than sourcing from lower-cost countries. Furthermore, although the CMA mandates that these procurement rules must be implemented in compliance with the EU’s international obligations, including the WTO Agreement on Government Procurement and applicable Free Trade Agreements, the preference for EU manufacturing could nonetheless provoke trade tensions. There is a risk that such a policy may be perceived as discriminatory by third countries, potentially leading to retaliatory measures or reduced market access for European companies in non-EU markets. Collaborative procurement mechanisms The CMA also provides for collaborative procurement across Member States and outlines three distinct models through which such cooperation may take place. Collaborative procurement is completely optional for Member States to participate in. It is not mandatory. Firstly, upon a reasoned request by at least three Member States, the Commission may act as a facilitator for cross-border joint procurement of medicinal products of common interest by such Member States. Once such request is received, the Commission is required to notify all other Member States of the initiative and invite them to declare their interest within a specified timeframe. If the Commission accepts such a request, it will provide secretarial and logistical support to the interested Member States by facilitating cooperation and providing advice on the applicable rules. Secondly, where there is a request from nine or more Member States, the Commission may, in certain scenarios, procure on behalf of the Member States opting to participate. Such a procedure can be adopted where the procurement relates to critical medicinal products for which an evaluation has identified a vulnerability in the supply chains or for which the Executive Steering Group on Shortages and Safety of Medicinal Products within the European Medicines Agency has recommended a common procurement initiative or where it relates to a medicinal products of common interest, for which a joint clinical assessment report or a clinical assessment carried out under the voluntary cooperation among Member States has been undertaken in terms of Regulation (EU) 2021/2282 on Health Technology Assessment. Thirdly, where a contract is necessary for the implementation of joint action between the Commission and Member States, the Commission and at least nine participating Member States may jointly engage as contracting authorities in a joint procurement procedure. This mechanism is limited to the scenarios defined above as well. On an EU level, concerns persist that joint procurement may be used excessively as a cost-containment tool. Excessive downward pressure on prices could undermine incentives for European pharmaceutical companies to invest in R&D, potentially stifling innovation within the Union. This underscores the need for a balanced application of joint procurement mechanisms, which should be targeted to facilitate genuine access and supply vulnerabilities rather than as a default pricing strategy. Conclusion The CMA represents a significant step toward ensuring the strategic autonomy of the EU in the field of pharmaceuticals. Through the recognition of strategic projects, modernised procurement practices, coordinated planning, and potential joint procurement initiatives, it aims to improve the availability and security of supply of critical medicinal products within Europe. Nevertheless, the proposal’s modest indicative budget, its omission of a unified stockpiling strategy, and its potential to trigger international trade tensions may undermine its effectiveness. Ultimately, its success will undoubtedly depend on thoughtful implementation, sustained investment, and ongoing dialogue among Member States, industry stakeholders, and international partners. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 18/06/2025.

Auto-enrolment occupational pension regime: What will this mean for employers?

Recent launch of public consultation on the proposed introduction of an auto-enrolment occupational pension regime in Malta Last week, on 18th June 2025, the Government of Malta, via the Ministry for Finance (MFIN), launched a one-month public consultation on the proposed introduction of an auto-enrolment occupational pension regime in Malta. Along with the consultation document published by the Government, the Malta Financial Services Authority (MFSA) has also issued its own consultation document, with the aim of further explaining the amendments proposed to the two main legislative Acts – the Retirement Pensions Act and the Insurance Business Act. This consultation follows the Government’s announcement of the Malta Budget for 2025 back in October 2024, where the Government announced its commitment to introduce a new set of rules which will require employers to have an occupational pension scheme in place and to auto-enrol their employees into this scheme. The intention behind the proposed regime is to improve the adequacy of pensions via the promotion of occupational pension plans, whereby every employee entering the workforce will have to be offered a pension plan, which they will participate in, unless they opt out. The deadline for the application of this system to the private sector is being proposed as June 2026. What will this mean for employers? Based on the consultation document, employers can expect some of the following obligations which are found in the proposals: Employers will be required to identify an occupational pension scheme which qualifies, which they wish to use to offer pensions within their organisation. Employers will also need to ensure that the chosen pension scheme is in line with the auto-enrolment rules. Employers will then be obliged to enter into a contractual arrangement with the chosen pension scheme provider to regulate the obligations of the employer and the scheme provider. Employers will be required to identify which employees are considered ‘eligible employees’ under the rules, and to automatically enrol all eligible employees working within their organisation into the chosen occupational pension scheme. Employees will however have the right to opt-out of the scheme, and if an employee does opt-out, employers will then be obliged to offer employees the opportunity to re-enrol into the scheme on an annual basis. Pension contributions may be made solely by the employee, or jointly by the employee and the employer. A minimum monthly pension contribution by the employee is set at €50, which contribution shall be deducted directly from the employee’s salary following their written consent. Employer contributions will remain voluntary. The Government has, however, announced its commitment to match employee contributions for public sector employees, up to a maximum of €100 per month. Next steps The public consultation period is now open, and will run up to 17th July 2025. During this period, interested parties should look into providing comments, suggestions, and requests for clarifications. Once the consultation period closes, the Government and the MFSA will issue a Feedback Statement to address the suggestions received via the public consultation, and to outline any proposed changes to the framework. As the Ganado Pensions Team, which has been active in this space since 2010, we shall shortly be launching webinars and information sessions on this topic, so as to ensure that employers are well prepared for the auto enrolment changes to come.

MFSA publishes observations from inspections with investment services providers

The Malta Financial Services Authority (“MFSA”) has published a Dear CEO letter addressed to all chief executive officers and compliance officers of ‘persons professionally arranging or executing transactions’, particularly to investment services providers. The letters sets out the MFSA’s main findings following numerous market abuse-related supervisory inspections which it carried out with numerous Maltese investment services providers – primarily member firms of the Malta Stock Exchange – between 2020 and 2024.The letter makes for some interesting reading as it gives the MFSA’s perspective on the industry’s compliance with MAR generally. The letter also includes some recommended best practice to help investment services providers adhere to their obligations under the Market Abuse Regulation (“MAR”), as well as a number of poor practices which the MFSA observed in the market, all of which are summarised below. General observations The tone of the letter is overall quite positive since it opens by saying that the “very large majority” of investment services providers had at least undertaken efforts to implement appropriate systems and procedures to allow them to fulfil their obligations under MAR. That said, the MFSA also admits that there is “significant room for improvement” when it comes to general MAR compliance, even though the “general level of compliance had markedly improved” since the first set of inspections which the MFSA carried out between 2018 and 2020. In our view, a number of shortcomings identified by the MFSA are, and can be, easily remedied by a minor investment of time and effort by investment services providers. For instance, the MFSA places significant emphasis on a lack of training, both in respect of market soundings as well as market monitoring, which can be easily rectified with a well thought out and planned training programme. Best and poor practices As mentioned, the letter sets out recommended best practices, as well as examples of poor practices observed by the MFSA. We’ve set out a summary of these in the table annexed to the article and have split them according to the key areas which the MFSA focused on in the letter, namely: (1) market soundings, (2) market monitoring, and (3) investment recommendations. Kindly note that the good practices do not necessarily correspond to the poor practices set out in the same row and each column should therefore be read separately. Next steps Given that MAR has been in force since 2016 and taking into consideration the various MFSA circulars and supervisory interactions held with market participants, the MFSA has made it clear that it expects all investment services providers to comply with MAR in full. From experience, we’ve seen the MFSA ramp up its oversight of MAR — with more supervisory inspections and a notable rise in enforcement actions, including significant fines. Given the MFSA’s own assessment that there’s “significant room for improvement” in overall MAR compliance, we expect this intensified scrutiny to continue — or even escalate. Investment services providers should be ready for sustained regulatory attention in this area. To this end, entities which fall in scope of MAR would be well advised to review their existing policy frameworks and operational arrangements to ensure that they are in full compliance with MAR and regulatory expectations. (Click the table below to view the complete version) (Link to Photo: https://bit.ly/3GhjoXs ) Ganado’s Capital Markets team is well-versed in all market abuse-related matters and will be pleased to assist any issuer or potential issuer should the need arise.

EBA’s Opinion on PSD2 and MiCA: Clarifying the Path for CASPs who provide services in relation to EMTs

On 10 June 2025, the European Banking Authority (“EBA”) published its long-awaited Opinion[1] on how the existing second Payment Services Directive (“PSD2”) interacts with the Markets in Crypto-Assets Regulation (“MiCA”), in the context of electronic money tokens (“EMTs”). The issue at hand is that EMTs, under MiCA, are defined as electronic money—meaning they also fall within the definition of “funds” under PSD2. This dual classification has created a regulatory grey area for crypto-asset service providers (“CASPs”), who may find themselves needing two separate authorisations to carry out what is essentially one activity. The Opinion aims to provide clarity to national competent authorities (“NCAs”) during the transitional period before PSD3 and the new Payment Services Regulation (“PSR”) come into force. It also offers legislative suggestions to the EU institutions to help resolve this overlap in the long term. Another important aspect is that for CASPs that offer transfer, administration and custody services relating to EMTs, the EBA advises the NCAs to grant such applicants a transition period until 1 March 2026, until the PSD2 authorisation has to be obtained. The EBA’s guidance is structured around the following seven key areas: Scope and Definitions The EBA recommends that NCAs treat the transfer of EMTs by CASPs on behalf of clients as a payment service under PSD2. Similarly, custody and administration of EMTs—especially when custodial wallets allow transfers to and from third parties—should also fall under PSD2. However, the Opinion draws a line when it comes to exchange services: exchanging crypto-assets for funds or for other crypto-assets, when done using proprietary capital, should not be considered a payment service. Authorisation To reduce the burden on CASPs, the EBA advises NCAs to streamline the authorisation process. This includes reusing information already submitted during the MiCA application and applying existing PSD2 exemptions (with some exceptions). The idea is to avoid duplicative requests and make the process more efficient. Capital Requirements The EBA takes the view that capital requirements under MiCA and PSD2 should apply cumulatively to CASPs offering both crypto and payment services, ensuring that risks associated with both activities are adequately covered. However, NCAs should apply proportionality when assessing capital adequacy and ensure that CASPs are well-informed of the different elements that may be considered towards minimum capital. Consumer Protection The EBA stresses the importance of applying PSD2’s consumer protection rules to EMT-related services. These include requirements for transparency, fee disclosures, execution times, and liability for unauthorised transactions. However, the EBA acknowledges that some of these rules may be difficult to implement in a blockchain environment—for example, gas fees can be unpredictable, and execution times may vary due to network congestion. To address this, NCAs are advised not to prioritise enforcement of certain PSD2 provisions during the transition, such as the information requirement concerning the charges payable by the user to the CASPs. Meanwhile, EU legislators should consider incorporating equivalent protections into MiCA or clarifying their application in PSD3/PSR. Security and Strong Customer Authentication Given the fraud risks associated with EMT transactions, the EBA insists that strong customer authentication (“SCA”) and fraud reporting requirements must apply. These should cover both access to custodial wallets of EMTs and the initiation of EMT transfers. However, recognising the technical challenges involved, the EBA recommends a grace period until 2 March 2026 before full enforcement. After that date, CASPs should be expected to comply with SCA and begin reporting fraud data as per the Annex of the applicable EBA guidelines (EBA/GL/2018/05). Safeguarding and Safekeeping MiCA already imposes safekeeping obligations on CASPs holding EMTs on behalf of clients. The EBA believes these are sufficient and that PSD2’s safeguarding rules should not apply concurrently, as this would create unnecessary duplication. Open Banking Finally, the EBA addresses whether custodial wallets should be subject to PSD2’s open banking rules. If these wallets are considered payment accounts, CASPs could be required to develop an interface through which third-parties could access and provide their services. The EBA advises NCAs not to prioritise enforcement of open banking provisions for EMT-related services during the transition. Final Thoughts While the EBA’s Opinion goes a long way in clarifying the regulatory treatment of EMTs, it still leaves some uncertainty unresolved. The guidance provided to NCAs is helpful in the interim, however, the fact remains that CASPs offering services involving EMTs may still find themselves navigating overlapping frameworks. Unless the legislative amendments proposed by the EBA are taken up, CASPs could continue to face disproportionate compliance burdens. This Opinion is a step in the right direction, but further clarity and legislative alignment will be essential to ensure a coherent and workable regulatory environment for EMTs going forward. [1] Opinion on the interplay between PSD2 and MiCA.pdf

The Artificial Intelligence Act and insurance sector overview: Where are we so far?

The Regulation (EU) 2024/1689 (AI Act), published in July 2024, applies across all sectors, including insurance. The AI Act follows a risk-based approach and classifies AI systems into four categories according to their risk level: prohibited, high risk, limited and minimal risk. The AI Act defines a comprehensive set of governance and risk management measures that high-risk systems need to comply with, alongside the requirements already in place under sectoral legislation. AI systems with limited or minimal risk under the AI Act can operate without additional measures, except for transparency rules (e.g., informing the customer of AI interaction), promoting AI literacy among staff, and developing voluntary codes of conduct. However, their use by insurance companies and intermediaries must follow governance and risk management rules in sectoral legislation. Art.3.1 of the AI Act: defines “AI system” as “a machine-based system that is designed to operate with varying levels of autonomy and that may exhibit adaptiveness after deployment, and that, for explicit or implicit objectives, infers, from the input it receives, how to generate outputs such as predictions, content, recommendations, or decisions that can influence physical or virtual environments”. Current Status  EIOPA: Consultation Paper on Opinion on Artificial Intelligence Governance and Risk Management On 10 February 2025, EIOPA released a draft opinion on governance and risk-management principles for responsible AI use in insurance for consultation. The principles include: Risk-based and proportional approach throughout the AI lifecycle Fairness and ethics, prioritizing consumer interests Clear roles and responsibilities for relevant staff Explanation of AI outcomes Sound data governance policies Adequate documentation and records EIOPA emphasizes the need for accurate, unbiased data and explainable AI outputs, along with monitoring and redress mechanisms for affected customers. The draft opinion provides guidance on applying existing insurance sector legislation like Solvency II and IDD to AI systems. It aims to mitigate AI risks while maximizing benefits and promoting good supervisory practices. The draft opinion does not cover prohibited or high-risk AI systems under the AI Act to avoid regulatory overlaps but follows a flexible principle-based approach. The aim of the consultation was for EIOPA to consider the feedback received, develop the impact assessment based on the answers to the questions included in the consultation paper, and revise this Opinion accordingly. Commission’s Q&A on AI Literacy As of 2 February 2025, providers and deployers of AI systems, including insurance service providers, must ensure AI literacy among their staff. The Commission’s Q&A clarifies AI literacy requirements, emphasizing informed deployment and awareness of AI opportunities and risks. The document elaborates that the concept of AI literacy, as referenced in Article 4 of the AI Act, is based on the definition provided in Article 3(56) of the AI Act. According to this definition: “AI literacy’ means skills, knowledge and understanding that allow providers, deployers and affected persons, taking into account their respective rights and obligations in the context of this Regulation, to make an informed deployment of AI systems, as well as to gain awareness about the opportunities and risks of AI and possible harm it can cause.” The Commission further clarifies that Article 4 of the AI Act does not impose an obligation to measure the AI knowledge of employees. However, it asserts that AI providers and deployers should ensure an adequate level of AI literacy, considering the technical knowledge, experience, education, and training of employees. The Commission Q&As section provides valuable insights regarding the definition of AI literacy (e.g., which target group is in scope), compliance with Article 4 (e.g., what should be the minimum content of an AI literacy programme, specific requirements for financial services, how to document actions to comply with Article 4), enforcement of Article 4 (e.g., who will be enforcing, consequences of non-enforcement), and the AI office’s approach to AI literacy (e.g., guidelines).      iii. European Parliament Draft Report on AI On 14 May 2025 the European Parliament’s Economic and Monetary Affairs Committee (ECON) published a draft report on impact of artificial intelligence on the financial sector. The report highlights AI applications in fraud detection, customer support, compliance, and personalized advice. While acknowledging AI risks, it calls for clear regulatory guidance and support for responsible AI use without introducing new legislation. Due to regulatory overlaps and legal uncertainties, which can limit the use of AI and complicate compliance for financial institutions, ECON suggests responsible use of AI instead of new restrictive legislation. The motion for a resolution requests the European Commission to: provide clarity and guidance on the application of existing financial regulations to AI, ensuring consistent definitions and a simplified regulatory framework to avoid duplicative requirements; avoid introducing new sector-specific AI regulations that could increase complexity and uncertainty within established sectoral rules, potentially creating barriers in cross-border markets. assist industry efforts to enhance understanding and responsible use of AI, providing clear guidance on the EU AI Act’s requirements for financial institutions regarding AI literacy. The ECON vote is scheduled for 13 October and the Plenary vote for November 2025. European Commission Consultation on High-Risk AI Systems On 6 June 2025, the European Commission launched a consultation on the implementation of the AI Act’s rules for high-risk AI systems, including those used for creditworthiness evaluation and insurance risk assessment. The AI Act identifies two types of ‘high-risk’ AI systems: (1) important for product safety under the Union’s harmonised legislation on product safety; and (2) those that can significantly affect people’s health, safety, or fundamental rights in specific use cases listed in the AI Act. Stakeholders, including providers and developers of high-risk AI systems, businesses and public authorities using such systems, as well as academia, research institutions, civil society, governments, supervisory authorities, and citizens in general are invited to share their views. The questionnaire is divided into five sections: Sections 1 and 2 classify high-risk AI systems per Articles 6(1) and 6(2) of the AI Act. Section 3 discusses broader classification issues like intended purpose and category overlaps. Section 4 outlines requirements and obligations for high-risk AI systems, including value chain responsibilities and definitions such as “substantial modification.” Section 5 seeks opinions on revising the list of high-risk use cases and prohibited practices. The consultation seeks input from stakeholders and is open until 18 July 2025.

Shipping – Malta: The introduction of a security interest in finance lease transactions

Ganado Advocates is the author of the 2025 Marine Money International chapter on shipping in Malta (Q2, volume 41, number 2). Marine Money International is a leading quarterly publication focused on maritime finance, providing comprehensive coverage of key issues affecting the shipping industry, including deal transactions, legal matters, company performance, industry awards, innovation, ESG topics, and public company rankings. In their article, authors Jan Rossi, Nikolai Lubrano, and Sarah Demicoli discuss the introduction of a security interest in ship finance lease transactions, delivering an essential resource for professionals within the shipping industry. Click here to view and download the full article within the publication.

Breaking Barriers: The European Accessibility Act

The European Accessibility Act (“EAA”), formally known as Directive (EU) 2019/882 (and the Maltese transposition through the “Accessibility Measures (European Accessibility Act) Regulations” – S.L. 627.03), is set to significantly transform the digital and consumer landscape across the European Union. With full implementation required by June 28, 2025, this landmark legislation aims to reduce barriers and foster universal design, ensuring greater accessibility for people with disabilities. Aim Despite existing legal commitments, such as the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, there remain substantial disparities in accessibility standards across EU Member States. The EAA seeks to bridge these gaps by obliging companies to make specific products and services accessible when placed on the EU market. The EAA will have a far-reaching impact on businesses operating in the sectors mentioned below as it applies to products for consumers with digital components, such as smartphones, e-books or self-service terminals, or certain digital services such as B2C online shops or access services for audiovisual media services, such as streaming providers. Applicability The EAA is applicable to the following products, placed on the market after 28 June 2025: consumer general purpose computer hardware systems and operating systems for those hardware systems; the following self-service terminals: (i) payment terminals; (ii) automated teller machines; (iii) ticketing machines; (iv) check-in machines; (v) interactive self-service terminals providing information, excluding terminals installed as integrated parts of vehicles, aircraft, ships or rollingstock; consumer terminal equipment with interactive computing capability, used for electronic communications services; consumer terminal equipment with interactive computing capability, used for accessing audiovisual media services; e-readers. These regulations also apply to the following services provided to consumers after 28 June 2025: electronic communications services with the exception of transmission services used for the provision of machine-to-machine services; services providing access to audiovisual media services; the following elements of air, bus, rail and waterborne passenger transport services: (i) websites; (ii) mobile device-based services, including mobile applications; (iii) electronic tickets and electronic ticketing services; (iv) delivery of transport service information, including real-time travel information; with regard to information screens, this shall be limited to interactive screens located within the territory of the European Union; and (v) interactive self-service terminals located within the territory of the European Union, except those installed as integrated parts of vehicles, aircraft, ships and rollingstock used in the provision of any part of such passenger transport services; This category of services excludes urban, suburban and regional transport services, except the requirement (v) above. consumer banking services; e-books and dedicated software; e-commerce services. However, these regulations do not apply to the following content of websites and mobile applications: pre-recorded time-based media published before 28 June 2025; office file formats published before 28 June 2025; online maps and mapping services, if essential information is provided in an accessible digital manner for maps intended for navigational use; third-party content that is neither funded, developed by, or under the control of, the economic operator concerned; content of websites and mobile applications qualifying as archives, i.e. that contain content that is not updated or edited after 28 June 2025. The EAA also sets out a number of obligations for the manufacturers, authorised representatives, importers and distributors, when making a product available on the market. Amongst others, these include the strict requirements of CE markings on products, rules on packaging and instructions of products. Various examples of ways in which to meet these obligations are provided in the annexes to the Regulations. It is important to also point out that two exemptions exist in relation to the application of these rules. These are: (a) microenterprises providing services (fewer than 10 staff and less than €2 million turnover); and (b) where compliance imposes a “disproportionate burden” or leads to “fundamental alteration”. In these cases, businesses must document and justify this burden and an assessment must be reviewed at least every 5 years. Time Periods Recognising the need for businesses to adapt, the Directive includes specific transitional periods. There is a grace period for existing products and services that were introduced before June 28, 2025. These must achieve compliance by 28 June 2030. There is an extended deadline for long-life self-service terminals. These devices, such as ATMs or ticketing machines, must comply within 20 years of their installation or by June 28, 2045, whichever comes first. Penalties and Non-Compliance Penalties applicable to infringements of provisions of these regulations, to be enforced by the market surveillance authority, and taking into account the extent of the non-compliance, including its seriousness,  and  the  number  of  units  of  non-complying  products or services concerned, as well as the number of persons affected, shall be prescribed, and necessary measures to ensure their implementation shall be undertaken by the market surveillance authority. The penalties shall also be accompanied by effective remedial action in case of non-compliance. Affected service providers and manufacturers, importers and distributors of products that fall within scope should ensure that they are aware of and able to comply with these obligations.

No excuses for substandard work

Introduction In a recent judgment delivered on the 6 June 2025, the First Hall Civil Court (the “FHCC”), in the case Raymond Azzopardi (the “Claimant”) vs Adrian Borg (the “Respondent”) presided by Madame Justice Audrey Demicoli, considered the legal obligations of contractors concerning the standard of skill and craftsmanship required under a contract of works. The Claimant requested the FHCC to (i) declare and decide that the Respondent shall pay the Claimant and is consequently a debtor of the Claimant in connection with any sum due for works carried out at the Respondent’s property, (ii) liquidate the sum which shall be due to the Claimant in the amount of €37,286.74 with the appointment of experts engaged by this Honourable Court should their assistance be necessary, (iii) order the Respondent to pay the Claimant the amount liquidated with costs including those of the judicial letter and precautionary garnishee order filed against the Respondent. The Background The dispute emerged following construction works carried out by the Claimant at a site in Luqa owned by the Respondent. The works included those that were covered by the necessary Planning Authority permits, specifically at ground floor level, while additional works needed at first floor level were arranged through verbal agreements and lacked the necessary permits. Despite various payments being made throughout the relationship, the Respondent withheld a significant outstanding sum. The Respondent contended that the Claimant proceeded with the works independently, disregarding instructions from the appointed architect Mark Frendo, and alleged that the quality of workmanship was substandard and posed considerable risks. These concerns ultimately led to an intervention by the Building and Construction Authority (“BCA”) which ordered termination of works in May 2023. The Respondent, in his Sworn Reply, held that: The Claimant’s claims are unfounded both in fact and in law; The Claimant solely decided to carry out works not under the instructions of the Architect Mark Frendo who was engaged to monitor such works. The Respondent noticed that the works being carried out by the Claimant were not in accordance with the level of skill and craftsmanship expected, and such works were going to cause a serious risk; The works had to be stopped by the BCA given that they were going to cause serious damage and harm to the building in question; and The Claimant’s claims are all false and are nowhere close to the truth. Key issues before the Court The FHCC proceeded to address the following key issues:  Technical Expert & Quantity Surveyor’s report At the Claimant’s request, the FHCC appointed Architect Michael Lanfranco and Quantity Surveyor Kevin Borg to assess the works. Following a site visit, the report concluded as follows: Certain works lacked the requisite permits – a fact acknowledged by both parties. Some elements of the work fell short of the expected standard of skill and craftsmanship; Due to the above, remedial works valued at €11,545 were necessary; The overall value of the completed works stood at €39,145; and After accounting for necessary deductions, the experts recommended a payment of €27,600 to the Claimant. Nonetheless, the Court made reference to Article 618 of Chapter 12 which provides that the court is in no way bound to accept those conclusions made in a technical expert’s report.  Works which were allegedly not carried out in accordance with the level of skill and craftsmanship The Court examined the Claimant’s admissions, where he conceded that parts of the works were executed without oversight from the architect and absences of the necessary permits for the works to be carried out at ground floor level. As to other works, the Claimant held that the architect was not involved at this stage. The Court also asked whether he was given proper plans, and the Claimant stated that he was only given a piece of paper by the Respondent. In fact, Architect Mark Frendo agreed with this and held that there were works which were not carried out under his supervision and which were not covered by the required permits. It also transpired that the Claimant used to follow instructions given by the Respondent who is an Engineer. While the Claimant did not contest the fact that certain works were not carried out with the required level of craftsmanship, he nonetheless tried exonerating himself from responsibility claiming that the works were carried out on the instructions of the Respondent. However, the FHCC firmly rejected this defence, affirming that contractors remain fully responsible for ensuring the quality and legality of their work, regardless of client instructions that contravene professional standards or legal requirements.  A contractor is bound to carry out works with a certain level of skill and craftsmanship. The Court further emphasised that the contractor bears the responsibility to perform works to a professional standard, and that delegation of responsibility to the client is not a valid excuse for subpar or unlawful execution of works. The FHCC additionally held that reports made with the BCA, irrespective of who actually made these reports (the Claimant or Architect Mark Frendo), further substantiate that the works carried out were not of the level of trade and craftsmanship expected. Determination of Amount Payable First and foremost, the Court held that it certainly cannot grant payment for works which were not executed to the requisite standard once it resulted that: From a technical point of view, the works were contested both by the technical expert and by the Claimant himself as works were not carried out according to the level of trade and craftsmanship expected; and More so, works were carried out in breach of development laws and obligations imposed by the law on the contractor. Naturally, given that it was the Respondent himself who engaged and authorised the Claimant to perform certain works, all remedial works that are necessary are to be carried out by the Respondent at his own expense. The FHCC took into consideration the following: Payment due for works carried out on the first floor; Material; Works which were not taken into consideration by the technical expert; and Payments already made. After taking the above into account, the FHCC determined that the Respondent owed the Claimant the sum of €4,266 together with interest from the date of judgment to the date of effective payment. Decision In conclusion and for the above-mentioned reasons, the FHCC ruled in favour of the Claimant, declaring Adrian Borg liable to pay Raymond Azzopardi the sum of €4,266 for construction works carried out at BVA Engineering, Plot 143, Industrial Estate Luqa, and dismissed all the Respondent’s pleas in their entirety. Disclaimer: Ganado Advocates is responsible for contributing to this law report but was not in any way involved as legal advisor for the parties in the judgement being covered in this law report. This article was first published in ‘The Malta Independent’ on 25/06/2025.
Content supplied by Ganado Advocates